ortnem (^tzomv

. J ,t-* iiniversi^ uHeTm

'.y

. '• • ' ''••••••'

BIENNIAL GENERAL CATALOG 1969-1971 Flagstaff, Arizona •• J- ^ ^ - i i ' Admission Procedures For , • High School Seniors ,

S i ' _ Steps for Admission:

1. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION: A set of application forms should "be requested from the Office of Admissions and Records'or the Counselftig Office of your higtt.schoof. Included will be instructions, resident affidavit, healfh exjimina- tion forms, and housing applications.

2. OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPTS: An official transcript from your high schqpl musif be Sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. High school records may be submitted as early as the close of the sixth semester.

3. APTITUDE TEST: All new freshmen should make arrangements through the high "S(^hool fpr taking the American College Test (ACT) during the junior , or* senior year. Scores should be sent to the Office of Admissions and Records.

4. HEALTH EXAMINATION: The Health Examination form is td be com­ pleted by a physician and" sent to the Student Health Center.

' Admission Procedures For Transfer Students

Steps for Admission:

1. APPLj'dATION FOR ADMISSION: A set of application forms should be V requested "from the Office of Admissions and Records,^ or the Counseling Office of'your college. Included will be instructions, resident affidavit, health examina­ tion forms, and housing applications.

2. ^OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPTS: Students applyinglfor advanced standing must present two copie^ of official transcripts from all other colleges or .pniversities which thejr'have attended. « s

3. APTITUDE TEST: All transfer students should make arrangements to take the-American College Test (ACT) and have the scores sent to the Office of Admissions and I^cords.

4. HEALTH EJIAMINATION: The Health Examination form is to be com­ pleted by a physician and sent to the Student Health Center.

% H W rj- Z CD ^ O PJ w < ^ K K H Ph H <; BIENNIAL 'GENERAL- CATAIOG 1969-1971

The Northern Arizona, Univetsfty Bulletin is, published monthly by Northern Arizona University, during the months of December, January, February, April, and July at Flagstaff, Arizona 86001. Entered as second class matter July 1,. 1929 at the Post Office at,Flagstaff, Arizona, under Act of August 24^ 19J.2. Second class postage paid at Flagstaff, Arizona 86001. Announcements in this[ catalog concerning regulations, fees, curricula^ or other matters are subject to change withbut notice.

VOLUME 51 APRIL, 1969 NUMBER 4

J CALENDAR The Administration reserves the right to make changes in the calendar below.

SUMMER SESSION 1969 1970 First Term June 16-July 19 June 15-July 18 Second Term July 21-Aug. 23 July 20-Aug. 22

FALL SEMESTER 1969-1970 1970-1971 Faculty Meetings Sept. 4-5 Sept. 3-4 Residence Halls Open Sept. 7 Sept. 6 Freshman Activities Begin Sept. 8,9 Sept. 7, 8 President's Reception Sept. Sept. Registration Sept. 10, 11 Sept. 9,10 Instruction Begins Sept. 12 Sept. 11 Late Registration Penalty Sept. 12 Sept. 11 Last Day of Registration for credits Sept. 19 Sept. 18 Homecoming Oct. 4 Oct. 17 Band Day Oct. 25 Oct. 31 Mom & Dad's Day Nov. 8 Nov. 14 Veteran's Day Holiday Nov. 11 Nov. 11 Mid-semester Nov. 12 Nov. 12 Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 26-30 ind. Nov. 25-29, ind. Christmas Recess Dec. 20-Jan. 4 incl. Dec 19-Jan. 3, incl. Final Examinations Jan. 19-24 Jan. 18-23 End of Fall Semester Jan. 24 Jan. 23

SPRING SEMESTER 1970 1971 Registration Jan. 29-30 Jan. 28-29 Instruction Begins Feb. 2 Feb. 1 Late Registration Penalty Feb. 2 Feb. 1 Last Day of Registration for credit Feb. 7 Feb. 6 Mid-semester Mar. 25 Mar. 24 Easter Recess Mar. 26-31, incl. April 8-13, incl. Final Examinations May 25-30 May 24-29 Commencement Exercises May 31 May 30 End of Spring Semester May 31 May 31

Announcements in this catalog concerning regulations, fees, curricula, or other matters are subject to change without notice. 3 Official Directory Arizona Board Of Regents Ex Officio JOHN R. WILLIAMS Governor of Arizona MRS. SARAH FOLSOM, B.A., M.A Slate Superintendent of Public Instruction Appointed

Term Expires ARTHUR B. SCHELLENBERG, B.S January, 1971 WESLEY P. GOSS, B.S ...... January, 1971 ELWOOD W. BRADFORD, B.S January, 1973 NORMAN G. SHARBER January, 1973 NORMA BARR ROCKFELLOW January, 1975 PAUL L. SINGER, M.D January, 1975 DEAN BURCH, L.L.B...... January, 1977 GORDON PARIS January, 1977 Officers Of Administration J. LAWRENCE WALKUP, Ed.D ...... President of the University REXER BERNDT, Ph.D ...... Executive Vice President VIRGIL W. GILLENWATER, Ed.D...... Vice President and Provost FRANK HAMBLIN, Ed.D ...... Academic Vice President LEWIS J. MCDONALD, Ed.D...... Executive Director of University Relations MARVIN B. WAMPLER, Ed.D ...... Executive Director of Finance and Facilities RICHARD S. BEAL, JR., PhX)...... Dean of Graduate College and Coordinator of liberal Studies- F. GORDON FOSTER, Ed.D ...... Dean of Instruction JAMES TAMTE, Ph.D...... Dean of Student Affairs JOSEPH C. ROLLE, Ed.S...... Dean of Student Services CHESTER B. AINSWORTH, Ed.D...... Dean, School of Applied Science and Technology ELDON A. ARDREY, Ed.D...... Dean, College of Creative Arts CHARLES E. FAUSET, Ed.D...... Dean, College of Education AUTHOR E HUGHES, JR., Ph.D...... Dean. College of Business Administration 4

CHARLES O. MINOR, D.F Dean, School of Forestry JOHN C WRIGHT, Ph.D Dean, College of Arts & Science LAVERNE R. PITCHER, M.B.A., C.P.A Business Manager LAWRENCE CASTO, Ph.D Director of Institutional Research ROBERT BLAILOCK, B.S Comptroller WIN R. HENSLEY, M.A Registrar MILTON D. SCHROEDER, Ph.D Dean, Admissions and Records JOSEPH E. BEDNORZ, M.A Director of Student Financial Aids E F. PFANNER, M.D Physician ROBERT M. COOLEY, M.A Director of Public Information TED F. KECK, Ed.D Director of Athletics OLLIE SHULLENBARGER Director of Physical Plant and Engineering FRED D. NEWELL, M.S Director of Housing Purchasing Agent JAMES R. FREDRICK, Ed.D Director, University Counseling Center

Assistants In Administration

DREW CHRISTIE, Ed.D Associate Dean of Student Affairs NELLE FOLK, M.S Associate Dean of Student Affairs JOAN FAGERBURG, Ph.D. Assistant Dean of Student Affairs NORMAN BORG, MJV. Assistant Director of Public Information BERNARD E. RICHARDSON, B.L.S Director of library Services ROSS TOWNSEND, M.A. .. Manager of Activity Center JOHN E. MACKLER, B.S...... Bookstore Manager ELEANOR TORREY, B.S., R.N University Nurse IRIS HUNTER ...... Supervisor, Fair Ubor Standards WILLIAM E CARFIELD, B.S chief of Security NEIL S. MCCASKILL, B.S. Manager of Maintenance and Services PETER K. DIRKSEN Supervisor, Custodial Services EDWIN A. DOBSON ...... foreman of Grounds DAY M. HOWARD General Store Manager ROBERT CROZIER, B.S Alumni Secretary WILLIAM B. KEPHART, Ed.S Assistant to the Dean of Admissions and Records, C DAVE LINTON. B.S...... Chief Engineer RICHARD D. SCOTT Data Processing Analyst 5 General Information Authority Northern Arizona University is authorized to operate under the jurisdiction of the Ariona State Board of Regents, a corporation composed of the Governor, Su­ perintendent of Public Instruction, and eight members appointed by the Governor. The Board of Regents has the power and authority to control and manage the Uni­ versity and its properties and to adopt regulations governing the University.

Accreditation The institution is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Professional programs in the colleges and schools within the university are accredited by corresponding national boards. For example, teacher education programs at Northern Arizona University have been accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education and the School of Forestry has been accredited by the Society of American Foresters. Northern Arizona University is affiliated with the American Council on Edu­ cation, American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education,. American Associa­ tion of State Colleges and Universities, and many other major national and inter­ national associations. It has been approved by the American Association of Uni­ versity Women. Accreditation and membership in these organizations assure the student that credit and degrees earned will receive full recognition from all other accredited institutions. Curricula Two-year curricula are offered in the following fields: nursing, secretarial studies, and technology. Four-year curricula are offered in many academic areas in liberal arts and sciences, leading to the degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Applied Science, Bachelor of Science in Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Education, Bachelor of Science in Forestry. The following advanced degrees are offered: Master of Arts, Master of Arts in Education, Master of Music, Master of Music Education, Master of Science, Master of Science in Forestry, and Educational Specialist. Further information about all graduate programs can be secured by consulting the Graduate Bulletin.

Location

The institution is outstanding in the combination of location and educational advantages it offers. Flagstaff, in Northern Arizona enjoys a climate typical of high mountain country. The university has within ready access national parks and monuments, forests, deserts, mountains, lakes, unique geological phenomena, ruins of the earliest Indian cultures and Indian country—all the resources necessary for invigorating activity and first-hand serious study. 6

Flagstaff is at the base of the San Francisco Peaks, on the main line of the Santa Fe railroad, on U. S. Interstate 40 and 17 and Highways 66 and 89 and State 1 Highway 79, within two-hour drive of the Grand Canyon of Arizona and 2 /2 hoars' drive to Phoenix. It is also served by airline and by two trans-continental bus lines. The city is situated in the Coconino National Forest at an elevation of 7,000 feet. The elevation, the protection provided by the forest, and the Arizona sunshine give Flagstaff an unsurpassed all-the-year-around climate. In the summer it is one of the coolest cities in the United States, having an average temperature of 65 degrees. No location in the Southwest offers more ideal conditions for study and recreation.

Statement Of Purpose This institution is multi-purpose, with responsibility to maintain an educational and social environment which will develop men and women: 1. Who are equipped and motivated through an understanding of the physi­ cal and social worlds and their inter-relationships to participate construc­ tively in the family, social, political, and economic life of a democratic society; 2. Who assume responsibility for self discipline and accept those ethical standards which will insure continuous improvement in choices of conduct; 3. Who have acquired a sensitivity to aesthetic values which will contribute to their own vital enjoyment of life and which will stimulate them to promote directly or indirectly the best cultural interest of their communities; 4. Who are inspired to become intellectual and civic leaders in whatever position or location they pursue their life activities; 5. Who obey the basic laws of healthful living and have developed skill in some activity which will be a lifelong source of recreation; 6. Who have mastered subject matter, methods, skills, and personal attributes which will enable them to earn a living and serve society through reaching in the elementary or secondary schools or through other professional, business, or technical occupations; 7. Who have completed satisfactorily pre-professional study for medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine and law. 8. Who are adequately prepared to proceed to continued and to more advanced study.

The institution implements these objectives by: 1. Its administrative organization; 2. A well qualified faculty, 3. A liberal studies program; 4. Various curricula under supervision of seven Administrative Colleges and Schools; 5. An honors program to challenge the superior student to develop his abilities to the maximum by providing for the broadening and deepening of the student's experience in the major fields of human knowledge; 7

6. Graduate programs in those areas of the University which are qualified to make such offerings; 7. Institutional, faculty and student research program; 8. A library equipped with 210,000 volumes, 2,000 regular periodicals and a trained staff; 9. A counseling and guidance service maintained to aid students in a wise choice of vocational goals, in academic problems, and in personal problems relative to health, social and financial adjustment; 10. A supervised extra-curricular program offering opportunity to develop interests, skills in group activities, and leadership through participation in student government, interest centered organizations, social groups, honor societies, and athletic, dramatic, forensic, journalistic, and music activities; 11. Supplementary and extended services such as adult education by evening and off-campus instruction, correspondence courses, workshops, institutes, conferences, and consultant services to educational, business, community and social organizations in the state; 12. A campus and physical plant planned and designed to contribute to the accomplishment of the university objectives; 13. Use of a superb physical and varied cultural setting which furnishes excellent laboratories for Anthropology, Astronomy, Biology, Geology, and Social Sciences.

History

Hon. N. O. Murphy was governor of the Territory of Arizona when the Twentieth Territorial Legislature convened on January 16, 1899. He had previously served the territory as governor and as secretary and delegate to Congress, and was cognizant of the desires and needs of the territorial residents. In his message to the legislature, Governor Murphy recommended that the territorial building, erected at Flagstaff by action of the Seventeenth Territorial Legislature in 1893 and never put to use, be used to house a territorial normal school. Henry F. Ashurst, young Coconino County representative to the legislature and elected Speaker of the House, introduced House Bill 41 on February 6, 1899, which authorized the establishment of the Northern Arizona Normal School. This met with the approval of the entire territory and the bill was speedily passed. In March, 1899, plans for the Northern Arizona Normal School were com­ pleted. The first school term began September 11, 1899. In charge of the school was Professor A. N. Taylor of Jamestown, N. Y., with Miss Frances Bury assisting. Twenty-three students enrolled the first day, and ten more entered the following week. Four young women made up the first graduating class in 1901. They received diplomas which warranted them life certificates to teach in the schools of Arizona. Growth of the institution in enrollment and in importance to the educational system of Arizona led the state legislature on March 7, 1925, to change the institu­ tion's status from a normal school to a four-year degree-conferring college, granting the Bachelor of Education. In 1929 the degree was changed in name to the Bachelor of Arts in Education. The name of the school was changed to Northern Arizona State Teachers College in 1925, and to Arizona State Teachers College at Flagstaff in 1928. 8

In 1937. the state legislature granted the college the right to establish and conduct courses carrying graduate credit which would permit the conferring of the degree of Master of Arts in Education upon satisfactory completion of such courses. In March of 1945 the name was again changed to Arizona State College at Flagstaff, and the legislature also placed all three state institutions of higher learning under the control of one Board of Regents which is now known as the Arizona Board of Regents. In 1947 the Board of Regents authorized the college at Flagstaff to grant the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, as well as the (change of name) Bachelor of Science in Education and the Master of Arts in Education. In 1954 the Board of Regents authorized the granting of the Educational Specialist degree following a year of specialized study and research beyond the master's degree. In 1957 further authority was given the college to grant the Master of Arts and the Master of Science, in addition to the Master of Arts in Education. On May 12, 1958, the Board of Regents approved the establishment of a four-year forestry curriculum at Arizona State College at Flagstaff, and authority was given to grant the Bachelor of Science in Forestry. During the academic year 1959-60 the college, with the approval of the Board of Regents, reorganized into seven divisions of auricular areas, General Studies, Technology and Applied Arts, Science and Mathematics, Liberal Arts, Teacher Education, Business Administration, and Forestry. Two years later these administrative divisions were changed to School of Business Administration, School of Education, School of Forestry, School of Liberal Arts, School of Natural Sciences, School of Technology and Applied Arts. Beginning in the fall of 1962, a two-calendar-year nursing program leading to the Associate of Science Degree was initiated. This program is accredited by the Arizona State Board of Nurse Registration and Nursing Education. Graduates are eligible to write the State Board Examination to become a licensed registered nurse. In a general meeting, on November 28, 1964, the Board of Regents, presided over by Regent President John G. Babbitt, Flagstaff, unanimously approved the changing of Arizona State College to university status, effective in May, 1966. In the following spring, 1965, the 27rh Arizona State Legislature passed Senate Bill 98 which authorized the change of the institution to a university and the change of its name to Northern Arizona University. The bill had been introduced by State Senator Fred Udine of Williams, an alumnus of the institution, was signed by Gov. Sam Goddard on April 6, 1965, and became effective May 1, 1966. The university academic structure involved the establishment of five colleges and two schools. They are College of Graduate Study, College of Arts and Sciences, College of Education, College of Business Administration, College of Creative Arts, School of Forestry, and School of Applied Science and Technology.

The New Campus Center

Historically, Northern Arizona University has been regarded as not only one of the fine institutions of higher learning, but one in which students have retained their individuality. In other words, the University has been regarded as a "personal university.'" As long as the Insritution was relatively small this concept was rather easily maintained. With the expanded growth, however, it becomes more and more difficult to keep the same type of relationship between faculty and student that has been prized so highly. 9

The administration and faculty of Northern Arizona University in anticipating the growth that is to come, and in an attempt to find some means whereby this pride and relationship could be kept as it had been, have arrived at what it is hoped will be a unique approach to the question and one that has every opportunity of being successful. Northern Arizona University is building a second academic center just to the south of the present campus site. Here will be built a second campus where the enrollment should never exceed 5,000 students. This will enhance, within the two- campus approach, the concept of not having a greater number of students than can be educated in an atmosphere of cordial relationships where the individu­ ality of the student can be maintained. The present campus will be kept approxi­ mately at its present size. We will still have a single Northern Arizona University of which all students can be rightfully proud. At the same time, a single student as an occupant of one of the two academic centers will find himself with his own student body, his own faculty members and administration. What we are doing, in effect, is making the total resources of a major university available to every single student, but in an atmosphere where he will be able to know the students with whom he finds himself in class, and those faculty members with whom he is in contact by day, as well as members of the administrative group on his campus. This will permit us to retain the concept of the friendly university and still en­ hance the prospects of availability to the single student of every resource that the great universities have available today. Dormitory living will be available on either academic center. Highly special­ ized laboratories requiring great financial resources will not be repeated on the two campuses. A relatively few times in a student's life will he find himself going from either campus to a second for a single class. At the same time, the University, when necessary, will be bringing instructors from one center to another in order to prevent students from having to be transported. Transportation facilities will be available, when necessary, to make certain that each student can have available to him all resources of either campus with no expense to himself and without having to furnish his own transportation. The initial construction phase will be completed by September 1970. Proximity of one academic center to another is approximately VA mile, which will prevent any undue hardships being placed on a student on either center by any requirements or desire to take some work on a second campus. This bold and imaginative step should be further evidence of the concern that Northern Arizona University feels for every single student in attempting to place him in a collegiate atmosphere that will enable him to have every educa­ tional resource available to him and yet be a part of a relatively small, friendly campus group whether it include student, professor or administrator. The Moller Center for Advanced Study PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT AND PROGRAMS THE CAMPUS • BUILDINGS • NATURAL ATTRACTIONS MUSEUM AND OBSERVATORIES • PUBLIC SCHOOLS SUMMER SCHOOL • EXTENSION • PLACEMENT ALUMNI • FOUNDATION

13 Facilities The Campus THE CAMPUS consists of 357 acres of rolling land upon which are many native pines and aspens as well as other beautiful trees, shrubs, and vines. Careful planning and the utilization of natural materials and plants of the area have given the institution a campus that blends beautifully into the surrounding scenic splendors for which Northern Arizona is so widely known. Soft red sand­ stone, native to the region, and other materials have been used as building material in an architectural scheme that is entirely fitting in beauty and purpose. Native pines, aspens, and other trees and shrubs grace the broad expanse of the carefully plotted campus. Near at hand, dominating the view from every part of the campus, are the majestic San Francisco Peaks.

Educational Plant ADMINISTRATION BUILDING: The offices of the President, Vice Presi­ dents, Dean of Instruction, Graduate Dean, Comptroller, Business Manager, Registrar, Business Office, Executive Director of Finance and Facilities, and the Office of Admissions and Records are on the first floor of the Administration Building. Other offices having direct connection with the administration of the University are located on the second and third floors of the building. LIBRARY: The handsome new library, completed and occupied in the spring of 1966, is designed to serve the needs of a growing institution. Its modular construction will permit structural additions as collections and services expand. The building has a shelving capacity for more than 250,000 volumes and presently seats 800 users. Seating is decentralized, much of it being in the form of semi-private study carrels scattered through the book collections. The undergraduate and graduate programs at Northern Arizona University are supported by an expanding library collection of more than 210,000 volumes of books and periodicals now growing at a rate of 20,000 volumes per year. The library subscribes to more than 2,000 periodical titles, and is a selective depository for U. S. Government documents, and a depository for publications of the Carnegie Institution, as well as for materials from the Forest History Society. The Library has facilities for microphotography and for the use of its growing microform collections. More specialized research and study collections include: Arizona Collection: significant materials on the State's physical background, prehistory and history, people, resources, industries, art, literature, and legends. An extensive collection of manuscripts and other unique materials pertaining to the economic, political and social history of northern Arizona. Special Collections: rare books in general, but with special emphasis on such cohesive research collections as the Norman Allderdice Memorial Collection in political and social history relating to social and political action group activities in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Educational Curriculum Materials: a large sampling of contemporary texts, tests, syllabi, course outlines, and related study and comparison materials. 14 FACILITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY

Forestry Collections: an indexed collection of 30,000 research reports, papers, bulletins, reprints, and other research literature to supplement book and periodical holdings in this area. Dr. Louis E. Reber, Jr. Collection: Geologic and mining publications is found in the NAU Library. His collection of minerals is located in the geology section of the Science building. Dr. Reber received his Ph.D. in geology at Yale University, and following the completion of his thesis began his long professional career in Arizona in January, 1916. He was con­ sidered the dean of Arizona's geologists at the time of his death in 1966. The Elementary School Library, housed in the Campus Elementary School and administered by a trained librarian, serves the needs of pupils from kinder­ garten through the sixth grade, and offers materials for supervising teachers, practice teachers, and other college students.

ASHURST MUSIC HALL, artistically modern and functionally complete, was remodelled and equipped in 1954. Attached as a wing to Old Main on the west, it houses teaching and recording studios, classrooms, practice rooms, offices, and a recital auditorium seating 200. All music activities are housed here, the Creative Arts Center and in the Instrumental Hall of the Liberal Arts Build­ ing. Chairman of the Music Department's office is in this building. THE HOME MANAGEMENT HOUSE, for students in home economics, is new and modern. A brick dwelling of attractive design, it has four bedrooms, a large living-dining room area, and furnishings and a variety of modern equipment to provide homemaking experiences for the young women who reside there. A practical and valuable part of the home economics curriculum, dwelling in the house six weeks is considered the most prized of the goals sought by home economics students. Under the supervision of a member of the home economics teaching staff, the young women learn to plan and prepare their own meals, do their marketing, entertain guests, and make a pleasant home for themselves. The house is conveniently located for classes east of the South Quadrangle dormitory for women.

THE EASTBURN EDUCATION CENTER is the focus for the various teacher preparation programs on campus. Constructed in 1958 and added to in 1966, it includes space and facilities for production of competent teachers and administrators for the public schools. The central section houses the elementary classrooms on the first floor. On the second floor there are 14 classrooms for college courses, four of auditorium-type accommodating 160 students in each.

THE ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH OBSERVATORY is favorably situated on high ground in the southeast part of the campus. The observatory, of functional design, is equipped with a modern 24-inch reflecting telescope and highly specialized accessory equipment which make possible the prosecution of a research program under contract with the Department of the Air Force. THE CAMPUS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL is located in the Eastburn Edu­ cation Center.

UNION BUILDING, a handsome, multi-purpose building, is nestled on the center quadrangle of the campus facing the San Francisco Peaks. Many social, cultural, and recreational activities of the campus are centered in this building. It is truly a place where srudents, through their activities, may develop life-long friendships. The main floor of the building has a spacious, comfortable lounge with a massive stone fireplace, and large picture windows frame the majestic San Francisco Peaks. Also, on the main floor are an Art Gallery, powder room, and a snack bar which overlooks the outside patio. On the second floor are game FACILITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY 15

rooms, student body offices, and many meeting rooms for use of student organi­ zations. APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BUILDING, completed for use at the beginning of the 1961 spring semester, is a modern three-story structure. It houses Industrial Education on the ground floor, Home Economics on the second floor, and Art on the third floor. THE AUDITORIUM adjoins the Union Building on the west and opens off the main lounge. Of conventional design, the auditorium has one thousand comfort­ able seats, arranged on one floor, graduated and alternated so that students may enjoy assemblies, and various types of entertainment. It has a proscenium arch stage, well equipped with modern lighting, ample work shop, paint shop, costume and property room, "green room," large dressing rooms, projection booth, and radio recording room. The stage has ample room and equipment for any kind of production. The beautiful foyer has a cloak room and ticket office. This modern auditorium conforms in appointments and arrangement with the finest, and provides the citizens of Flagstaff with a community center for cultural programs. THREE DINING HALLS serve the students. North Dining Hall is located in the east wing of the Union Building. It has a banquet room that divides into two smaller rooms by a modernfold door to provide facilities for student organiza­ tion dinner meetings. The South Dining Hall is located near South Quadrangle and has a spacious lounge used by students for banquets and meetings. The south wing of the South Dining Hall can also be used for banquets and will accommodate up to three hundred persons. The University Dining Hall is located across the street from Sechrist Hall and is the newest of the dining halls, being completed in the summer of 1967. It is the policy to provide substantial and well-planned meals at a reasonable cost. Students living in residence halls must buy either a 5 or 7-day meal ticket for food service in the dining halls. Students living at Cottage City may, if they wish, use the campus cafeterias. THE SCIENCE BUILDING is located east of Hanley Hall, on the north section of the campus area that formerly was Skidmore Field. The three-story structure has interior space totaling 50,000 square feet. Its modern design and new equipment will adequately care for the increased needs of science students and faculty. THE JOURNALISM BUILDING houses the offices of the Dean of Students, Associate Deans, the Dean of Student Services, Director of Housing, other per­ sonnel services, the Public Information Office. FRIER HALL, the Forestry Building, is just south of the Administration Building. It is modern and well equipped, and it provides adequate classroom and laboratory space for students enrolled in the fast growing School of Forestry. Included among the rooms are two large lecture auditoriums. FOREST RESEARCH CENTER — The Forest Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, maintains a Research Center of the Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station on the campus. This Research Center is housed in a building designated as a Forestry Science Laboratory, located between the Forestry Building and the Eastburn Education Center. The laboratory is specially designed for research in forest management and utilization, forest fire, forest range manage­ ment, and watershed evaluation, all basic to sound multiple-use management of the extensive forests and related ranges in the arid southwest. The laboratory was designed to blend in with the new buildings on campus. Completed in March, 1963, the building was occupied by the Forest Service research personnel shortly thereafter. 16 FACILITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUILDING is a beautiful two-story structure, modern in every way. Completed during the 1962-63 year, it houses the complete program in business administration, including marketing, secretarial science, econom­ ics, business education, accounting, finance, and management. There are conference rooms, lecture rooms, one large auditorium-type room, seminar rooms, and indi­ vidual offices as well as research facilities for the division.

LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING encompasses 55,000 sq. ft. of strictly utility space. It was opened for use in January, 1964. It houses classrooms, two language laboratories, little theater, police science laboratory, band and orchestra practice rooms, and faculty offices. In the building will be instruction for English, history, music, modern languages, philosophy, police science, political science, pre-law, social science, and sociology.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES BUILDING opened in 1967. It has 95,868 square feet of space and provides the biology department with a modern and complete facility for its rapidly expanding activities. It is equipped with the most modern classrooms and labs.

THE UNIVERSITY BOOKSTORE, completed in 1967, provides students with 14,076 feet of space which houses a complete stock of classroom materials and allows plenty of room to browse. The post office is also located in the book- Store.

THE CREATIVE ARTS CENTER of 92,000 square feet contains auditoriums and special features for art, journalism, drama, humanities, speech, radio, television, and some for music It will soon become one of the most used buildings on the campus. Classes will be scheduled in the first unit of the complex starting in September of 1969. Art, humanities, journalism, speech and theatre offices will be housed in this Center.

CHEMISTRY-PHYSICS BUILDING which opened the fall of 1968, is one of the most modern buildings of its type in the Southwest. It is four stories, has a roof-top area housing six 10-inch telescopes, and has a complete astronomy observatory lab. It also houses the most modem of chemistry labs, classrooms, and auditoriums.

THE MOLLER CENTER FOR ADVANCED STUDY, a property valued at more than $140,000, was donated to the University Foundation, by Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Moller of Scottsdale. It is located in Munds Park adjacent to the Pinewood Country Club and consists of two large log cabin, lodge-type buildings. It is used for special seminars, faculty-administration committee meetings, con­ tinuing education programs, especially by the College of Business Administration, and other University groups. It has complete kitchen facilities.

Athletics And Physical Education

UNIVERSITY CENTER: The huge 93,000 square foot University Center includes a field house area large enough to practice football and baseball. There is a one-eighth mile running track, and the recreation area is designed for intra­ mural games, physical education activities, and various programmed recreation. Along the east side of the first floor there are a snack bar, billiard room, six lane bowling alley, and areas for other games. On the second floor, east side, there is a huge ballroom for dances and receptions. Lockers and showers are provided for men and women students. FACILITIES OB THE UNIVERSITY 17

THE MEN'S GYMNASIUM: The main floor, 125 feet by 150 feet, is planned to provide two cross courts for basketball or one main court. This floor space is used for "one wall" handball, volley ball, and many other physical education activities. The balconies on each side have space for gymnastic and wrestling classes. Dressing room and shower facilities are provided under the east balcony both for athletic teams and for all other male students. The folding bleachers on the main floor and balconies provide seating capacity for 3,500 people at contests or other large gatherings. The space under the west balcony is utilized by offices and one large class or assembly room. THE WOMEN'S GYMNASIUM provides a gymnasium floor. Dressing rooms and showers are on the basement floor. The main floor has two classrooms and storage space for equipment. TENNIS COURTS: There are ten tennis courts serving students on campus. Three are located just north of Babbitt and Peterson Halls. Another three are located east of Cowden and Tinsley Halls. Four ate located south of the University Center. THE SWIMMING POOL, located in the basement of the women's gymnasium building, provides opportunity for swimming instruction for men and women students. THE ATHLETIC FIELD is on the east edge of the campus. It provides fine grass turf for football and a quarter mile all weather surface track. Located on the west side of the field is a modern steel stadium, roofed to protect spectators in bad weather. The east concrete stadium was completed recently to provide seats to a capacity of 8,500. Additional Facilities

HEALTH CENTER: This new facility provides modern health services for the students of the institution. It is an attractive building, with hip roof and walls of brick and with marble crete below the windows and other trim effects. The building is "T"-shaped and is located on the east side of University Drive, east of Sorority Dormitory. There are facilities for 26 beds, a kitchen, two examination rooms, nurse lounge, X-Ray room, two physical therapy rooms with whirlpool baths, etc. There is a small basement for mechanical equipment. The building pro­ vides 12,500 sq. ft. of utility space. A MODERN HEATING PLANT serves the campus. This plant also houses maintenance shops and garage. THE GREENHOUSE is designed primarily for the early growth of the thousands of plants which each year ate transplanted to the campus. Some flowers are also grown for the use and decoration of the residence halls and other buildings and for activities. In addition some experimental work in plant culture is carried on there. 18 FACILITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY

Home Of The President THE PRESIDENTS HOME is located on the eats [art of the campus. There is easy acess

to it from the Beaver Street extension onto the campus. The house is of traditional lines, fitting in well with the rest of the campus. Exterior wallsare of red brick with white trim. The house faces north, and the 38 x 24-foot living room has a large picture window that overlooks most of the campus and frames an an attractive view of the San Francisco Peaks. Sliding glass doors on the souths side of the living room and the 16 x 20- foot dining room provide views of scaped to blend with the vegetation in the hgih mountain country. . 19 Educational And Scenic Setting The campus meets the ideal of all lovers of the out-of-doors. It is nestled at the foot of the inspiring San Francisco Peaks, an enduring symbol to all who dwell within the sphere of their influence. Here mountain slopes, canyons, buttes, Indian ruins, forests and deserts mingle in a setting forever challenging in its appeal. Autumn with its brilliant colors, winter with its snowy wonderland, and spring with greening slopes and lawns furnish a variety of scenes stimulating to everyone. The physical setting of the campus is both a superb playground and a laboratory for all. Field trips are a regularly scheduled part of the work of many classes, and tours into interesting areas are made to give the students opportunity to take advantage of nearby regions. Various clubs and organizations utilize the beauty of the surrounding area for their recreational activities such as hikes and picnics. If demand is sufficient, the institution will plan excursions to outstanding points of interest. Many famous scenic attractions may be easily reached by private cars along well-marked highways. Among the world-famous scenic features easily accessible from Flagstaff are the following: GRAND CANYON—Eighty-five miles from Flagstaff, a comfortable two-hour drive. The Grand Canyon of Arizona, through which surges the mighty Colorado River, looking like an undulating thread from the canyon rims, is in places a mile deep and 14 to 15 miles wide. Its majestic coloring and awe-inspiring depths, broken by temple buttes that form islands of centuries-old isolation, have made the Grand Canyon outstanding among national parks and monuments. One of the seven wonders of the world, the Grand Canyon is an eternal monument epitomizing the grandeur, the beauty and the mystery of the Southwest. An open source book for geologists, it is alone, unchallenged, unapproached. PETRIFIED FOREST—About three hours drive from Flagstaff near Holbrook, Arizona: 40 square miles out of an area of over 100 square miles of petrified log deposits have been set aside as a national monument. The tree trunks, many exceeding 100 feet in length, more or less fractured, dismembered and lacking branches, all lie on the ground. HOPI INDIAN VILLAGES—Within easy driving distance northeast of Flagstaff the Hopi Indians have lived in their pueblos for several centuries. Oraibi, a Hopi village on Third Mesa, is the oldest continuously occupied town in the United States. Here, and on any of the seven Indian reservations of northern Arizona, students of anthropology and others have unequalled opportunities to study and observe native ways of life. INDIAN RUINS—More than seven thousand prehistoric Indian ruins, including the spectacular Wupatki, Walnut Canyon and Montezuma Castle National Monuments, have been located in northern Arizona. Archaeology students regularly take field trips to these sites while thousands of interested people visit many of them each year. Betatakin and Kiet Siel ruins in Navajo National Monument are among the largest cliff dwellings in the Southwest. PAINTED DESERT—Two hours drive, in the heart of the Navajo and Hopi country. One must see the multi-colored sands and ledges of this great area in order to appreciate its grandeur. Miles upon miles of color, from the most exquisite purple to the richest gold, stand out against the almost cloudless sky. 20 EDUCATIONAL AND SCENIC SETTING

RAINBOW NATURAL BRIDGE—182 miles. Tsay-nun-na-ah, Rock Goes Cross the Water, as the Navajos all it, rises 308 feet at the center of the arch. It has a span of 274 feet, and is approximately 35 feet wide at the top. Rainbow Natural Bridge, a national monument, is of red standstone of various shades, set in a canyon with walls of tan, brown, buff, and grey. It can now be approached by boat on lake Powell, as well as by the over-land route. HOOVER DAM—Six hours from Flagstaff by car. The height of the dam is 730 feet, its thickness at the base is 650 feet, and the length across the crest, crossed by a highway, is 1,180 feet. Lake Mead, largest artificial lake in the world, backs up the dam, providing boating and fine bass fishing. GLEN CANYON DAM is 135 miles north of Flagstaff, on the Colorado River, 13 miles downstream from the Arizona-Utah boundary line and 15 miles upstream from Lee's Ferry. It is the key structure of a $990 million upper Colorado River development program. The dam reaches 580 feet above the river, 700 feet above bedrock, 300 feet thick at the base, 35 feet thick at the crest. Completed in January, 1959, is the 1,271 foot highway bridge which spans the river 870 feet downstream from the axis of the dam, 700 feet above the river. The bridge is the longest and second highest single-span steel arch bridge in the United States, and it is the connecting link in a 101-mile scenic loop from Bitter Springs, in Arizona, to Kanab, Utah. Two miles from the dam site is the city of Page, Arizona. The large Lake Powell, created by the dam, provides fishing, boating and other water recreation. ARIZONA SNOW BOWL — 14Vi miles to the lodge. The Arizona Snow Bowl is now recognized by skiing enthusiasts from all over the world as being one of the finest snow sports areas in the United States. In the summertime the area provides an excellent site for outings. New chair lifts were installed in December, 1962, and are operated year around. The road to the lodge is well maintained. SUNSET CRATER, LAVA BEDS AND CAVES —National Monument — 18 miles. The rare coloring of the volcanic peak gives the effect of perpetual sunset glow, in contrast to the barren wastes of cinders on its lower slopes and large flows of lava at its base. This is one of the most nearly perfect and recent of cinder cones and lava flows in the United States. It is only about nine hundred yean old and its ashes and flows cover the homes of pre-historic Indians living in the region at the time of the eruption. The Museum of Northern Arizona has dated the crater eruption between 1046 and 1071. OAK CREEK CANYON—15 miles. The canyon is the scene of Zane Grey's "Call of the Canyon"; here every turn of the road brings varied vistas of cliff, waterfall, and meadow. The canyon offers trout fishing, camping, and swimming. METEOR CRATER — 40 miles. This is the scene of years of prospecting to recover the rare minerals of the meteor which, in srriking the earth, built a enter over a mile across and six hundred feet deep. EDUCATIONAL AND SCENIC SETTING 21

MUSEUM OF NORTHERN ARIZONA The Museum of Northern Arizona was founded in 1928 "to increase and diffuse knowledge and appreciation of science and to maintain at Flagstaff a museum, to collect and preserve objects of art and scientific interest, to protect historic and prehistoric sites, works of art, scenic places, and wild life from needless destruction; to provide facilities for research; and to offer opportunities for aesthetic enjoyment." The Museum of Northern Arizona and associated laboratories occupy 100 acres on both sides of Fort Valley Road, a few miles north of Flagstaff. On the west side of Fort Valley Road, on the rim of a small canyon, the Museum houses exhibition galleries of anthropology, geology, and natural history. On the east side of Fort Valley Road is the Research Center, including laboratories and collections of geological, biological and anthropological material, offices for the Research staff and housing for visiting students and scientists. The collections of the Museum are rich in rocks, fossils, animals, and plants of northern Arizona, the am and crafts of the present day Indians of the region, and archaeological material from hundreds of pre-historic sites. A reference library, exceptionally complete on books and journals dealing with the Southwest, is an important department. Both the collec­ tions and the library are available to qualified students. 22 EDUCATIONAL AND SCENIC SETTING

The Museum is open, free to the public, from March 1 to December I. The hours are from 9 to 12 a.m. and 1 to 5 p.m. week days; and from 1:30 p.m- to 5 p.m. on Sundays. A cooperative agreement with the Museum of Northern Arizona permits close association in teaching and research areas. See page 73 regarding details of this agreement.

LOWELL OBSERVATORY Lowell Observatory, on Mars Hill in Flagstaff, is an institution of astronomical research founded in 1894 by Dr. Percival Lowell. After careful study, Dr. Lowell selected the 700-acre site of the observatory because its altitude, 7,250 feet, and its climatic and atmospheric conditions were exceptionally favorable and would permit prosecution of astronomical studies which could only be carried on in a very few of the world's best situated observatories. Notable among the numerous accomplishments of the Lowell Observatory is the staff's discovery of the planet Pluto in 1930. Students are given opportunity for personally conducted visits to Lowell Observatory.

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY The U. S. Geological Survey's Branch of Astrogeology was established on September 19, 1961, at Menlo Park, California. In July, 1963, headquarters for the organization moved to Flagstaff, Arizona. Flagstaff was chosen for the Center of Astrogeology primarily because the geology of the area bears many similarities to that expected on the moon. A thorough knowledge of rest sites in this area, therefore, will aid in the interpretation of lunar geology and in the preparation of men for lunar exploration.

U. S. NAVAL OBSERVATORY The U. S. Naval Observatory, Flagstaff Station, is located about four miles west of Flagstaff just south of Highway 66. The Station is part of the Astrometric and Astrophysics Division of the U. S. Naval Observatory in Washington. The major equipment consists of two reflecting telescopes, one a Ritchie-Chretien aplanatic reflector of 40 inches aperture, the other a 61-inch astrographic reflector, the only one of its type in existence. The Station has no general arrangements for providing for visitors; however, individuals who drop in are given personal attention, and groups, such as school classes, are given evening sessions at the 40-inch telescope if arrangements are made well in advance.

CAMPUS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL The Campus Elementary School, located in the Eastburn Education Center is one of several elementary schools in the Flagstaff Public School District. It is supported jointly by the public school authorities and the university. Management of the school rests with the institution authorities in accordance with the provision of the Arizona school law. It serves as a center for the education of prospective teachers and for the development and demonstration of techniques and materials of instruction for the benefit of the public schools of the state. EDUCATIONAL AND SCENIC SETTING 23

The student body consists of a cross-section of the children of the community and the number of pupils per teacher is maintained at a level consistent with good educational practice. The school consists of the kindergarten and the first six grades. The program of the school is carried on by teachers who are also specially prepared for teacher education. Students who are preparing to be teachers in elementary schools spend considerable time during their sophomore and junior year working in this school under the immediate supervision of these teachers. Abundant opportunity is provided to learn the art of teaching under expert guidance by work­ ing directly with children at the various age and grade levels throughout the semester. The Campus Elementary School is in session during the summer as a demonstration and laboratory center for teachers in service who desire to work on some of their own problems with the guidance and aid of the Campus Elementary School staff. Practice teaching opportunities are provided during the summer for a limited number of prospective teachers who have not attended during the regular session. Members of the staff of the Campus Elementary School and other members of the College of Education are available for field service on local educational problems. School systems interested should write the Dean, College of Education, for further information.

Fun for All at a University Dance 24 EDUCATIONAL AND SCENIC SETTING

Flagstaff's New Coconino High School

FLAGSTAFF PUBLIC SCHOOLS The Flagstaff public schools are modern schools located near the campus. They serve the city of Flagstaff and the surrounding communities. Their student bodies are typical of schools of similar size throughout the Southwest. Their staffs are well-trained and their programs are rich and varied. The students who are preparing to teach in the public schools may receive part of their training through teaching under the supervision of members of the instructional staff of these schools. They work directly with classes in their major and minor teaching fields; use the school libraries, laboratories, and shops; partici­ pate in the co-curricular programs, and assist with the records and reports of the schools. Conferences are held with the school staffs and the university supervisors. Through this program a high degree of competence in the art of teaching is achieved. Assignments for student reaching are made by a supervisor who is a member of the faculty. The general supervision of the student's work is exercised by the faculty supervisor. 25 The Summer Session The summer sessions are planned to meet the needs of all those who wish to utilize the summer for study toward recognized educational objectives. The sessions are arranged to provide not only the highest type of instruction in many professional areas and in the field of general culture, but make it possible for the student to carry out his program in Flagstaff's unusual climatic and scenic environment. The courses of the summer session are especially adapted to the following groups. 1. Beginning students who wish to start college work immediately after graduation from high school and thus shorten the time usually required for a degree. 2. Students of the regular academic year and teachers in service who wish to complete the requirements of the various degrees. 3. Teachers who wish to renew certificates or meet the new requirements for the Arizona Kindergarten-Primary, Elementary, Secondary, and Adminis­ trative certificates. 4. Superintendents, principals, supervisors, and teachers who wish to observe modern elemenrary school practice. The Campus Elementary School is in operation during the first five-week term. 5. Teachers who wish to secure special certificates in Distributive Education and Trades and Industry in order to qualify for teaching in these fields. 6. Those interested in study primarily for the sake of general culture. 7. Those interested in doing a year of graduate work beyond the master's degree leading to the educational specialist degree. 8. Those interested in doctoral programs, watch future Graduate Bulletin for details. GRADUATE WORK — The complete graduate program in all teacher education curricula in both major and minor areas will be offered during the summer session. For information relative to the graduate program, see the Graduate Bulletin. See Summer Bulletin for information relative to class scheduling and the list of offerings for the summer session. HOUSING—Summertime apartment housing for families with children is in great demand. If you anticipate coming and bringing the family, please contact the Director of Housing, Box 4100, Northern Arizona University, as far in advance as possible. Married couples without children are housed in residence halls and meals are taken in the campus dining halls. Assignments for all housing are made chronologically according to date on which deposit and application are received.

EXTENDED SERVICES The University is always ready to provide these off-campus services when the resources are available: Extension classes. The university, within the limits of its facilities, will send fully qualified instructors to a locality in which there is a sufficient number of individuals with needs or interests that can be met in an organized university course. Such groups are invited to request the assistance of the institution in providing the necessary instruction. 26 SERVICES, ASSOCIATIONS, FOUNDATIONS

Consultation service. The institution accepts its constantly expanding respon­ sibilities for providing facilities and personnel for workshops, institutes, conferences, and other consultation services to educational, business, community, and social organizations in the state. Correspondence study. Certain courses are available through correspondence. A bulletin of course offerings may be obtained through the Office of the Registrar. Adult evening classes. A large selection of non-credit courses directed to meet individual and community needs are offered. The offerings vary from cultural subject matter courses to courses covering vocational and home skill techniques. In addition to the non-credit evening classes, undergraduate and graduate credit courses are offered to meet local demand.

Placement Bureau

The Placement Bureau is maintained during the entire year as a service to students and employers throughout Arizona and neighboring sections of the South­ west. Its function is to place graduates or students who have been in attendance at least one term and are qualified in positions where they will make their greatest contribution. In doing so, an equally valuable service is provided school officials and other employers by giving them the opportunity to contact desirable candidates for positions they may have need to fill. To accomplish this the Placement Bureau carries on several activities: (1) it keeps on file a complete record of the education, experiences, and personal qualifi­ cations of each person registered; (2) it provides employers with information about its registrants and opportunity to interview candidates for positions; (3) it provides those seeking employment with information about vacancies for which they may be qualified; (4) it seeks to make follow-up studies to determine the success and happiness of students after they have accepted positions. All students who plan to seek employment, as well as students already em­ ployed, should enroll with the bureau and keep their files up to date.

Alumni Association The Northen Arizona University Alumni Association was organized in the belief that the ties of friendship between the aiumni and their alma mater may be more effectively united and preserved; and that the best interests of the insti­ tution, education, and the state of Arizona an be advanced through the coopera­ tion of graduates, former students, and friends of Northern Arizona University. The Alumni Association has been in existence since shortly after the founding of the institution in 1899. It operates in accordance with a constitution and by-laws adopted by the membership at an open meeting. A copy of the by-laws may be obtained from the Alumni Secretary upon request. Active membership in the Association is automatic for all graduates and former students. Life membership is acquired by paying the Alumni fee of $I0.00. The fee is collected at semester registration at the rate of $1.25 each regular registration. All graduates who have attended eight semesters thereby automatically chain life membership. All non-graduates may obtain life membership and its entitlements by paying the difference between the sum of semester payments at $1-25 each and $10.00. SERVICES, ASSOCIATIONS, FOUNDATIONS 27

The official alumni publication, PINE, is published quarterly and is available to all graduates, former students, or interested parties. Contact the Alumni Office for subscriptions at no charge. The objectives of the Association are generally to promote the interests and welfare of the people of the state of Arizona through education. These objectives are met through the establishment and maintenance of contact between Northern Arizona University, its graduates, and its students — present, former, and pros­ pective. The Association operates as a liaison between the University and former students and is the former student's continuous and direct contact with his Alma Mater. Its basic motivating principle is services to the alumni and the University. The Association's activities are under the direction of a board of directors and coordinated by a full time executive secretary who maintains the Alumni Office on the third floor of the Administration Building on campus. The Alumni Office is headquarters for all alumni activities and maintains record files on graduates and former students. All students and alumni are invited to visit the Alumni Office. Their opinions, suggestions and needs will receive full attention. The Alumni Office provides assistance and guidance to regional alumni clubs throughout Arizona and in a few neighboring states. The formation of these regional clubs is encouraged. Regional clubs are provided guidance in the formation of their programs of activities. Campus speakers and handling of mail announcements are part of the assistance that can be provided to regional clubs to insure success of their programs. For further information, inquiries should be directed to the Alumni Secretary, Box 4119, NAU.

NORTHERN ARIZONA UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION Northern Arizona University Foundation was formed early in 1959, and the articles of incorporation for the organization were filed with the Arizona Corpora­ tion Commission, Incorporating Division, March 27, 1959. Objectives and purposes of the foundation are to offer awards and other appropriate recognition for excellence in scholarship and for other endeavors which contribute to the welfare of this institution; to acquire, hold, and dispose of real and personal property; to receive grants or donations or gifts which will be disbursed or managed according to the objectives and stipulations of the donors. This foundation is non-profir, non-commercial, non-sectarian, and non-partisan. The name of the foundation or its officers in their official capacities shall not be used in any connection or for any other purpose than the regular work of the foundation.

HOW TO GIVE TO THE FOUNDATION 1. BY DIRECT GIFT This can be money, real estate, or physical things, stocks, bonds. A gift out of current income is tax deductible at its current value. You may restrict your gift to specific uses, or you may permit the Foundation to use its discretion. 2. BY WILL This type of bequest reduces the amount of the taxable estate and avoids cost of appraisal and possible sale by executor after the donor's death. Therefore, it is less expensive than a later gift by the heirs. 28 SERVICES, ASSOCIATIONS, FOUNDATIONS

3. BY TESTAMENTARY TRUST Through this method of giving the estate is kept intact and insures the heirs and the Foundation of good management of invested capital. Sales tax is not required to be paid when the gift is made through a trust established by a will. 4. BY LIVING TRUST It may consist of a gift to the Foundation, to be invested by the Foundation with the yield to go either to the Foundation, to the donor, or to whomever the donor designates. This can result in income and in tax savings for the donor. 5. BY INSURANCE POLICY This method is often used by people of comparatively modest means or by those whose means are invested. A liberal contribution may be made by naming the Foundation as beneficiary of an insurance policy.

Silhouettes in the University Union STUDENT AFFAIRS AND SERVICES

COUNSELING SERVICE • STUDENT GOVERNMENT FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES • STUDENT COMMUNICATION SERVICES • UNIVERSITY SERVICES • HOUSING HEALTH SERVICES • FOOD SERVICE Lounge Areas and Residence Halls Are Comfortable 31 Student Affairs The Office of Student Affairs attempts to fulfill the education of students by providing challenging, enriching, and broadening out-of-class experiences. The personnel in this area often work in the group setting but also are especially concerned about the individual as he works toward his goal of interdependence. Though it is true that one can not be an expert in all affairs the staff would see their function as serving the needs of the student as he develops physically, socially, emotionally and spiritually.

ORIENTATION. Orientation is a specific time set aside to introduce the new students to the nature of university life. Certain basic facts are given to these new students so that they can function efficiently in this complex culture but these facts are seen only as a starting point in the orientation program. Orientation also includes a time devoted to reaching out an assisting hand as the individual begins, usually for the first time, his independent search for meaning. The orientation program therefore is dynamic: searching for new ways of adequately reaching the stated goal.

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING SERVICE The University Counseling Service was established as a university-wide service aimed at helping university students to be successful in a university program. The Counseling Center works closely with the academic advisers of the Colleges and Schools of the University, Student Affairs, the University Placement Service, campus organizations and the administration. Counseling services, available to regularly enrolled University students, include individual and small group counseling. The developmental problems which typically confront the university-age young person are dealt with. The typical problems of the university student usually are of the following type: 1. Problems of selecting an academic major and a vocation; 2. Problems resulting from inadequate study habits; 3. Problems accompanying adjustment to university life; 4. Problems relating to better self-understanding. A variety of tests are available to regularly enrolled university students at a nominal cost. The objective of using tests is to improve the student's self understanding; therefore the results of the tests ate explained to the student.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT Student government is the primary responsibility of ASNAU and its standing committees. Important decision-making responsibilities have been dele­ gated to the Associated Students Government which manages its own budget, exercises broad powers in determining policies for student welfare and serves as a channel of communication between the student body and the administration. The Director of Student Activities acts as a consultant to the Associated Students primarily in the areas of finance and student government. He is respon­ sible for the university social calendar and the scheduling of these events and is available for consultation regarding student organizations and all student accounts. The Student Affairs Office coordinates the various programs and activities on campus. There are many opportunities on the campus for recreational and social activities. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 32

FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES INTER-FRATERNITY COUNCIL. The following social fraternities are repre­ sented on the Inter-Fraternity Council: Alpha Epsilon Pi, Delta Chi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa Sigma, Phi Kappa Theta, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Pi, Sigma Tau Gamma, and Tau Kappa Epsilon. PANHELLENIC COUNCIL. The following sororities are represented on the Panhellenic Council: Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Omicron Pi, Delta Delta Delta, and Gamma Phi Beta. STUDENT COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES Each of these media is under the direct supervision of an appropriate faculty adviser. Outlook—new student magazine, published for the first time in the fall of 1968. It was an instant success. Lumberjack—official school newspaper published during the nine months of regular school year. An award winning university newspaper. Student Handbook—published by ASNAU. Pine Knots — student literary magazine published annually under the auspices of the Writer's Club. Radio Station KNAU—campus radio station managed and directed by students during the school year. University Services The Dean of University Services is responsible for the administration and coordination of the services to students and University personnel. These areas include the Housing Office, Health Service, Bookstore, Mail, Security Division, Food Service, Linen Supply, Centrex Telephone System, and Duplicating Service, all staffed with qualified personnel. The Dean of University Services also works in coordination with the Director of Student Activities, the University Union, and the University Aaivity Center.

Housing RESIDENCE HALLS: It is the philosophy of Northern Arizona University that life in the residence halls is an important part of the total education of each student. The independence of college life demands responsibility, consideration for others, and self discipline. Living with others provides a student with challenges and opportunities to further develop these qualities. Communal living requites a "give and take" environment. On campus, living facilities are furnished at the lowest possible cost to students. All students who live in the residence halls must be registered and are expected to be taking at least twelve hours of course credit each semester or five semester hours during each five-week summer term. The University and the students have developed certain regulations and slides regarding residence hall living in order to make possible an orderly STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 33 academic environment where individuals will be able to develop to the fullest extent. It is expected, therefore, that all students at the University will be aware of the regulations and standards and respond in an appropriate manner. Specific rules and regulations are covered more thoroughly in the Student Handbook. ADMINISTRATION OF ALL HOUSING: The Dean of Student Services is responsible to the President of the University for the administration of the Housing Office. The Director of Housing is the coordinator of all housing matters.

HOUSING APPLICATION AND RESERVATION: Students planning to attend the University must fill out an application for housing and make a room deposit. In the event the student does not receive housing forms with the ad­ missions application, he may write to the Office of the Director of Housing, Box 4100, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86001, for appropriate forms. Return the completed form to the Housing Office with the room deposit. Students wishing to return in the fall must make a new housing application and transfer their housing deposit before leaving the campus at the end of the semester. It is advised that the application and deposit be made well in advance of the time of registration so that adequate housing may be provided. The University cannot assure any students housing unless the application and reserva­ tion deposit are received sufficiently in advance of the term the application is being made. The advance housing deposit is retained by the University against possible losses or damages incurred by the occupant during his period of residence. At the time of occupancy all rooms are inspected and an inventory record is approved by the resident. If a student does cause damage accidentally, or while engaging in some ill-advised activity, he should be fair to others and report the incident. If persons responsible for unnecessary damage fail to report, the repair or replacement charge may be charged to members of a wing or entire residence hall which costs all the students. Friends and colleagues would appreciate it if students paid their own bills. The deposit, less any charges, is refunded only when the resident remains in the hall for the full term of his contract for the succeeding year, providing he has returned all residence hall property in good condition and has met all financial obligations to the University. The fee for occupancy of rooms in the residence halls is $120.00 and up per semester. This is the per person charge when two or more share a room. During the school year, the University will require students who are in a double room by themselves, due to a roommate leaving or not showing (and not wishing to pay for single room rent), to move into a room with a roommate,

RESIDENCE HALL CONTRACT: A student accepts residence in a resi­ dence hall with the complete understanding that he or she agrees to continue as a resident throughout the full academic year, or the portion that he remains a student at Northern Arizona University. (That is, September through May 31 or the end of the term.) If, without just cause, approved by the Dean of Student Services, the student moves from the residence ball before the end of the aca­ demic year, said student agrees to pay the remainder of the rent for the academic year.

JUST CAUSE FOR VACATING ROOM: The following will be considered just cause" for vacating a room during the academic year: 1. The student has written permission from his parents to move off-campus and live at home in Flagstaff with parents, legal guardian, or spouse. 2. The student officially withdraws from the University. 3. The student marries. 34 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES

Even though a student turns twenty-one (21) during the academic year, the student wil be required to honor his Residence Hall Contract for the remain- der of the academic year.

RESIDENCE HALLS FOR WOMEN COWDEN HALL: A larger, three-story housing facility for women is Cowden Hall. Accomodating 440 students, Cowden offers two-student rooms with centrally located baths. The hall has a large comfortable lounge area and a separate room for telivision viewing.

HI- RISE NUMBER TWO: This new six-story facility will house 585 womena and will afford an excellent view of the campus in addition to the San Francisco Peaks to the north. It is scheduled to open in the fall of 1969. Each room will accomodate two women. Baths are centrally located on each floor, The residence woll have a large comfortable lounge area in addition to adequate space for viewing television. The new high-rise residence hall will be served by two elavators to provide easy acess to all floors.

NORTH QUARDRANGLE: This housing facility occupies one entire block of the campus and consists of North Hall, Campbell Hall, and Morton Hall, For those who enjoy the more traditional type of living, North Quad, which houses 250 women, provides adequate and comfortable surroundings. Within the Quad, Campbell Hall has been designated as the Honor Dorm on campus where 50 selected upperclass women live together assuming more individual responsibility. SORORITY: This is a smaller residence hall on campus, housing 117 women. It is built in the style of apartments, and three women share one unit which consists of two rooms, a kitchen area, and a bath. The hall provides an attractively decorated lounge for the residents and their guests. RAYMOND: This residence hall, which accommodates 210 students, is being used for women who pledge a sorority on campus. Four national sororities are housed in Raymond: Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Omicron Pi, Delta Delta Delta, and Gamma Phi Beta. The hall is apartment-style with three women to a two- room unit with a private bath and kitchen area. Each sorority group has a very attractive combined chapter room and lounge area which the members have decorated and furnished. SOUTH QUADRANGLE: An attractive residence hall in the heart of the campus is South Quad. This residence hall is designed apartment-style with three women occupying each unit consisting of two rooms, kitchen area, and bath. The hall, first used in the fall of I960, houses 183 women. UNIVERSITY QUADRANGLE: Opening in 1968, University Quad has space for 464 women. A popular hall with new freshman women, the interior of the hall is decorated in a flare of bright, cheerful colors. The rooms have built in facilities for two students. There is a lounge area on each floor for the residents. Just to the north of this hall is the new University Dining Hall serving this area of the campus.

WILSON HALL: Located in the south portion of the campus is Wilson Hall which housees 440 women. The large lounge-lobby area located on the north provides the residents and their guests with a magnificent view of the San Francisco Peaks. Each room in the building accomodates two women, and each floor has centrally located baths and an enclosed private lounge-study area for the residents. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 35

RESIDENCE HALLS FOR MEN BABBITT HALL: This is an attractive, 83-room residence hall for men students. It houses 166 students on three floors and is located near the center of campus. BURY HALL: Accommodating 82 students, this hall is divided into two levels. It is one of the four halls located on the north end of the campus which gives "Ivy League" appearance, accomplished by exterior walls of red sandstone partially covered by climbing vines. HANLEY HALL: The smallest residence hall accommodates 50 students on two levels. Space-wise, however, its rooms are the largest of any residence hall on campus. Located near the north end of the campus, it is another of the four residence halls possessing the "Ivy League" appearance. MAIN HALL: This residence hall houses 163 students on three floors, and is another of the four residence halls located near the north end of the campus with the "Ivy League" appearance. PETERSON HALL: Completed in 1958, this residence hall houses 166 students on three floors. It has been well maintained and is located near the center of campus. SECHRIST HALL: Located near the south end of campus, this multi-story residence hall opened in January, 1967. It consists of nine stories with a capacity of 626 students and includes three residence hall advisers. It is served by two elevators. TAYLOR HALL: This housing facility is located near the north end of campus and houses 150 students on three levels. It is one of the four halls possess­ ing the "Ivy League" appearance. TINSLEY HALL: Near the south end of campus is this three-story hall housing 440 students. It was completed and used for the first time in the summer of 1964.

FACILITIES

FURNISHINGS: Rooms are furnished with single beds, mattress covers tn place on mattresses where required, dressers, study desks, chairs, and adequate closet space. Window drapes are furnished in all halls except Hanley, Bury, Taylor, Main, Sorority, and North Quadrangle. LINEN: Pillow case, matress pad, and sheets are included in the rental fee and clean linen is supplied weekly. The University does not furnish blankets, pillows, bedspreads, towels and washcloths. LAUNDRY FACILITIES: AH residence halls have coin-operated washers and dryers. CHECKLIST —WHAT TO BRING: For students living in residence halls, we recommend they bring the following articles: bedspread, blankets, pillow, towels and wash cloths, bath mat, small rug, laundry bag, laundry soap, soap dish and soap, water glass, metal waste paper basket, ash tray, desk blotter, clothes hangers, and an elearic iron. Other items may also be brought providing they comply with the residence hall regulations. ROOM RENT: It is preferred that room rent be paid in full upon entrance, although a partial payment plan may be made as follows: 36 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES

Fall Spring 1/3 payment upon entering or registration Same 1/3 payment due approximately 3rd week in Oct. 3rd week in March 1/3 payment due approximately 1st week in Dec. 4th week in April Amounts due the University for any reason are not carried to the next term. It is University policy that a student's transcripts, records, grades, etc., will be withheld and future registration will be denied until the account is paid in full. Room fee is payable in advance. No fees are charged for room during the Christmas vacation. No refunds will be made for absences on weekends or for short vacations. Persons who occupy a room in a residence hall will be required to buy their meals in the campus dining halls. Being behind in room payments is sufficient reason for denial of campus residence privileges. The semester payments ate divided into approximately three equal amounts for fall and three equal amounts for the spring semester. Inasmuch as the institution must obligate itself financially to build all residence halls, it remains the responsibility of the student entering the residence hall in the fall to plan on remaining. Any decrease in occupancy may cause the institution to have to raise the room rent in order to meet its financial obligation. Student cooperation can prevent this. Rooms in residence halls will not be open for occupancy until noon of the Sunday directly preceding registration day of any session. If students arrive in Flagstaff before Sunday, or after 9 p.m., it will be necessary for them to make their own provisions for housing elsewhere off the campus until the residence halls open. ROOM ASSIGNMENTS: Room assignments are made on an adjusted priority system devised to guarantee impartial treatment of each resident. Pref­ erence is given to returning students, requests of the individual, and by date contract is received. Roommate assignments are made, insofar as is possible, on the basis of mutual request, common age, interests, background, major study and geographical location. ROOM CHANGE REGULATIONS: No request for room changes will be granted until the third week of classes. Room changes are initiated: 1. Upon the request of the resident; 2. On the recommendation of the resident adviser; 3. By the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. Do not move until an official assignment has been made by the Housing Office and all advisers involved have been notified. A charge of $5.00 is made so change from one dormitory to another. For students' protection, it is necessary for us to be informed ar all times as to students' room assignments. Emergency calls demand quick anion. RESIDENCE OFF CAMPUS: Male undergraduate students who are under 21 must present written permission to the Dean of Student Affairs from their parents of legal guardians approving their living off campus before consideration wilt be given. In the case of students living in the home of their parents, or legal guardian, approval will be automatically granted. Single undergraduate women students, under 21 may not live off campus. Any student moving from one off-campus residence to another must inform the Dean of Student Affairs of the change of address.

FRATERNITY HOUSES: Several fraternities have off campus chapter houses where they provide housing for some of their members. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 37

TIME OF VACATING HOUSING FACILITY: If students enrolled for the fall semester do not continue enrollment in the subsequent term or semester, they are required to vacate their premises no later than 24 hours after their last examination. This does not apply to married students who are occupying married housing and who plan to stay and register for the subsequent term or semester. All students must check out properly with their resident adviser and the Housing Office. APARTMENTS FOR FAMILIES Some apartments for married students are provided on the campus in "Cottage City." Cottage City is made up of 46 permanent two-room stone apart­ ments. While the apartments are relatively small and plainly built, they have gas for cooking and heating and private bath and toilet facilities. There are also 208 family apartments in the south part of the campus for married students. These are known as Campus Heights and are located near the south entrance of the campus off U.S. Highway 89A. These are one and two bedroom apartments designed to provide multi-purpose dining, living room, kitchen and bath accommodations. These apartments all have been built since 1962 and the newest opened for occupancy in the fall of 1966. Furnishings are modest and are limited to bare essentials, such as beds and mattresses, table, chairs, chests of drawers, gas space heater and apartment size cooking range. Refrigerators must be furnished by the students. Refrigerators can be rented from local dealers in some instances. Students should plan to contact the Housing Office before moving quantities of furniture, as the furnishings in the apartments cannot be removed and storage room is not provided. Students provide their own dishes, silverware, kitchen utensils, floor and study lamps, blankets and linen, window curtains, and other furnishings they think necessary for home-like living. Laundry facilities are conveniently located on campus for use by the occupants. Apartments are not to be subleased at any time. Married students must make arrangements with the Office of the Director of Housing as to the time they can move in. RESIDENCE ON CAMPUS: Living facilities are furnished at the lowest possible cost for the use of those persons living on campus. All students living on the campus must be registered and are expected to be taking at least twelve semester hours of course credit during each semester of the academic year, or five semester hours during each five-week summer term. Prior to vacating married housing, it is the responsibility of the occupants to clear with the Manager of Married Housing. He in turn will inspect the premises for fair wear and tear, inventory equipment and condition, cleanliness, and accept keys. REFUNDS: If the University is unable to accommodate married students with an apartment, the housing deposit will be refunded to the applicant upon written request. GENERAL HOUSING INFORMATION Room Reservation and Deposit Fee...... $35.00 REFUND OF HOUSING DEPOSIT: If an applicant is not accepted by the University, or if the student decides not to attend Northern Arizona Uni- 38 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES

versity, the student must notify the Housing Office in writing by August 15 for the fall semester, January 2 for the spring semester, and May 15 for the summer session. Normally a refund will be made within 30 days by check to the student's home address. No part of the room fee will be refunded for any part of the last week of any semester regardless of whether or not the student withdraws from school prior to the end of the week.

KEYS: The University rules pertaining to the use of keys in University Housing is set forth in a separate exhibit and is part of the Housing Contract.

ROOM SEARCH: The University reserves the right to search the room of any student if it has reasonable cause to believe that an infraction of school rules or laws would be uncovered in the search of the room.

PETS: All pets are prohibited on campus. This includes residence halls and married housing. STORAGE: There shall be no luggage or other personal belongings stored in any housing facility between the spring and summer session or between the summer session and the fall semester. Those moving into married housing should consult with the Housing Office prior to moving their furniture. Certain items of furniture are furnished by the University and cannot be removed from the apartments. Storage facilities are not rpovoded for excess furniture. Students who wish living accomodations on the campus either in residence halls, apartments, or cottages are advised to send in their application for housing and reservation deposit well in advance of arriving in FIagstaflf. Write to the Director of Housing for housing application and return the application and reservation deposit to him as soon as possible. The reservation deposit will be refunded upon proper and authorized withdrawal from the residence facility, after deductions are made for any loss or damage to university property. THE INSTITUTION WILL BE UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO HOLD RESERVED SPACE NOT CLAIMED BY SATURDAY NOON AFTER REGISTRATION. SUMMER HOUSING: Summertime apartment housing with cooking facilities for families with childred is in great demand. If you anticipate coming and bringng the family, please contact the Director of Housing as far in advance as possible. Married couples without children are housed in residence halls and meals are taken at the campus dining halls. Assignments for all housing are made chronologicallu according to date on which deposit AND application is received. Health Services The basic philosophy of Student Health Service is to prevent illness when possible, and to care for active illness when it does occur. Essentially, the Student Health Service strives to help avoid interruption of your education and prevent conditions which will keep you from taking full advantage of your educational oppurtunities. WHO MAY USE THE HEALTH CENTER. Services of the Student Health Center are available to undergraduate and graduate srudents registered for seven or more semester hours. A completed physical examination is required of all new students entering Northern Arizona University and must be on file at the Health Center by registration date. Restricted class schedules or restricted physical activities may be recommended by the University physician after evaluation of your physical record. Students who have been under a physician's care and those who have any condition that may interfere with normal University activities are requested to submit a report from their family physician to the Health Center. Students STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 39 who have been absent from Northern Arizona University for two semesters or more must submit a new physical examination on re-entry. The University physician will not give entrance or employment physicals. Laboratory and X-ray facilities are available at the Health Center. Inasmuch as laboratory, X-rays, special medications, major surgery, or off-campus injuries are not included in the Health Service fee, a Student Insurance Plan is offered to supplement additional costs to the student, SERVICES OF THE HEALTH CENTER. The Health Center is staffed by physicians and registered nurses and services are available twenty-four hours a day. Because in most instances a sick or injured person can best be treated at the Health Center, the University physicians will not make room visits or house calls. Students are urgently requested to visit the Health Center during regular clinic hours — 8 a.m. to 11:45 a.m., and 1:30 p.m. to 4:45 p.m. Excuses will not be issued for clinic visits. After a three-day period, a charge of $5.00 per day is made for inpatient care. Students who do not have a meal ticket will be charged by Saga Food Service for meals while in the Health Center. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: Students may be referred to specialists for consultation when the University physician considers it advisable. Fees for such services as this or hospitalization must be the responsibility of the student.

UNIVERSITY BOOKSTORE The University Bookstore invites all students to browse at any time. The Bookstore contains required textbooks, supplementary books, educational supplies, and general supplies. Also included in its stock are University novelty items such as sweatshirts, mugs, stuffed animals, and jewelry. Bookstore Hours: Monday through Friday 8:30 to 5:00 Saturday 8:30to 12:00

MAIL SERVICE Each student living in a campus residence hall is assigned a mailbox upon his registration. However, each student should contact the mailroom for confirmation of the box assignment. Two students will share each box. Mail should be addressed as follows: Mr. John S. Doe (Student's Name) Box Northern Arizona University Flagstaff, Arizona 86001

MOTOR VEHICLES The operation and storage of your motor vehicle on the campus is a PRIVILEGE and is revocable at any time. REGISTRATION — Students who operate a motor vehicle on the campus whether their own or otherwise, are required to register this motor vehicle with the Business Office and to display an appropriate permit as required by University Parking and Traffic Regulations on the car at all times. Students should have with them at the time of official registration the license numbers of all cars they expect to operate on the campus. On campus residents must show on campus housing receipts before their applications for registration of vehicles will be pro­ cessed by the Security Division. 40 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES

UNIVERSITY PARKING AND TRAFFIC REGULATIONS — Students who own or drive cars on the campus are expected to become acquainted with, and to abide by, all parking and traffic regulations at all times. PENALTIES—Nonregistration or improper registration of student vehicles, illegal or improper parking, speeding, and reckless driving are all subject to a penalty, the severity of which depends upon the violation. Failure to comply with regulations may result in a student being denied the privilege of driving or parking on campus. LIMITED PARKING — Limited parking space for motor vehicles owned by resident students is available. Because of lack of adequate parking space on and around the campus, students are not encouraged to maintain privately owned vehicles during their period of residence at the institution. There is no parking space available for luggage trailers and boats. Campers removed from the body of a registered vehicle are not allowed to occupy a parking space.

FOOD SERVICE The University requires students living in residence halls to take their meals in one of the University Dining Halls. Meals are served cafeteria style, in an effort to provide the best meals at the lowest cost. Meal tickets are purchased from the cafeterias by the semester; payment can be made for the entire semester or in installments. Boarders have the option of buying a 5-day 3-meal, 5-day 2- meal (lunch and dinner), 7-day 3-meal, or 7-day 2-meal (lunch and dinner) ticket. No meal service is offerred during the listed vacation periods. A price sheet showing the board cost will be available about August 1 and will be mailed to prospective students on request.

Food Service Is Good STUDENT FINANCES

FEES • EXPENSES • SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDS • FINANCIAL AID Facilities

Are

Modern 43 Fees And Expenses All regular and special fees must be paid at the time of registration, and .dso at least one-third of the board and room. Thereafter, board and room is payable one-third during second month and one-third the third month of the semester. No student should come to Flagstaff without having his financial affiairs arranged in advance. No credit can be extended. If fees are mailed, please do not send currency. For information concerning fees and expenses for the summer session, write for the Summer Bulletin.

GENERAL FEES FOR ARIZONA RESIDENTS The Board of Regents reserves the right to change all fees and charges from time to time without notice, if necessary. A registration fee of $136.00 per semester is paid on the day of registration by each student registering for seven or more semester credits. Upon payment of this fee, the services and facilities of student activities, student union, infirmary, library, college series and alumni association are available to the student without additional charge, except where such an additional charge may be separately stated. Students registering for six or fewer units will pay a registration fee of $16.00 per semester credit.

BREAKAGE DEPOSIT $5.00 per semester This deposit will be refunded upon the authorized withdrawal of the student from the institution after making deductions for loss or damage to campus property or for other charges incurred by the student.

TUITION FOR NONRESIDENT STUDENTS Students who are not legal residents (as defined below) of the State of Arizona are required to pay the nonresident tuition fee in addition to registration fees. Provisions governing the assessment of the nonresident tuition fee have been adopted by the board of regents as follows: 1. Every nonresident student carrying 12 or more units, except those regis­ tered as auditors or graduate fellows, shall be required to pay a nonresident fee of $295.00 each semester, in addition to the registration fee of $136.00. 2. All nonresidents residing out of the state applying for admission must remit ten dollars ($10.00) with their application for admission. This fee is non refundable. 3. A student to be considered a legal resident of Arizona for the purpose of registering at Northern Arizona University must meet the requirements and must present evidence thereof as follows: A. IF UNDER 21 YEARS OF AGE—that the parent (or guardian) having legal custody of the student has been a legal resident of the State of Arizona for at least one year next preceding registration. In the event that a legal resident of Arizona is appointed guardian of a nonresident minor, the application of the minor for classification as a resident student must be supported by a certified copy of the letters of guardianship issued by an Arizona Superior Court and the affidavit of the guardian that the minor has an estate within this state. 44 FEES AND EXPENSES

B. If over 21 years of age—that legal* residence in the state has been established (independently of the circumstance of attendance at an Ari­ zona institution of learning) for at least one year next preceding the last day of registration for credit and that he is eligible to become a regis­ tered voter. (Sec. 3 of Art. 7, Constitution of Arizona, provides, "For the purpose of voting no person shall be deemed to have gained or lost a residence . . . while a student at any institution of learning . . ." Sec. 6, Art. 7, provides, "No soldier, sailor or marine . . . shall be deemed a resident of this State in consequence of his being stationed at any mili­ tary or naval place within this State." These constitutional provisions apply to the establishment of residence in Arizona for tuition purposes). C. If a Resident Alien—that the relevant requirements of A or B above have been met by the student and/or his parents, except that pertaining to voting eligibility. •Note: The attention of students who have not attained the age of 22 years and whose parents do not live in the State of Arizona is directed to the fact that presence in the State of Arizona for a period of more than one year immediately preceding the opening day of the semester during which it is proposed to attend this institution does not, of itself, entitle the student to classification as a resident. 4. The student must have the question of his legal residence passed upon previous to registration and payment of fees. The responsibility of regis­ tration under proper residence is placed upon the student. The Residence Affidavit must be completed and filed prior to any adjudication of resi­ dence. The affidavit is required upon original registration, or upon a desired change in classification, or after an absence for more than a single semester. If there is any possible question as to the legal residence, the matter should be brought to the attention of the University Business Manager and passed upon previous to registration and payment of fees. A swotn statement of the facts is required, and a form for the purpose is provided at the time of registration. In all cases where the records indicate that the students legal residence is outside of Arizona, the non­ resident fee shall be assessed. Any student found to have made a false or misleading statement as to his residence shall be subject to dismissal from the University. 5. The University has a Committee on Legal Residence. The Business Manager or his authorized representative may, during the registration period, or at other times, refer certain cases to the committee provided the question of legal residence requires further review and additional information. A srudent who believes the decision regarding his legal residence classification is not consistent with the regulations adopted by the Board of Regents may appeal his case to the Legal Residence Com­ mittee. A student's request for appeal should include a written state­ ment of all facts relative to the matter and he may be given an oppor­ tunity to appear before the committee. Appeals and claims for refund may be filed at any time within 30 days from the date of registration.

SPECIAL FEES AUDITOR'S FEE...... $16.00 per semester hour The fees for an auditor are $16.00 per semester hour up to and including six semester hours at a cost of $96.00. Anyone registered for more than six semester hours will be held for FEES AND EXPENSES 45

all standard fees, including the student activity fee and the registration fee. A student registered as an auditor in any course will not receive credit for the course UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. Ordinarily students carrying a full load will not be permitted to audit additional courses. In addition to the above fees, library and course or laboratory fees are charged. CORRESPONDENCE COURSE FEE $12.00 per semester hour EXTENSION COURSE FEE $14.00 per semester hour LATE REGISTRATION FEE $8.00 Refer to University calendar for date of penalty. NONRESIDENT APPLICATION FEE (Undergraduate only) $10.00 (for nonresidents residing out of state) AUTOMOBILE REGISTRATION $2.00 LATE MEDICAL EXAMINATION $3.00 This fee is charged any student failing to appear for medical examination at the time stated. LATE APTITUDE AND CLASSIFICATION TESTS $4.00 Students failing to take the Aptitude and Classification Tests at the time stated for giving such tests will be charged $4.00. EXAMINATION FOR EXEMPTION FROM CERTAIN GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES $4.00 CHANGE OF PROGRAM FEE $1.00 Beginning Tuesday of the second week, a fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of program. This fee is not charged students withdrawing from college, nor is it charged for change of program involving only a withdrawal from a course for which a grade of 8 has been assigned. TEACHER EDUCATION EXAMINATION TESTING FEE $5.00 to $8.00 Required of all students completing training for teaching. The amount of the fee will vary in accordance with the combination of subjects in which the student needs to be examined. TRANSCRIPT FEE _ - — $ 1 00 A fee of $1.00 is charged for each official transcript. No tran­ script will be issued to anyone whose record is not clear in the Business Office. Requests, including payment, should be in the hands of the Registrar one month in advance of the time needed. TESTING AND COUNSELING SERVICE Subject to Costs Involved For persons not enrolled as regular students. LABORATORY FEES See Course Description PRIVATE MUSIC LESSONS See statement under Course Description for Music HEALTH CENTER CARE (After Third Day) (per day) $5.00 HEALTH CENTER MEALS (For Those Not Holding Meal Tickets) (per day) $2.00 46 FEES AND EXPENSES

REFUND OF FEES Students withdrawing from school or dropping classes will receive a refund based on a percentage of the total semester fees paid in accordance with the following schedule: 1 through 14 days 80% 15 through 21 days 60% 22 through 28 days 40% 29 through 35 days ...20% After 36th day none The days referred to are calendar days, beginning with the first day classes begin.

ROOM RESERVATION AND DEPOSITS Deposits on rooms for the fall and spring semesters will not be refunded, except in case of the inability of the university to provide accommodations of any type. All refunds and deposits that may be due students for any reason whatsoever will be forfeited unless called for on or before June 30 of the year in which they were collected. When the last day of the particular refund period involved falls on a Sunday or on a holiday that is observed by the closing of the university Business Office, that refund period will be extended to the first succeeding business day.

RESIDENCE HALLS Students who occupy rooms or cottages on the campus must be registered and are expected to be taking at least 12 hours. All persons living in residence halls are required to pay board and room. The fee for occupancy of rooms in the residence halls is $130.00 and up per semester. This is the per person charge when two or more share a room. Inasmuch as the institution must obligate itself financially to build all resi­ dence halls, it remains the responsibility of the student entering the residence halls in the fall to plan on remaining. Any decrease in occupancy may cause the institution to have to raise the room rent in order to meet its financial obligations. Student cooperation can prevent this. Room Reservation and Deposit Fee $35.00 No fees are charged for room during the Christmas vacation. No refunds will be made for absences on weekends or for short vacations. Persons who occupy a room in a dormitory will be required to buy their meals in the campus dining hails. One third of the room payment may be paid at the time of registration, thereafter, room payment is payable one third during second month and one third the third month of the semester.

FEES FOR PART-TIME STUDENTS The following schedule applies to the RESIDENT STUDENT who does not live on the campus and who is "special" in the sense that he does not wish to register for a normal program during the academic year.

k FEES AND EXPENSES 47

This schedule does not apply to students taking private lessons in music, art, etc. Basic rate $16.00 per semester credit Two (2) Semester Credits $32.00 Three (3) Semester Credits _ $48.00 Four (4) Semester Credits „ $64.00 Five (5) Semester Credits $80.00 Six (6) Semester Credits _ „ $96.00 Over Six (6) Semester Credits _ Regular Fee In addition to above fees, library and course or laboratory fees are charged. If a NONRESIDENT STUDENT carries less than 12 hours, but more than 6 hours, a proportion of the NONRESIDENT fee will be charged, in addition to the above charges.

GRADUATION FEES GRADUATION FEE $10.00 Every candidate for a degree must make application for graduation on the prescribed form supplied by the office of the Registrar three calendar months prior to the time the student expects to be graduated. The application must be accompanied by the fee. DEGREE IN ABSTENTIA FEE $7.50 Candidates for degrees are required to be present at the commencement exercises in the prescribed academic costume. Exceptions to this rule will be made only in extreme cases, and upon petition to the Office of Admissions and Records of the institution. If the petition is granted, a fee of $7.50 is charged for a degree taken in abstentia. BACHELOR'S CAP AND GOWN $4.25 MASTER'S CAP, GOWN AND HOOD $8.25 BINDING FEE (2 copies) $8.00 The above fee is required for the binding of two copies of the Thesis or Practicum of candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in Education and the Master of Arts. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATION FEE _ $3.00-$6.00 Required of all students upon application for candidacy for the master's degree. Students who wish living accommodations on the campus either in residence halls, apartments, or cottages, are advised to send in their application for housing and reservation deposit well in advance of arriving in Flagstaff. Write to the Director of Housing for housing application and return the application and reser­ vation deposit to him as soon as possible. The reservation deposit will be refunded upon proper and authorized withdrawal from the residence facility, after making deductions for any loss or damage to university property, the institution will he under no obligation to bold reserved space not churned by Saturday noon after registration. Any dormitory needing additional supervision because of misconduct in such will be subject to additional fees from all residents to pay for such additional supervision. 48 FEES AND EXPENSES

APARTMENTS FOR MARRIED STUDENTS Two-room apartments, two or more persons of one family, per calendar month $45.00 and up All of the apartments are equipped with gas for cooking, heating and hot water, electricity and water at no extra charge. See "Apartments for families" on page 17. RESIDENCE HALL RESIDENCE CONTRACT A student accepts residence in a residence hall with the complete understanding that he or she agrees to continue as a residence hall resident throughout the full academic year. That is, September through June 1, or the end of the term or that portion he remains a student at Northern Arizona University. If, without just cause, the student moves from the residence hall before the end of the academic year, said student agrees to pay the remainder of the rent for the academic year. You may leave the residence hall without charge if you (1) live at home with parents or legal guardian, (2) marry or (3) officially withdraw from the University. This Contract of Residence Hall Residence is required by ruling of the Board of Regents. Since the residence halls are built by bond issues which are paid off with money obtained by means of residence hall room rentals, it becomes necessary for students residing in the residence halls to contract for definite periods of rental so that room vacancies may be reduced to a minimum.

FOOD SERVICE All residence hall residents are required to take their meals in the campus dining halls. All boarders will have the option of buying a 5-day or 7-day meal ticket. No meal service is offered during the listed vacation periods. All meals are served cafeteria style, in an effort to provide the best meals at the lowest cost. A price sheet showing room and board cost is available about August 1st and will be mailed to prospective students on request.

ESTIMATE OF EXPENSE FOR ONE UNIVERSITY YEAR The following is a summary of the minimum expenses incurred by a resident student living in a dormitory for one university year: Room—2 Semesters (Average Rate) $270.00 Activity and Registration Fees ~ „ 272.00 Books and Supplies (Approximately) 150.00 Course Fees and Miscellaneous (Vary with courses taken—Average)...... 15.00 Board—5-day Meal Ticket (Approximation) 363.00 7-day Meal Ticket (Approximation) 475.00 Total for university year of two semesters With 5-day meal ticket (Estimate) $1,070.00 With 7-day meal ticket (Estimate) 1,182.00 49 Scholarships, Awards, And Student Financial Aid Northern Arizona University engages in an extensive program of financial aid to assist undergraduate and graduate students. Scholarships are of three types: institutional, activity, and sponsored. Financial aid consists of designated scholar­ ships, employment, grants, and loans. The university adheres to a policy that the primary responsibility for financing a college education rests with the student's family. Financial aid from the university is viewed as a supplement to funds which are expected from the family and the student. Generally, the total amount of financial aid awarded to any one student by any combination of sources is based upon the student's need. However, some scholarships and grants are awarded for academic excellence, and/or partici­ pation in various university activities. Application forms for scholarships and/or financial aid may be obtained either from the high school counselor's office, or by writing to: Northern Arizona University Office of Student Financial Aid Faculty Box 4108 Flagstaff, Arizona 86001 Northern Arizona University also participates in the services rendered by the American College Testing Program. This program requires that the A.C.T. Family Financial Statement be submitted by every applicant seeking financial assistance. Participants in the A.C.T. Program subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid awarded a student should be based on financial need. The Family Financial Statement assists colleges, universities, and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Family Financial Statements can be obtained either from the high school counselor's office or by writing to: The American College Testing Program Financial Aid Services P. O. Box 1000 Iowa City, Iowa 52240 Because some scholarships do not designate financial need as a prerequisite, it will be assumed, if the Family Financial Statement is not submitted, that financial need is not a prime factor in the application. Married students, graduate students or students who claim to be self-supporting must complete additional forms verifying this independence and financial need. These forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid. Directions for applying for a scholarship and/or Financial aid follow: 1. Complete Arizona Financial Aid Application, including the Family Finan­ cial Statement if necessary. 2. Applications requesting consideration for scholarships should be sub­ mitted prior to December I. 3. Applications other than scholarship, should be submitted prior to January 1. 4. An application received after June 15 will not be guaranteed to be processed prior to the beginning of the fall semester. 5. Applications requesting consideration for financial assistance for the summer sessions should be submitted prior to April 1. The Student Financial Aid Committee is responsible for the determination of all awards. Each student is notified by letter the specific amount, terms, and conditions of his award. An award may consist of a scholarship, grant, part-time employment, loan, or combination of these sources of assistance in the form of a financial aid package. As the amount of each award is more often a reflection of need than of academic capabilities, all awards are kept confidential between the student, his parents, and the Office of Student Financial Aid. Awards THE PRESIDENT'S PRIZE. The President's Prize, a gold Lumberjack peavey, is given to the man and woman student who, in the estimation of students and faculty, have done the most for the institution during the school year. Selection is made by ballot under the direction of the Associated Students. JOSEPH C. ROLLE BASKETBALL AWARD. This award was established in 1949, and is given to the most valuable varsity basketball player each year. Selection is made by a committee. PAUL BUNYAN JOURNALISM AWARD, a pin designed in the form of an axe-carrying lumberjack, is presented to a senior student who has majored in jour­ nalism, who has been outstanding in journalism activities for at least three years, and who has continued such activities on a high plane through the senior year. The award was established in 1955-56 by Melvin Hutchinson as a reward for exceptional journalistic achievement. A committee administers the award. "Shrine of Ages" CHOIR AWARD. The "Shrine of Ages" awards are available to worthy choir members who show outstanding ability and service in choir. The awards are not a continuous yearly grant, but are continuous only with the consent of the elected officers and choir director. Funds to support these awards are provided by choir donations and receipts from choir productions. JOHN G. YOST, JR. MEMORIAL ATHLETIC AWARD. This award is presented by Howard Yost in memory of his brother, John Yost. John Yost was a student here and member of the football team in 1916. He lost his life in the service of his country in 1918 as a member of the armed forces in World War I. This award is presented to the outstanding football lineman each year. Selection is under the direction of Howard Yost and committee. DEAVER BASEBALL AWARD. This award is given to the most valuable baseball player each year. Selection is made by a committee. INSPIRATIONAL BASKETBALL AWARD. This award is given to the most inspirational basketball player each year. Selection is made by a committee. Scholarships INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS: The Arizona Board of Regents has created a number of scholarships for Arizona high school graduates. These scholarships are awarded annually by this institution to new and currently enrolled students who meet the qualifications established by the Regents. High schools are invited to recommend outstanding students for these scholarships, which include the following: GENERAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships are available to students who give promise of high scholastic achievement. Recipients must be in the upper 25% of their high school graduating class. These scholarships provide for the remission of regular registration fees with the exception of the following: Student Union fee, alumni fee, and special class fees. Renewable to the original recipient each semester, except for the summer term, with the approval of the Scholarship Committee and the maintenance of a 2.5 grade point average.

GENERAL ACTIVITY SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships are available to students who give promise of satisfactory scholastic achievement and outstanding success in the institution's program of approved activities. Recipients must be in the upper two-thirds of their high school graduating class. The amount of these scholarships is figured in the same way as the General Academic Scholarship. Scholarships listed below make up the category, "activity scholarships."

ATHLETIC ACTIVITY SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships provide for the remission of regular registration fees with the exception of the following: Student Union fee, alumni fee, and special class fees. Renewable if the student maintains the progressive annual grade average as established by the Board of Regents and with the approval of the Scholarship Committee.

MUSIC ACTIVITY SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships provide for the remission of regular registration fees with the exception of the following: Student Union fee, alumni fee, and special class fees. A limited number of them may also provide for the remission of fees for private music lessons. Renewable to the original recipient with the approval of the Scholarship Committee and the main­ tenance of a 3.0 grade point average.

SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS: Through the generosity of certain individ­ uals, groups, and corporations, numerous scholarships, in addition to those already provided by the Board of Regents, have been established and are offered through the University.

Sponsored Scholarships RUTH C. ACKERMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships, established by Mr. Lee Ackerman in memory of his mother, Mrs. Ruth C. Ackerman, are available to freshmen and sophomore students in variable amounts. Recipients must be graduates of Arizona high schools. Awards are based on scholarship, leadership, initiative, need and character.

ALPHA DELTA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIP: This is an annual award of $I00 to an outstanding junior girl majoring in education. Recipient will be selected on the basis of scholarship, leadership, personal character, and promise of a successful teaching career.

ANDERSON, CLAYTON & COMPANY MERIT AWARD FOR LATIN AMERICAN STUDENTS: An annual award of $50 to a student engaging in Latin American Studies. Candidates are chosen on the basis of character, scholar­ ship, financial need, and general educational aptitude. A committee composed of professors who teach courses in the Latin American Studies Program will make the final selection.

APPLEQUIST AWARD: An annual award is made to the forestry student compiling the highest academic average during the two semesters following attend­ ance of the summer field program. This award is made jointly by the Martin B. Applequist Memorial Fund, the Southwest Section Society of American Foresters, and the School of Forestry faculty. 52 STUDENT FINANCIAL AID

ARIZONA CONGRESS OF PARENTS AND TEACHERS SCHOLARSHIP: This is an annual award of $200 to an Arizona high school graduate who plans to enroll here in the teacher education program. In awarding this scholarship primary consideration will be placed on need, scholarship, and promise of a successful teaching career. Applications can be made through the Scholarship Committee of the Arizona Congress of Parents and Teachers or the University Scholarship Committee. ART DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP: The Art Department of the Uni­ versity offers to an incoming freshman a scholarship covering the cost of tuition. Recipients are selected by the Art Department on the basis of a portfolio of high school art work, grade average, and personal recommendations. ARIZONA FEDERATION OF MUSIC CLUBS SCHOLARSHIP: The Ari­ zona Federation of Music Clubs offers an annual scholarship of $80 to a woman student in music education, with applied major in piano. Open to residents of Arizona upon recommendation of the piano faculty. ARIZONA PERSONNEL AND GUIDANCE ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR­ SHIP: This annual award of $150 to an upper division student enrolled in teacher education at one of the state-supported institutions of higher learning. The award will rotate among the three institutions and will next be available here in 1971. ARIZONA REPUBLIC AND GAZETTE SCHOLARSHIPS: The Arizona Republic and Gazette awards two scholarships of $500 each to junior journalism students who demonstrate promise of being successful after they leave school and who will need financial help to finish their senior year. Out-of-state students are eligible. ARIZONA SOCIETY OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS SCHOL­ ARSHIP: An annual award of $250 is made to an accounting major in the College of Business Administration. The recipient must be of upper division standing and must hold a high scholastic record. The recipient must be recommended to and approved by our College of Business Administration. BABBITT SCHOLARSHIPS: The Babbitt Brothers Trading Company annu­ ally provides $2,000 in scholarship funds to this institution. An annual award of $500 is made to a freshman student who is an Arizona High School graduate from one of the following cities: Flagstaff, Grand Canyon, Holbrook, Page, Tuba City, Williams, and Winslow. These scholarships are renewable annually, not to exceed four-years, provided the student maintains a high scholastic and conduct record. Recipients are selected by the Financial Aid Committee on the basis of scholarship, character, leadership and need.

BAGDAD COPPER CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP: Two annual awards of $500 are made to full-time students, undergraduate, or graduates in any field of University study who are employees for one year or more, or children of such employees of the Bagdad Copper Corporation. Selection is based on comparative merit, without regard to race, religion, or national origin. FLORENCE S. BOROZAN SCHOLARSHIP: This annual award of $200 was established by Sam Borozan in honor of his mother, Mrs. Florence S. Borozan. Recipient must be at least a second semester freshman and have a grade point average of 2.5. NEIL V. CHRISTENSEN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to graduates of Flagstaff high schools for first year work in the NAU College of Business Administration. KENNETH J COOR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This scholar­ ship has been established by the friends of Kenneth J. Coor in memory of Us STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 53 service to Northern Arizona University. The recipient of this scholarship must be a junior, selected by a committee made up of the President of the Associate Student Body, and Dean of Students, and the Chairman of the Student Financial Aid Committee. The selection will be based upon high scholarship, high promise and ability, personality, character, and leadership. The amount of the scholar­ ship will be determined by the interest available from the Kenneth J. Coor Memorial Scholarship Fund. CREIGHTON SCHOOL DISTRICT SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award, the exact amount to be determined annually, goes to a graduate of the Creighton Schools in Phoenix. The recipient must be either a junior or senior student enrolled in the elementary education program at one of the three state-supported institutions of higher learning. The recipient will be selected on the basis of professional attitude, leadership, character, financial need, and general worthiness. Applications can be secured from the Creighton School offices. LOREN W. CRESS MEMORIAL AWARD: This award is made each year to an outstanding prospective coach at Northern Arizona University. The award of $100 is made each spring to a junior for his senior year expenses. The recipient is chosen by the Athletic Department and approved by the Student Financial Aid Committee. Recipients must have attributes of an outstanding pros­ pective coach; scholarship; leadership; personal character and professional attitude. Recipient need not be an outstanding athlete. EASTBURN SCHOLARSHIP: This scholarship is awarded annually to a junior student who meets the following qualifications: resident of Arizona, has done all work at this institution, graduate of an Arizona high school, superior character with particular attention given to the traits of personal integrity and moral courage, and possesses a grade average of at least 2.5- The amount of the award will be determined by the interest available from the Eastburn Memorial Scholarship Award Fund. EAST GATE GARDEN CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An award of $100 will be given to a graduate of the Flagstaff High School System. This award is available the second semester to a sophomore student in the School of Forestry. EASTERN STAR SCHOLARSHIP: The Grand Chapter of the Order of the Eastern Star of Arizona awards an annual scholarship of $200 to an outstanding woman graduate of an Arizona high school. The recipient must be of upper- division class standing and must be a member herself, or the daughter of a member, of an Arizona Chapter of the Order of the Eastern Star. The recipient will be selected on the basis of character, leadership, scholarship, and need. EL PASO NATURAL GAS COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS: Annual awards are presented each year to deserving students. Selection is based on comparative merit, character, and financial need. The value of the award varies each year depending upon individual needs. EMPIRE MACHINERY COMPANY FORESTRY HONOR SCHOLAR­ SHIP: The Empire Machinery Company each year awards a $500 scholarship. Recipient must be enrolled in the School of Forestry, must carry at least 12 hours, and must be a graduate ol an Arizona high schooL Selection is made on the basis of character, promise of success in his field, and financial need. FLAGSTAFF CIVITAN CLUB: An annual award of $250 is made to a junior student enrolled at Northern Arizona University and pursuing a degree that would qualify him to teach within the field of mental retardation, mental health, or crippled children. The candidate will be recommended by the University Scholar­ ship Committee to the Civiran Club of Flagstaff for final approval. 54 STUDENT FINANCIAL AID

FLAGSTAFF ELKS LODGE SCHOLARSHIPS: Two annual awards of $100 each will be given graduating seniors of the Flagstaff High School. One scholarship is to be awarded to a boy and the other to be awarded to a girl. The reapients for these scholarships are determined by the local Elks Lodge.

FLAGSTAFF KIWANIS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $300 will be given to a graduate of Flagstaff High School. This scholarship is awarded on the basis of leadership, need, and scholarship. The recipient of this scholarship is determined by the University Financial Aids Committee, with the ptincipal of Flagstaff High School as a guest member. FLAGSTAFF LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $250 will be given to a graduate of Flagstaff High School, to be used for tuition, class fees, and books at Northern Arizona University at Flagstaff until the entire amount is used up as long as the recipient maintains the required grade average. Recipients are selected on the basis of leadership, scholarship, and need, with preference being given to sons and daughters of Lions. FLAGSTAFF ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS: Following are three annual awards of $100: Tom Bellwood award: To a student majoring in Business Administration with no limit to any particular class level. William Tinsley award: To a second semester sophomore majoring in the Social Sciences. William Switzer award: To a second semester sophomore without restriction as to major. Candidates are recommended by the Student Financial Aid Committee to the Rotary Club. FLAGSTAFF SYMPHONY SCHOLARSHIP GRANTS: This is awarded by semester to students who make a significant contribution to the cultural climate of the University and the community through their performances with the Flag­ staff Symphony Orchestra. It is open to performers on any orchestral instrument on the basis of need. Amounts may vary from $100 to $500 per year. Total amount granted in 1967-68 — $5,500. The scholarship is awarded in cash at the begin­ ning of each semester and may be used by the student to defray costs of room and board, tuition, or books. FLAGSTAFF TELEVISION AND CABLE COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 is made to a second year electronic technology student. Awarded on the basis of high scholarship, high promise and ability, and reason­ able assurance of following a career in electronics.

FORESTRY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 will be given to a junior enrolled in the School of Forestry for two semesters prior to summer camp. Recipient must be a member of the Forestry Club who has compiled the highest academic average based on his total university cateer including non­ transferable units. Awarded by the Forestry Club.

GARLAND STEEL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award in the amount of $600 per year awarded to a full-time student. Selection is based on comparative merit and character. Recipients will be chosen from a list of candi­ dates who are employees or children of employees of the Garland Steel Company. THOMAS CONWAY FRIER and DELLA CARTER FRIER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS: These scholarships, established from income derived from the Frier Estate, are available to junior and senior students in variable amounts. Recipi­ ents must be residents of Arizona and must have a grade point average of 2.00 for STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 55

their freshman and sophomore years. Recipients will be selected on the basis of the following: high scholarship, special ability, character, leadership, and need. These scholarships were established to prepare students for leadership in the promotion and development of the scientific and social welfare of man. GARDEN CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: The Federation of Arizona Garden Clubs each year awards a $200 scholarship. The qualifications for this scholarship are (1) academic achievement, (2) graduate of an Arizona high school, and (3) a forestry major. GREENLAW FORESTRY SCHOLARSHIP: Thomas M. Knoles, Jr., for Greenlaw Properties each year awards a $600 scholarship. Requirements: Students must be Arizona residents, be graduates of an Arizona high school, and be in their junior or senior year in the School of Forestry. This award will be based upon (a) professional promise, (b) financial need, and (c) scholarship. GRIDIRON SCHOLARSHIP: This scholarship is offered in varying amounts each year by Flagstaff Press Club to an outstanding student who intends to enter the field of journalism. Applicants should contact the Director of Public Infor­ mation, Northern Arizona University. HOPKINS, FROST AND FOOTE SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 will be made to an accounting major who is a member of the accounting fraternity, Alpha Sigma Chi. It is awarded on the basis of scholarship, ability, and indication of a desire to enter public accounting as a career. Recipients are selected by the faculty of the College of Business Administration. WILMA D. HOYAL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $100 is sponsored by the American Legion Auxiliary of Arizona. The recipient must be enrolled as a political science major, as an upper division student, and must carry at least 15 hours with a grade point index of at least 2.5. The recipient will be selected on the basis of scholarship, leadership, and need. RALPH J. HOLLY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: This scholarship was established in memory of the late Ralph Julius Holly, Associate Professor of Drama, who directed theatrical productions at NAU for 23 years. Candidates for this award should be speech and drama students. KAPPA DELTA PI SCHOLARSHIPS: Two annual awards of $50 each are given to high ranking junior students. Recipients are selected on the basis of the following: a continuous grade point average of 2.0, outstanding character, and attendance at NAU for three years. Award may be held jointly with a General Academic Scholarship. K. C. PUBLICATIONS SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award will defray the recipient's tuition and fees each semester. Applicants are limited to Commercial Arts majors entering their junior or senior year at NAU. Selection criteria will be the student's need for financial assistance, his artistic potential, and his grade average. A committee designated by the Art Department chairman shall review the applications and select the recipient. KINGMAN ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of from $50 to $150, the exact amount to be determined by the donor will be awarded to a sophomore student in one of the Arizona institutions of higher learning. Recipi­ ents will be selected on the basis of the following: graduate of Mohave County Union High School, scholarship, leadership, and the need for financial assistance. Application should be made to the Kingman Rotary Club. DAVID MURDOCK SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is given to a music student studying voice who has maintained a scholastic average of 2.0 or better 56 STUDENT FINANCIAL AID for the preceding year. This scholarship pays for two lessons per week in the student's major. The Orpheus Male Chorus of Phoenix acts as administrator for the Murdock fund. Tryouts are held on the campus each May for the coming year. Maximum benefit is $44 per semester. NORTHERN ARIZONA LODGE 13 OF THE FRATERNAL ORDER OF POLICE SCHOLARSHIP: The Northern Arizona Lodge 13 of the Fraternal Order of Police provides a scholarship for a graduate of Flagstaff High School each year amounting to $300. The qualifications for this scholarship are (1) in the upper 50% of a graduating class, (2) character, (3) leadership, and (4) financial need.

PHELPS DODGE SCHOLARSHIPS: The Phelps Dodge Corporation annually provides $4000 in scholarship funds to Northern Arizona University. Two annual awards of $500 each are made to entering freshmen students who are Arizona high school graduates. These scholarships are renewable annually, not to exceed four years, provided the recipient maintains the scholastic standard of 2.0. Awards are made by the Student Financial Aid Committee on the basis of high scholar­ ship, high promise and ability, personality, character, and leadership. RAYMOND SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The Raymond Education Foundation contributes a varying amount of funds each year for scholarships. Recipients are chosen by the Student Financial Aid Committee. SALES AND MARKETING EXECUTIVES CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $350 will be made to a marketing major in the College of Business Administration. The recipient must be of upper division standing and must have maintained a 2.5 grade average in all business courses. The recipient will be selected by the faculty members of the College of Business Administration and recommended to the Student Financial Aid Committee for final approval.

SIGMA NU NURSING SCHOLARSHIP: Two annual awards of $400 each year will be made to incoming freshman students. Scholarship can be renewed the sophomore year with the approval of the NAU Scholarship Committee. Recipients will be selected on the basis of financial need, potential to become a good nurse, a 2.5 grade point average, character, and leadership. Recommendations for these scholarships will originate with the Department of Nursing and final approval will be made by the NAU Scholarship Committee.

SOPHOS SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award of $250 will be made to an upper division student. Recipient must have a grade point average of at least 2.0 It is awarded by Sophos, a sophomore men's honorary organization.

SOROPTIMIST CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: The Soroptimist Club annually awards three different scholarships each year to deserving NAU women students. The first award is made to one or two graduates of Flagstaff High School who plan to enter NAU. The second award is to one or two upper division NAU women students who demonstrate financial need and possess an above average grade point average. The third award is to one or two NAU Nursing students.

SOUTHERN UNION GAS COMPANY SCHOLARSHIPS: Two annual awards of $250 each are made to upper division students. One scholarship is for a male in business administration; the other for a female in home economics. Recipi­ ents must meet the following qualifications: be a resident of Arizona from one of the following counties: Apache, Navajo, Coconino, Mohave, or Yavapai; be of high moral character and shall have demonstrated leadership in high school and/or university activities; be in need of financial assistance. The scholarships may be made annually to the original recipients provided they meet the scholastic require­ ments of the Student Financial Aid Committee. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 57

SOUTHWEST FOREST INDUSTRIES SCHOLARSHIPS: Four annual awards of $250 each will be made to incoming freshmen for the freshman year only. Recipients are to be graduates of an Arizona high school. Preference will be given to applicants who are children of employees of Southwest Forest Industries, Incorporated. SUGHRUE LEADERSHIP AWARD: An annual award of $100 will be given to an upper division student who has been elected to a major student body or class office. Recipient must meet the scholastic standards necessary to hold a class or student body office. WILLIAM W. TINSLEY SCHOLARSHIP: This is awarded annually to a junior or senior student majoring in social sciences who meets qualifications of character and scholarly ability. Selection of recipient is made by the faculty of the Department of Social Sciences. The amount of the award will be determined by the interest available from the Tinsley Memorial Scholarship Fund. TRANSAMERICA TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $300 is made to sophomore, junior, or senior students in the area of Business Administration. Recipients are selected on the basis of scholarship, character, leadership, conduct, and need. VALLEY NATIONAL BANK SCHOLARSHIPS: The Valley National Bank annually provides $2,000 in scholarships to this institution. Two annual awards of $250 each are made each year to entering freshmen who-are graduates of an Arizona high school. Recipients are selected for these awards on the basis of scholarship, leadership, personal character, and need. These scholarships are renewable annually provided a high level of scholastic achievement is maintained. VESTA CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award of $800 to a worthy Spanish-speaking Arizona high school graduate is made by the Vesta Club. The scholarship will be used to help defray the student's school expense for four years and is payable at the rate of $100 each semester. Recipients are selected on the basis of character, scholarship, need and promise of future success. VIC SHIPP TYPOGRAPHY SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to a senior student majoring in Commercial Art. The scholarship will defray the cost of tuition and fees each semester. Applications will be reviewed by a com­ mittee designated by the Art Department chairman. Final selection will be made by Vic Shipp Typography. Selection criteria will be the student's need for financial assistance, his artistic potential, grade average, loyalty as a good American, and the committee's opinion of his good character.

EDWARD WALKER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: An annual award is made to a junior or senior student majoring in Sociology who meets qualifications of character and scholarly ability. Selection of recipient is made by the Sociology Department. The amount of the award will be determined by the interest available from the Edward E. Walker Memorial Scholarship Fund.

FINANCIAL AID PART TIME EMPLOYMENT: A part time employment placement service is provided by the university through the Office of Student Financial Aid. The service assists students in locating on and off-campus employment of a part-time nature. Normally these positions do not exceed fifteen hours of work per week and provide the student with an income of $500.00 to $600.00 during the academic year. Eligibility of the applicant for this service, which includes the College Work- Study program, is determined by the Student Financial Aid Committee. 58 STUDENT FINANCIAL AID

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT: Nonhern Arizona University participates in the Federally-sponsored Educational Opportunity Grant program. This program provides funds for srudents from low-income families on a one-to-one match basis with scholarships, university participating loans, and approved part-time employment. Assessment of eligibility is determined by the Student Financial Aid Committee. NURSING EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS: This federal pro­ gram is exclusively for full-time undergraduate students of nursing. It is similar to the Educational Opportunity Grant discussed above. LAW ENFORCEMENT STUDENT GRANT: This program makes available payment for tuition and fees for full-time or part-time students errolled in an undergraduate or graduate program leading to a degree or certificate in an area related to law enforcement. Recipients must be full-time employes of a publicly funded law enforcement agency and must agree to remain in the service of the employing agency for a period of two years following completion of any course of study funded by a grant.

LOAN FUNDS THE NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOAN: Under this federally supported program established in 1958, undergraduate and graduate students of high promise and financial need may borrow variable amounts to assist them to obtain an education. The loan is of low interest with a long-term repayment arrangement. Students entering the teaching profession after graduation are eligible to receive special forgiveness for a certain portion of the loan.

NURSING STUDENT LOANS: This federal program is exclusively for full-time students of nursing. Requirements for eligibilty and conditions of repayment are similar to those for National Defense Student Loans.

FEDERAL INSURED STUDENT LOANS: This program enables students in financial need who do not qualify for National Defense Student Loans to obtain from banks low-cost, long-term loans which are guaranteed by the federal govern­ ment. Undergraduates may borrow a maximum of $1000 per academic year. Graduate students may borrow a maximum of $I500. The loan is interest free and no payments on principal are required while the borrower is attending college and for a grace period of nine months afterward. There are no provisions for teacher cancellations under this program.

LAW ENFORCEMENT STUDENT LOAN: A low cost, low-interest bearing loan is available in variable amounts to students enrolled in undergraduate or graduate programs leading to degrees in areas directly related to law enforcement. Special cancellation privileges exist for those who enter the law enforcement profession after graduation.

THE ALUMNI STUDENT LOAN FUND: This loan fund was established to help qualified students "over a temporary financial hump" with short-term, interest- free loans. It is a supplement to other loan programs at NAU largely involving federally-allocated monies, by providing funds for student short-term needs and financial emergencies which would otherwise prevent a student from continuing or completing his education at NAU.

APFEL-CARSON-WILSON MEMORIAL STUDENT LOAN FUND. A fund established for the purpose of making emergency loans to students for a short period of time. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 59

ARIZONA FEDERATION OF WOMEN'S CLUBS STUDENT LOAN FUND: The Student Loan Fund of the Arizona Federation of Women's Clubs is sponsored by the various women's clubs in the State Federation. ASSOCIATED MEN STUDENTS LOAN FUND: The Associated Men Stu­ dents provide funds for a no-interest, revolving short-term loan fund for the students of Northern Arizona University. The Associated Men Students contribute on a per capita basis each semester, thereby providing an ever increasing source of assistance for students.

A.W.S. LOAN FUND: The Associated Women Students have provided a small loan fund for women students. This fund is available to meet emergencies.

THE M. O. BEST MEMORIAL FOUNDATION FUND: A loan fund has been established by the M. O. Best Memorial Foundation to help worthy students continue their education.

B.I.A. WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This is a revolving, no interest loan fund, for Indian students. This loan program is administered by the Office of Student Financial Aid and provides small short-term loans for Indian students.

DELTA PSI KAPPA LOAN FUND: A loan fund is available to upper division women majors in physical education to assist them in completing their education. Loan is to be paid back a year after graduation.

FORESTRY CLUB LOAN FUND: This has been established by the Forestry Club for a forestry student who has completed his sophomore year. Up to $100.00 may be borrowed, to be repaid within 18 months.

"P. E. O." EDUCATIONAL FUND: A revolving fund is administered by the P.E.O. Sisterhood from which loans are available to young women desiring to complete their higher education with the view to becoming self-supporting. Loans may be granted up to $1000 for graduate work or for two or more years of under­ graduate study. Loans for not more than $300 will be granted for commercial courses and for summer school study. Loans are available to freshmen at beginning of second semester, to student nurses at completion of probationary period of training. All applicants must be recommended by a local chapter of the P.E.O. Sisterhood.

C. T. "MAGGIE" PULLIAM LOAN FUND: Friends of C. T. "Maggie" Pulliam have established a loan fund as a memorial. These funds are made available to needy and worthy students on a short term basis. No interest will be charged if the loan is paid back before the end of the semester during which it is granted. If not, three per cent (3%) will be charged.

RAYMOND LOAN FUND: The Raymond Educational Foundation con­ tributes a varying amount of funds each year to a revolving short-term loan fund. Applications for these loan funds are made through the Office of Student Financial Aid.

KATHY REYNOLDS MEMORIAL FUND: Friends of Kathy Reynolds who was a junior majoring in Special Education have established a loan fund to assist junior and first semester senior students majoring in Special Education at NAU.

DEAN SCHROEDER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: Friends of Dean Schroeder have established a short-term loan fund to assist undergraduates and graduate students who need a limited amount of financial assistance to satisfy a need. 60 STUDENT FINANCIAL AID

SECHRIST MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: This loan fund has been created to assist nursing students who ate in need of financial assistance. HOLL1CE E. STEVENSON LOAN FUND: Friends of Hollice E. Stevenson have established a loan fund as a memorial to help students continue their educa­ tion. These loans are for short periods with no interest. THE SOROPTIMIST CLUB LOAN FUND: A fund is available to local students at a very low rate of interest. GLEN WALKER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND: Friends of Glen Walker have created a special short-term loan fund to assist students who might need a certain sum of money to complete their education.

KNAU on the Air ACADEMIC AFFAIRS ADMISSIONS . REGISTRATION • ACADEMIC REGULATIONS GRADUATION • DEGREE REQUIREMENTS After

Registration

Come

Interesting

Academic

Challenges 63 Academic Affairs ATTENDANCE AT THE UNIVERSITY IS A PRIVILEGE, NOT A RIGHT. IN ORDER TO SAFEGUARD ITS IDEALS OF SCHOLARSHIP AND CHAR­ ACTER THE UNIVERSITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE WITHDRAWAL OF ANY STUDENT AT ANY TIME FOR ANY REASON DEEMED SUFFICIENT BY THE UNIVERSITY. The heart of an educational institution is the quality of its instructional program. To hold instruction at a high level policies must be formulated and administered for the best interest of all students. To require and maintain a high quality of instruction in the different programs designed to meet the needs and interests of the students the Office of the Academic Vice President has been established within the framework of the university administration. Admissions GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY: The first step of admission is admission to the University. The second step is admission to freshman or advanced standing in a curriculum of a particular college, school, or department. Inquiry regarding application for admission should be directed to the Office of Admissions and Records, Northern Arizona University, Box 4103, Flagstaff, Arizona 86001. TRANSCRIPTS FOR ADMISSION: Transcripts of high school and all previous college course work must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records before a student is eligible for admission. The responsibility for having these transcripts mailed to the Office of Admissions and Records rests with the student applying for admission. A certificate of admission may be issued on the basis of a sixth semester high school transcript, and final approval is subject to receipt of the eighth semester transcript. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION: Prior to registration every new student or former student who has been absent from the University for a year or more must furnish the Student Health Service with a recently completed University physical examination Health Record form signed by a practicing physician. The health record form must be on file prior to the registration date. Failure to comply with this request may result in refusal of service, and a denial of subsequent registration. Students enrolling for six (6) credit hours or less, or for correspondence work, during a regular session (fall or spring semester) need not submit a health record form. RESIDENCE AFFIDAVIT: All students must complete the Residence Affidavit, whether they consider themselves a resident of the state of Arizona or not. The form should be returned with the application materials to the Office of Admissions and Records. ADMISSION APPLICATION FEE: Applicants for admission residing out­ side the boundaries of the state of Arizona will pay an application fee of $10 (this fee does not apply to applicants for admission to the Graduate College). This payment should be in the form of a check or money order made payable to Northern Arizona University, and must be submitted with the application for admission. Such applications will not b; considered unless accompanied by this required fee which is not refundable. 64 SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS

TIME FOR APPLICATION: Application for admission and all supporting transcripts should be submitted to the Admissions Office by no later than August 1 for the fall semester, by December 15 for the spring semester, by May 15 for the first term of the summer session, and by July 1 for the second term of the summer session. Transfer students applying for spring semester enrollment will be granted permission to enroll if they are currently attending another institution and are therefore unable to supply the final transcript by the December 15 deadline Admission of these students will be ruled upon only after final transcripts are received.

ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN STANDING GRADUATION FROM APPROVED SECONDARY SCHOOL: All appli- cants for admission must have graduated with satisfactory scholarship from an accredited secondary school and must have completed a 4-year secondary-school course or the equivalent with a minimum of sixteen units in acceptable subjects The definition of a unit is that used by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENT: Regular Admission—Graduates of Arizona high schools must offer an acceptable program of secondary school subjects, and must have ranked in the upper three-fourths of their graduating class. Graduates from non-Arizona accredited high schools must offer an acceptable program of secondary school subjects, and must have ranked in the upper two-thirds of their graduating class. Provisional Admission—Arizona students offering an acceptable program of subjects but ranking in the lower one-fourth of their high school graduating class may apply for provisional admission. Such admission is granted only after satisfactory completion of a special admission testing and counseling program. American College test—Entering students are expected to have completed the American College Testing Program before applying for admission. The results of this test are used for placement and counseling purposes, and assist the student in making the transition from high school to college. RECOMMENDED SECONDARY-SCHOOL SUBJECT UNITS: English 4 (from Group I) or English 3 and one foreign language 2 3 (from Groups I and II) Mathematics 2 2 (from Group III) American History and Social Studies 2 2 (from Group IV) Laboratory Science 2 2 (from Group V) Electives, depending (from Groups I through VI) upon English option 6 5 16 16 ADDITIONAL SUBJECT UNITS RECOMMENDED: The recommended pattern of subject is that which oa the basis of experience can reasonably be SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS 65

expected to provide satisfactory preparation for college when these subjects have been completed with better than average grades. Academically talented students are strongly urged to take additional courses from Groups I through V beyond those recommended above. CLASSIFICATION OF ACCEPTABLE SECONDARY-SCHOOL SUBJECTS: Group I. English: Only courses with major emphasis upon grammar, composition, and literary analysis. Group II. Foreign Language: A classical or modern foreign language. Less than one unit is not accepted. Two units or more are strongly recommended. Group III. Mathematics: One unit of algebra and one unit of mathematics other than arithmetic, business mathematics or general mathe­ matics. Group IV. Social Studies: History, civics, economics, sociology, geography, and government (including United States and Arizona consti­ tutions). Group V. Laboratory Science: Only courses in biology, chemistry, and physics, in which at least one regular laboratory period is scheduled each week. Group VI. Agriculture, arithmetic, art, bookkeeping, business arithmetic, drama, general mathematics, general science, home economics, industrial arts, journalism, music, secretarial training, speech, and other subjects commonly offered for credit by secondary schools, except physical education and military science. PROVISION FOR ADMISSION OF SECONDARY SCHOOL GRADU­ ATES WHO HAVE NOT COMPLETED THE RECOMMENDED SUBJECT UNITS: Applicants who lack no more than two units of the recommended program may be admitted with deficiencies by action of the Admissions Com­ mittee. Credit for college courses applied to deficiencies is not applicable to degree requirements. SPECIAL STUDENT: The institution recognizes that maturity and experi­ ence compensate, to a degree, for deficiencies in secondary school credits; therefore an adult civilian 21 years of age or over or a veteran of 18 years of age or over who cannot meet the formal entrance requirements will be admitted with the approval of the Academic Vice President but not as a candidate for a degree. A special student may be required to submit a transcript of the secondary school work he has completed. A special student will be permitted to register for only those courses for which he has the necessary qualifications. Such a student may later become a candidate for a degree by satisfying the regular admission requirements of the institution. FRESHMAN ADMISSION TO SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES: Students whose records indicate that they have met the scholarship requirements for admission, the recommended secondary school subjects, and complete all other admissions requirements, will be admitted to freshman standing in the following Colleges and Schools: Arts and Sciences, Business, Creative Arts, Applied Science and Technology, and Education. Students seeking admission to the School of Forestry, the Department of Engi­ neering, or the Department of Nursing must complete the following requirements: Forestry — requires applicants to have three units of high school mathematics, one unit of biology, and one unit of physics or chemistry. 66 SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS

Engineering—requires applicants to have four units of English, four units of mathematics, one unit of chemistry, one unit of physics and one unit of mechanical drawing. Students deficient in these requirements are encouraged to enter the program, but with the understanding that additional time will be required to complete the program. Nursing — because of limited facilities, only a selected group of students are admitted each year. A separate application must be submitted to the Department of Nursing. The application and brochure describing the Nursing Program may be obtained by writing to: Director of Nursing Program, Northern Arizona Uni­ versity, Flagstaff, Arizona 86001. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION: Students applying for admission to advanced standing should submit applications to the Office of Admissions and Records. TRANSCRIPTS: Students applying for advanced standing must present two copies of official transcripts from all other colleges or universities which they have attended. Admission applications will not be acted upon and registration for a tegular session will not be permitted until transcripts are on file in the Office of Admissions and Records. The responsibility for requesting transcripts rests with the student, and should be made to the high school principal and the registrar of each college attended. Transcripts should be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions and Records at least thirty days prior to registration. Failure to present transcripts by this date may result in difficulties for the student in planning his course program with his academic adviser. Transcripts are not required at the time of registration for students taking work in Summer Sessions, in extension programs, or by correspondence. All materials submitted for admission, including transcripts, become the prop­ erty of Northern Arizona University and are not returnable. Students requiring additional copies of their transcripts must request these again from the original issuing institution. At the discretion of the University, application materials may be destroyed if not activated after one year. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS: Students applying for advanced stand­ ing are required to present demonstrated evidence of the ability to successfully do college level work, and they must have an overall grade average exceeding the minimums on the Progressive Retention Policy of the University. All trans­ cripts must contain evidence of honorable dismissal. A student who is ineligible to re-enter the institution last attended is prohibited from entering the Uni­ versity until the expiration of the period of ineligibility. TRANSFER OF CREDIT: All transcripts submitted for evaluation of trans­ ferable credit must contain evidence of honorable dismissal, and only courses carrying grades of "3" (C) or better from accredited institutions will be accepted. All such credit will be accepted, hour for hour, insofar as it applies to the requirments of the curricula pursued at Northern Arizona University. The University does not recognize credit earned during the time a student is on suspension. Transfer credits from an accredited two-year college or two-year colleges authorized by the Arizona State Board of Directors for Junior Colleges will be accepted up to a maximum of one-half of the requirements of the curricula pursued at Northern Arizona University, to include credits earned at all previous collegiate institutions attended. SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS 67

Courses transferred from a two-year college may be accepted as substitutes for upper division requirements only in special cases approved by the student's academic adviser at Northern Arizona University. Two-year college transfer students may follow the degree requirements in effect at the time they began their two-year college work, provided their attend­ ance has been continuous and normal progress has been made. DECLARATION OF PREVIOUS COLLEGE ATTENDANCE: Students who have attended an institution of higher education elsewhere are required to give the name of the institution and dates of attendance in the space provided for this purpose on the application form. Failure to do so may result in can­ cellation of the student's enrollment, of credits earned, or both. CREDIT FOR MILITARY SERVICE: "A Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services," published by the American Council on Education, is the basis for evaluating training and experiences in military service. Cases which fall outside of the regular policies of the University will be reviewed by the Academic Vice President.

CREDITS FOR RELIGIOUS COURSES: Courses offered by Campus Re­ ligious Centers or other religious courses approved for transfer may be accepted for general elective courses at Northern Arizona University within the limits of the requirements of the curricula being pursued by the student. If such courses are taken within a regular registration period, at no time can the total hours exceed the course load policy. Failure to comply with this regulation will result in the coutses not being accepted as transfer credit.

ADMISSION OF VETERANS AND CHILDREN OF DECEASED VETERANS Northern Arizona University is fully approved and recognized for the training of students under the several federal government educational programs for veterans and war orphans. Eligible students should apply directly to their local Veteran's Administration Office to which they may be entitled under this law, to secure their certificate of eligibility. Students must submit their certificate of eligibility to the Office of Admissions and Records at the time of registration. The certificate of eligibility is required before the University can arrange with the Veteran's Administration to have benefits made available to the individual student. At the time certificates are submitted students will receive instructions regarding application, payroll clearance, and other important details of the program. The University is unable to extend credit to students awaiting certification for government benefits, and students should make arrangements for payment of registration fees during this period.

DENIAL OR CANCELLATION OF ADMISSION The University reserves the right to deny or cancel admission or registration of a student whose attendance at the institution, in the opinion of the appropriate administrative officer and the President, would not be mutually beneficial to the student and to the University.

READMISSION Former students who have been away from the University for more than one regular semester ate required to make formal application for readmission at least four weeks prior to the registration date of the semester or summer ses- 68 SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS sion (or which they wish to re-enroll. Official transcripts of additional work taken elsewhere must be submitted. Students who fail to meet the required standards will be denied readmission to the University.

ADMISSION APPLICATION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS Foreign students must have graduated from a high school with work equivalent to the twelfth grade in the United States. They must have shown superior ability in high school work. They must have a transcript of all records (written in English) sent from high school or college directly to this University for evaluation. All foreign students must have taken the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) within six months before seeking admission. No applicant with a score less than 450 for undergraduates (and 500 for graduates) will be accepted. For dates and location of the examination in your country, write direct to: TOEFL 1755 Massachusetts Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20036 This University does not offer scholarships to foreign students and is pro­ hibited from employing them on campus with state funds, thus each student must come fully prepared to meet the necessary financial obligations for the full time he will be in the United States. It is estimated that each student will need, after arrival in the United States, a minimum of $2400 for each nine months of study or $3200 for each twelve months. Each foreign student must submit a certified Statement of Support signed by his parent or sponsor. Letters of recommendation from former teachers and organizations should be obtained to support the application for admission. Applications and other necessary forms may be obtained from the Admissions Office at Northern Arizona University. These should be completed and rerurned for consideration to Northern Arizona University. If the foreign student wishes to attend this University in the fall semester, applications and all other papers must be received by the Admissions Office by May 1, and for the spring semester by October 1. After the completed file has been reviewed, a notice will be sent. The foreign student should not plan to register at the University until the Certificate of Admission has been received from Northern Arizona University.

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE STUDY Consult the Graduate Bulletin for details. Write to the Dean of the Graduate College for application forms and other information.

Registration REGISTRATION PERIOD: Students should consult the University Cal­ endar (see page 2) for registration dates. A late registratioa fee is assessed students registering on or after the date specified for the beginning of classes first semester. The last date a student may register for credit is the end of the first week of classes. Students registering for six (6) or fewer hours of evening cusses are not charged the late registration fee. SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS 69

REGISTRATION PREREQUISITES: Before registering in the regular session (fall or spring semester) all students must have completed admission requirements as defined under the heading "Admissions." In addition, students must comply with all requirements and procedures* stated in the semester's "Schedule of Classes." ACADEMIC ADVISING: New students are assigned faculty advisers who counsel students concerning course selection and degree requirements. This ad­ visement occurs during the Orientation Program for fall semester, and at reg­ istration for spring semester. Returning students are counseled during the pre-registration advisement period for the subsequent semester. Students are admitted to the registration area upon the presentation of an "Approved Program Card" (Number 2, I.B.M. type registration card), signed by the student's academic adviser. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS: Students are classified as freshmen, sophomores, juniors, and seniors according to the total number of credits their official records in the Office of Admissions and Records show they have earned by the close of the preceding term.

DROP-ADD PROCEDURES Students may add courses to their programs for two weeks after the first day of classes with no financial penalty. Students may drop courses from their programs for two weeks after the first day of classes with no financial penalty, and with a grade of 8. During the period from two weeks after the first day of classes through mid- semester the faculty will give careful consideration to the student's reasons for requesting to drop a course, including consultation with the student's adviser, and normally an "8" will be awarded. After mid-semester, the same procedure will be followed, and normally a "5" will be given. REPEAT: Students who wish to repeat a course in order to receive a higher grade may do so with the approval of their academic adviser. The original grade assigned for the repeated course will be replaced on the transcript by the repeat course grade. A special "Repeat Card" must be obtained by the student at registration. AUDITORS: Students wishing to audit courses will register in the regular manner and pay the regular tees. Audited courses carry no credit. Courses audited count toward the student's course load. Students once registered for "audit" are not permitted to change to "credit" (and vice versa) after the close of the drop-add period. Courses taken for "audit" will receive the grade of 9. Academic Regulations

CREDITS: Credits are computed in terms of semester hours, A semester hour credit represents work for one 50-minute class period for a term of 16-18 weeks. GRADING SYSTEM: Final grades are given as I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. Grades have the following significance: I-highest, 2-above average, 3-average, 4-lowest passing, 5-faiIure, 6-credit, 7-incomplete, 8-withdrawal, 9-audit. and 10-thesis and research in progress. 70 SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS

INCOMPLETE GRADES: A mark of 7 (incomplete) may be given when a course is unfinished because of illness or other conditions beyond the control of the student. The instructor fills out an "incomplete grade card," which includes a brief description of the work to be completed, and the grade to be given if the incomplete has not been removed prior to the mid-term grading period of the next regular enrollment period. All incomplete grade cards are filed in the Office of Admissions and Records.

EXEMPTION EXAMINATIONS: Exemption examinations are available for all liberal studies courses. Arrangements for taking an exemption examination may be made in the office of the Coordinator of Liberal Studies. The fee for taking the exemption examination is $4.00.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT: Students who have taken a College Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement course in the secondary school and who have taken the College Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement Examination and received scores of 5 or 4 will receive University credit as well as advanced placement. Those students who receive a score of 3 may receive University credit and/or advanced placement after a review by the departments concerned. CLASS ATTENDANCE: The student admitted to membership in the University community has freely accepted the obligation of class attendance, therefore regular attendance at all classes for which he is registered is the responsibility of the student. It is recognized that absence from class is sometimes necessary; however, each student is accountable for all work missed because of ab­ sence. Instructors are under no obligation to make special arrangements for students who have been absent. Should an absence from class be unavoidable, it is the responsibility of the student to report the reason for his absence to the instructor. Instructors are requested to apprise the Office of Student Affairs of the continual absence of a student so that students with non-academic problems may be assisted. GRADE REPORTING MID-SEMESTER GRADES: The parents of students doing unsatisfactory work in lower division courses (freshman and sophomore level) are notified through a report mailed by the Office of Admissions and Records after mid- semester. Married students or any students over 21 years of age may request that these reports be mailed directly to them.

FINAL GRADES: The complete report of all final grades is mailed to the parents at the close of the semester, unless the student is married or over 21 years of age and requests the report be mailed directly to the student. A copy of the semester grade report of each student is sent to the Arizona high school and/or junior college previously attended. COURSE LOAD: The normal course load is 16 semester hours for each semester. Students may take no more than 18 semester hours without approval. The responsibility for obtaining approval for excess semester hours rests upon the student. Petitions to carry excess loads are secured from the Office of Admissions and Records, and submitted to the Office of the Academic Vice President. Con­ sideration will not be given to petitions turned in after the end of the second week of the fall and spring semesters.

PROGRESSIVE RETENTION POLICY: To insure that students will be making constant progress towards required grade averages the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee has adopted the following policy. SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS 71

The records of students whose cumulative grade averages fall below the standards mentioned below will be subject to review by this Committee. Appropriate action may be scholastic probation for the first review, and scholastic suspension for the second review. In some cases, scholastic suspension may be warranted for the first review, especially if there is an indication that the student is not studying adequately, or is not observing high citizenship standards on campus. Students failing 40 per cent or more of their course work are subject to the review of this Committee. Students averaging 4.00 or below for any single semester's work are also subject to the Committee's review. Semester hours Cumulative Grade Average 0-14 Discretion of Committee 15-30 4.00 31-60 3.75 61-90 3.50 91-110 3.25 111-up 3.00 PROBATION: Students on probation are subject to restrictions with respect to courses, employment, and extra-curricular activities as may be imposed by the Office of Academic Affairs. Students on probation are returned to good standing when their cumulative grade averages meet progressive retention policies. Suspended students who reenter the institution after a period of ineligibility are admitted on probation. SUSPENSION: Students suspended at the end of a semester are ineligible for the following semester. Credits earned at another institution during the time the student is suspended will normally not be accepted. Students who have been suspended twice for failure in scholarship may not return except on evidence presented to and approved by the Academic Vice President that underlying conditions have materially improved and that they are now capable of serious intellectual effort. Students suspended have the right to petition the Academic Vice President in writing and may receive a hearing before the Admissions and Scholastic Regu­ lations Committee. GRADE CHANGES: A student has the right to petition for review of a course grade. Information concerning the procedure for review of the grade is available in the Office of the Academic Vice President. PLAGIARISM: Plagiarism is regarded by the University as a very serious offense. Students charged with plagiarism are subject to the procedures established by the Admissions and Scholastic Regulations Committee. Academic Recognition

Students who achieve outstanding academic records are recognized in the following ways: DEAN'S LIST: A Dean's list is published after the close of each semester. To be eligible for the Dean's list, a studenc must have earned a grade of better than 1.499 during the previous semester and must have carried at least twelve semester hours. FRESHMAN SCHOLARS: This recognition is granted students who com­ plete the freshman year in the upper five percent of their class. They must carry a minimum course load of 12 semester hours and cannot have any grade of "5". 72 SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS

SOPHOMORE SCHOLARS: Sophomore Scholars ate students who complete the sophomore year at the university with a grade average of 1.5 or better. They must carry a minimum course load of 12 semester hours and cannot have any grade of "5". JUNIOR SCHOLARS: This distinction is earned by students who complete the junior year at this university with a grade average of 1.5.or better. They must carry a minimum course load of 12 semester hours and cannot have any grade of "5". SIGMA EPSILON SIGMA: Sigma Epsilon Sigma is a national honorary for women having a scholastic average of 1.5 or better for their freshman year. Its purpose is to encourage fine scholarship and to recognize academic achievement among freshman women. PHI KAPPA PHI: Phi Kappa Phi is a national honorary for seniors. Mem­ bership is limited to a maximum of ten percent of the graduating seniors and of the graduate students receiving a master's degree. Students may be elected in the middle of their junior year if they rank in the top five percent of their class. At Northern Arizona University students must have completed two full years of work (60 hours) in residence and must have maintained a minimum average of 1.800 or better. SENIOR HONORS: Special honors in three grades are awarded at Com­ mencement in recognition of superior scholarship work leading to the bachelor's degree. To be eligible for Senior Honors, a student must have by the end of the semester in which he graduates a total of 60 semester hours of work completed in residence here, with no failing grades carried here or in transfer. Credits for courses completed through correspondence or extension are excluded. No student with a grade average of less than 1.800 is eligible for Senior Honors. Senior Honors are classed as follows: First: "With Highest Distinction" is awarded to the top two students in the graduating class. Second: "With Higher Distinction" is awarded to the remainder of the top five percent of the students in the graduating class. Third: "With High Distinction" is awarded to the next five percent of the students in the class. DEANS' AWARD: Each year the Deans' Award is given to the campus organization whose cumulative grade point average for the previous year was higher than any other. This is a traveling award, unless one organization receives it for three consecutive years. Special awards are given to two members of each of the sophomore, junior, and senior classes whose grade point averages are the highest in the respective classes. These awards are given annually at the Honors Convocation. ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AT ENTRANCE TO NORTHERN ARI­ ZONA UNIVERSITY: This recognition is granted to entering freshmen who ranked in the upper five percent of their secondary school graduating classes. THE LOWELL PRIZE: The Lowell Prize, which was established by Mrs. Constance Lowell as a memorial to her husband, Dr. Percival Lowell, founder of the Lowell Observatory, consists of $100. It is awarded each year by the Lowell Observatory to the graduate with the bachelor's degree who has maintained the highest average in scholarship during residence in the institution. Four years or residence are required for the prize. HONORS CONVOCATION: An annual Honors Convocation is held each fall at which outstanding students are recognized. SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS 73

Students Work at Museum

AGREEMENT OF COOPERATION WITH THE MUSEUM OF NORTHERN ARIZONA The Museum of Northern Arizona and its Research Center located at Flagstaff, Arizona, provide unusually fine training and research facilities in many areas of anthropology, art, biological sciences, and geology. A close association is maintained between the staff of the Museum and Research Center and certain teaching and research departments of this institution. Field work and independent research for a limited number of graduate students can be undertaken ar the Museum's Research Center with the approval of the departments concerned, the Director of the Museum, and the Academic Vice President of the university. Registration can be arranged by the procedure commonly used for work done in absentia for credit in research projects to apply for requirements for an advanced degree as well as practician and thesis. The Museum offers summer research assistantships in anthropology, art, biological sciences, and geology for which qualified graduate students at this institu­ tion may apply. Subject to prior approval by the student's major advisor, the Director of the Museum, and the Academic Vice President, a summer assistant may receive graduate credit for research.accomplished while holding an assistantship. 74 SCHOLASTIC REGULATIONS Graduation Requirements for degrees granted are detailed on pages 75-77. GRADE AVERAGE REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION: To be eligible for graduation in a baccalaureate degree program, a student must have a grade average of 3.00 or better on all work completed here. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: While completing the required number of credits for a degree a candidate must complete all the requirements of the curriculum in which he is enrolled. A degree applicant must complete all requirements within a 5-year period or meet the requirements in effect at the time of completion. If a student drops out of school for more than one semester (exclusive of the summer session) he will be held for the requirements in effect at the time of his re-entrance. The waiving or substituting of requirements for graduation in the major and minor must be approved by the faculty adviser concerned and by the Academic Vice President The waiving or substituting of liberal studies requirements for graduation must be approved by the Coordinator of Liberal Studies and the Dean of the student's college or school. CREDIT ALLOWED IN ACTIVITIES TOWARD GRADUATION: (1) A non-music major or a minor may apply 5 semester hours earned in music activities towards graduation requirements. Additional credit may be earned in music activi­ ties but cannot be applied towards the baccalaureate degree. (2) A music major may apply 8 semester hours of activity music credit towards the baccalaureate degree. The Office of Admissions and Records is responsible for determining the acceptance of transfer credit. The student's permanent record is checked to see if he has fulfilled all of the degree requirements for graduation. RESIDENT REQUIREMENTS: Candidates for baccaulaureate degrees must spend at least two semesters, or the equivalent in summer terms, in residence at the University to obtain a degree. At least 30 weeks and 30 semester hours credits must be earned in residence study. The semester (or summer term) preceding graduation must be spent in residence. A maximum of 30 semester hours of correspondence and extension wor (combined) may be used in a baccalaureate degree program. Students working on advanced degrees should consult the Graduate Bulletin for regulations and procedures. APPLICATIONS FOR GRADUATION: Candidates for a baccalaureate degree must pay the graduation fee and apply for that degree with the Registrar during the first semester of the senior year (or two semesters prior to the completion of degree requirements). To apply for a degree the first semester senior is required to have a 3.00 grade average or better on all work attempted at this institution. Summer session students must pay the graduation fee and file applica- tions in the first week of the term in which they expect to graduate. Candidate who fail to pay the graduation fee and file applications at the time specified may be scheduled for graduation at a later date. OTHER REGULATIONS Regulations pertaining to admissions, registration, academic regulatios, and graduation other than those appearing in the catalog may be established and made known to students as need arises. Such regulations will be as binding as those appering in the University General Catalog or other University bulletins. 75 The Curricula Authority

As stated in the introduction, this institution is authorized by the Arizona Board of Regents to grant the following degrees: Associate in Science, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Applied Science, Bachelor of Science in Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Education, Bachelor of Science in Forestry, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in Education, Master of Music, Master of Music Education, Master of Science, and Educational Specialist.

Undergraduate Degrees ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE The degree of Associate in Science will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 64 semester hours of cou.se work. The major in nursing requires the completion of 80 semester hours.

BACHELOR OF ARTS The degree of Bachelor of Arts will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements: 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field, 35 semester hours. 3. Minor field, 18 semester hours. 4. Language proficiency, 2-year college level.

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS The BFA Degree is proposed to meet the needs of very talented art students in training them for professional careers in art or in teaching art in higher edu­ cation. The BFA student will upon graduation either take a career art position or go on to his MFA in a chosen field of art to qualify him to teach in higher education. 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Art History and Analysis: Art 240, 241, 340,440, 12 semester hours. 3. Art Studio courses in area of specialization: painting, sculpture, com­ mercial, crafts, 62 semester hours. 4. General Electives (one speech course recommended, one literature course recommended, one language course recommended) to make 125 semester hours.

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES 76 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF MUSIC The degree of Bachelor of Music will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements: 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field: 73 semester hours in instrumental music or 67 semester hours in vocal music, language proficiency, 2-year college level required in vocal music. 3. Electives to make 125 semester hours.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Music Education will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements: 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major emphasis in either instrumental or vocal music—53 semester hours. 3. Professional education and related courses, 22 semester hours. 4. Electives to complete 125 semester hours.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The degree of Bachelor of Science will be conferred upon a student who been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 125 tester hours including the following minimum requirements: 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field, 35-63 semester hours. 3. Minor field, 0-18 semester hours.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED SCIENCE The degree of Bachelor of Science in Applied Science will be conferred upon the student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has com­ pleted 134 semester hours. For a complete description of the course requirements in this program, see "School of Applied Science and Technology."

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING The degree of Bachelor of Sdence in Engineering will be conferred upon the student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 127 semester hours. For a complete description of the course require­ ments in this program, see "Engineering" in the "School of Applied Science and Technology."

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred upon the student who has been approved for this degree by the faculry and who has completed 125 semester hours including the following minimum requirements:

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES THE CURRICULA. 77

(Elementary) 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Subject content courses, 35 semester hours. 3. Approved minor, 15 semester hours (minimum). 4. Professional program, 27 semester hours. (Secondary) 1. Liberal studies, 42 semester hours. 2. Major field, 30 semester hours (minimum). 3. Minor field, 20 semester hours (minimum). A minor is optional. 4. Professional program, 19 semester hours. 5. Related areas, 8 semester hours. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY The degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry will be conferred upon a student who has been approved for this degree by the faculty and who has completed 136 semester hours. For a complete description of the course require­ ments in this program, see "School of Forestry."

GRADUATE BULLETIN For a complete description of all graduate degree programs and policies, write to the Registrar's Office for a copy of the Graduate Bulletin. COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of all courses offered at this institution may be found on the following pages. For convenient reference, colleges and schools are arranged alphabetically. CLASSIFICATION OF COURSES In all colleges or schools, the number by which a course is designated is intended to indicate the relative advancement of the course. The following num­ bering system and explanation should be helpful to students in planning their respective programs: Courses numbered from Explanation 1- 99 Courses which do not carry semester hours credit toward a degree. 100-299 Lower division courses primarily for freshmen and sophomores. 300-499 Upper division courses. 500-599 Courses open to upper division and graduate students. A differentiation will be made in the work required of the graduate and the undergraduate student. 600-699 Graduare courses—master's level 700-799 Advanced graduate courses—Ed.S. level. PREREQUISITES A student registering for a course must meet the prerequisites or otherwise satisfy the instructor of his ability to take the course.

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES 78 THE CURRICULA The Honors Program

The Honors Council: DR. ROBERT L. STEVENS, Chairman DR. KATHARINE F. NUTT DR. RICHARD S. BEAL, JR., Adviser DR. GEORGE M. SCHURR DR. RUSSELL P. BALDA DR. MICHAEL SHOTT DR. REXER BERNDT DR. ROGER THWEATT DR. F. GORDON FOSTER DR. THOMAS WENSTRAND DR. FRANK N. HAMBLIN DR. JOHN C. WRIGHT DR. BRUCE LOCKLING The main objectives of the Honors Program are fourfold: to challenge the superior student to develop his abilities to the maximum; to give encouragement and recognition to the superior student; to raise scholastic achievement throughout the institution; to develop analytical and cultural powers in the context of syn­ thetic concerns. Honors courses are normally an integral part of the student's course of study, rather than extra work, though they are indeed extra work in the sense that they require somewhat greater effort than most other courses. However, placed in a class with other superior students, most students find themselves more highly motivated than they would otherwise be. It should also be pointed out that, because most instructors in the Honors Program hold their students to standards required of graduate students in such matters as research procedures, documentation, and the like, Honors courses are an excellent preparation for work in the graduate school. Administered by the Honors Council, the Honors Program consists of two phases, the Curricular and the Extra-curricular. In the Curricular Program the student may elect one of two goals: The Degree of Bachelor of Arts: Honors: This is a degree combining a strong emphasis on liberal studies with "depth in breadth" in specific disciplines. This degree program has five facets: 1. The core of the program is a major embracing at least two disciplines (65 hours). This may be either a merged major, the courses of which are selected, and occasionally, designed, to provide a single unified course of study in a major program more broadly conceived than is the case with the usual bachelor's degree program; or a concentration major based on an honors major in one department, which includes a distribution of courses, integrated with the major, in at least two other departments. 2. The liberal studies requirement is 34 hours. Though the actual number of hours is reduced somewhat from the requirement in the regular program, the reduction is more than compensated for by the liberalizing influence of the broad major, as well as the advanced courses in the language program. 3. The student must demonstrate a reading knowledge of one foreign language. Though the language requirement is based upon proficiency rather than number of courses taken, it is anticipated that most students will take about 18 hours of one foreign language. The language that the student selects for study will depend upon his educational objective.

HONORS PROGRAM THE CURRICULA 79

4. During each of the last three semesters of the student's college career he will enroll in an Honors colloquium. There will be one colloquium from each discipline of the major and a culminating colloquium devoted to the integration of knowledge. These colloquia will consume six hours, four from the major and two from the liberal studies requirement. 5. At the end of the first semester of the senior year the student will present a senior thesis or submit to a comprehensive examination. If the student's other work has been satisfactory, an unsatisfactory thesis or examination may result in a B.A. degree without the designation Honors. On the other hand, if the committee considers the thesis or examination marginal, it may give him pro­ bationary status and require him to repeat the examination or revise the thesis. The student will then have one additional semester in which to fulfill the requirement. Upper-division students are normally not eligible to begin work on The Degree of Bachelor of Arts: Honors.

GRADUATION "WITH HONORS" The degree of Bachelor of Arts: Honors, being non-utilitarian in a narrow and immediate sense, is unsuitable for many students who may wish, nevertheless, to be in the Honors Program. Such students may elect to take an average of one Honors course per semester, with a view to graduation With Honors. Each course will substitute for a course in the Liberal Studies program or in the student's major. Graduation With Honors is not automatic upon completion of a prescribed number of Honors courses. Rather each candidate is considered by the Honors Council and is judged on the basis of his work in the Honors Program and in his regular classes and his extra­ curricular activities. Graduation With Honors is conferred upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Honors Council.

TYPES OF HONORS COURSES INTERDEPARTMENTAL COURSES: Interdepartmental courses serve as electives or provide credit toward fulfillment of the Liberal Studies requirement. They are broad interdisciplinary courses, having as their main objective the integration of knowledge. For most entering freshmen in Honors the foundation of interdisciplinary work is provided by Tutorials in Integrated Programs of Study (TIPS) in which twenty-five hours of co-ordinated studies are taken under the guidance of three faculty members from different disciplines. Students in TIPS are freed from most of the routine of regular classes; they have time for independent study, special TIPS seminars and tutorial instruction. DEPARTMENTAL COURSES: These are courses offering greater depth in the major field of study. DIRECTED READING: Directed reading courses are tailored for individual students. They may be either departmental or interdepartmental and may be either general or specialized. They may culminate in a research paper, a student lecture, or an examination set by a committee. DIRECTED RESEARCH: Directed research is like directed reading in that it too is tailored for the individual student. However, the main emphasis of this

HONORS PROGRAM 80 THE CURRICULA course is upon original research rather than mere reading, requiring the student to initiate a proposal as well as carry out a program of investigation. Students gain admission to the Honors Program in various ways. ENTERING FRESHMEN: Since entering freshmen have established no record at Northern Arizona University, the Honors Council invites these students into the program on the basis of entrance test scores, performance in high school, and recommendations from high school teachers. Also, as with all students, fresh­ men may petition the Honors Council for an interview which may form the basis for acceptance into the program. SECOND-SEMESTER FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES: Other lower- division students are admitted on the basis of faculty recommendations, grades in regular courses, and any other information that may be available. JUNIORS AND SENIORS: For upper-division students who have been successful participants in the lower-division Honors Program, no further screening is required. For others, the General Culture Test (taken by some students at the end of the sophomore year) is consulted, and, of course, faculty recommendations are required. In addition the Honors Council may require of any student an interview before members of the Council as a basis for acceptance into the program. Any student may petition for an interview even though he has not been invited to inquire about Honors work. Grades earned in regular courses are an important consideration in issuing invitations to students to participate in the Honors Program; at the same time, it is recognized that for a variety of reasons a student may have a disastrous semester or may be late in developing into a serious student. The Honors Council is on the lookout for students of unachieved potential. In the Extra-curricular phase of the Honors Program there are two main activities: THE HONORS FORUM: The Honors Forum is a lecture-discussion series supported by the Associated Students and the Series Assembly and open to the general public Through the Student Honors Council, Honors students have a voice in the planning of Honors Forums. Honors Forums are an important part of the Honor student's college program. COMMUNITY SERVICE: Students in the Honors Program, on occasion, engage in activities of direct benefit to the larger community. For instance, tutoring services for local high-school students are provided by Honors students. A special Honors Center in the University Library is reserved for Honors students. One room in the center has a collection of about 500 books of unusual interest to students doing Honors work. For relaxed study there are easy chairs and reading lamps. Honors students are encouraged to spend some of their leisure time there, either browsing or studying. The center also has a seminar room that is reserved for Honors classes. Honors Courses Admission to all Honors courses is by permission of the Honors Council. Engl. 103H —Freshman English (3) See listing tinier English.

HONORS PROGRAM THE CURRICULA 81

Hist. 140H —Western Civilization to 1660 (3) See listing under History.

Hist. 141H — Western Civilization since 1660 (3) See listing under History.

Phil. 150H — Problems in Reason and Responsibility (3) See listing under Philosophy.

P. S. 160H — Political and Economic Institutions (3) See listing under Political Science.

Hum. 231H — Man and the Arts (4) See listing under Humanities.

Math. 241H — General Mathematics (4) See listing under Mathematics.

Engl. 290H —Great Utopias (3) See listing under English.

Engl. 291H — The Hero in Ancient and Modern Literature (3) See listing under English.

Econ. 292H — Economic Theory and Western Development (3) See listing under Economics.

Hist. 291H —United States 1492-1865 (3) See listing under History.

Hist. 292H —United States since 1865 (3) See listing under History.

Mus. 293H—The Aesthetics of Music (2) See listing under Music.

Att. 294H — The Aesthetics of the Visual Arts (2) See listing under Art.

Hum. 361H — Asian Ideas and Values (3) See listing under Humanities.

Hnrs. 390 —Directed Reading (1-3) Individual directed study of several related books selected by die student and approved by the instructor. Written and oral reports required. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council

Hum. 482H — Honors Colloquium (3) See listing under Humanities. 82 THE CURRICULA

Educ. 483H — Comparative Educational Systems (3) See listing under Education.

Hnrs. 485 —Directed Research (1-3) Research problems proposed by the student and approved by the instrutor Written and oral reports required.

Hist. 490H—The Enlightenment (3) See listing under History.

Sd. 491H—Scientific Method (3) A comparative study of several methods used in the natural sciences in re- larionship to Man's other intellectual activities.

Hum. 492H—Studies in Intercultural Relations (3) See listing under Humanities.

Psych. 495H—Principles of Behavior (3) See listing under Psychology. Liberal Studies Program This program is designed to help the student appreciate his heritage from the past, understand the cultural, social, and scientific environment of the present and discover personal and valuable motives for constructive efforts on behalf of existing and future generations. 42 to 45 hours of Liberal Studies courses are required of all candidates for a baccalaureate degree. However, any student who believes he has adequately antici- pated one of the lower division courses may, with the approval of his adviser and of the Coordinator of Liberal Studies, be examined over the subject matter. If he receives a passing grade he will be exempt from the course and allowed to use the semester hours for electives. Honors courses may be used, where appropriate, to fulfill part of the Liberal Studies requirements. Other substitutions in the program may be made only with the approval of the Coordinator of Liberal Studies.

LOWER DIVISION A minimum of 30 hours must be selected from the following lower division courses. The hours must not be selected from courses in the student's major or minor fields. A student exempt from courses in one unit must complete the 30 hoars from courses in other lower division or upper division units.

2 hours, all students

6 hours minimum

INTERDIVISIONAL PROGRAM THE CURRICULA 83

8 hours minimum Unit not required of majors

or minors in Biology, Earth Science, Chemistry, or Physics.

3 hours minimum Unit not required of majors

or minors in Philosophy or Psychology. 3 hours minimum Unit not required of majors or minors in Anthropology,

History, Sociology, Politi­ cal Science. Economics.

4 hours minimum Unit not required of Math­

4 hours, all students

UPPER DIVISION A minimum of 12 hours must be selected from the following list. The hours must not be selected from courses in the student's major or minor fields. Students receiving credit for EngL 104-105, English for Bilinguals, may satisfy the require­ ment with a minimum of 9 hours but may not receive credit for Anth. 351. Understanding Cultures.

INTERDIVISIONAL PROGRAM 84 THE CURRICULA

A minimum of 3 hours to be selected from these courses.

A minimum of 3 hours to be selected from these courses

GRADUATE COURSES

The following courses are designed to give graduate student some understandingof the areas where he had had little or no course work in his undergraduate prepration.They may not be used for Liberal Studies credit by a student who has a major orminor program in the subject area involved. W 610 The Teacher and the Modern Economic World (3) Mus. 620 Music in American Culture (3) Mus. 623 Recent Music in Western Civilization (3) Art 625 Current Developments in the Visual Arts (3) Spch. 630 Communication in the Modern World (3) Soc. 640 The Sociological Imagination (3) Soc. 645 Sociological Concepts (3) Biol. 650 The Meaning of Evolution to Modern Man (3) Phil. 653 Issues in Science and Religion (3) Geog. 655 Geographical Aspects of Contemporary Affairs (3) Tech. 660 Technology in World Affairs (3) Psyc. 670 Current Issues in Psychological Measurement (3) Tech. 675 Adult Education (3) SCHOOL OF APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

IDUSTRIAL EDUCATION • ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY HOME ECONOMICS Testing Machines Dress Making Nutritional Chemical Analysis 87 School Of Applied Science

CHESTER B. AINSWORTH Dean

PURPOSE To provide educational opportunities in each of the several areas of Home Economics, Industrial Education, Engineering and Engineering Technology. Students are prepared to enter an occupation based on completion of a degree curriculum of their choice. OBJECTIVES More specifically, the objectives of the school are: 1. To provide educational experiences and the facilities to develop certain specific technical skills in Home Economics, Industrial Arts, Vocational- Industrial Education, Technologies, and Engineering; 2. To prepare teachers and supervisors in Home Economics, Industrial Arts, and Vocational-Technical Education, by providing professional and tech­ nical experiences designed specifically to develop teacher competencies; 3. To provide professional and technical experiences on the graduate level in the areas of Home Economics, Industrial Arts, and Vocational-Industrial Education designed to enable them to become master teachers. 4. To prepare Home Economics Majors for employment in the areas of General Home Economics, Home Economics in Business, Dietetics and Interior Design; 5. To provide non-college credit instruaion for adults for the improvement of occupational knowledges and skills and for the development and broadening of vocational and avocational interests; 6. To provide individuals pursuing degrees in technical fields the knowledges and skills necessary to entering industry as qualified technicians; 7. To prepare students in engineering for employment in industry and to pursue a specialized curriculum on the Master's level; 8. To prepare individuals for a wide range of engineering-related fields of work. All programs provided are designed to lead either to employment in industry or to employment as a teacher. The work in home economics is planned on the basic assumption that a college education should provide for well-rounded personal development and for preparation in vocations, homemaking, and citizenship.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 88 THE CURRICULA

Engineering provides qualifications for many types of positions related to engineering as well as general preparation designed so that the engineering student will be prepared to enter graduate school for specialized study in the engineering field of his choice. The engineering graduate is also prepared for employment in industry. A comprehensive program is offered for srudents preparing to teach indus­ trial arts, vocational-industrial subjects, and vocational home economics. Two-year and four-year technical programs are available to students desiring to enter industry as skilled technicians. Manual arts therapy and a comprehensive graduate program complete the school offerings. Engineering And Technology

The Engineering Program will be moved to the new campus in about 1971, and will be administratively separated from the School of Applied Science and Technology. PROFESSORS: Mehrhoff (Director), Braley, Troxler, Young; ASSOCIATE PRO­ FESSOR: Chance; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Coahran, Haver, Holzhauser, Martin; INSTRUCTOR: Mather.

PURPOSE

The Engineering Program is of general nature designed to prepare students for entry into industry or graduate study upon graduation. It provides strong preparation in general engineering, mathematics, and science with emphasis in the areas of civil, electrical, mechanical, or engineering physics. It is designed to allow flexibility, diversity, and yet requires that all students satisfy basic core requirements. Depending upon the student's interest, he can emphasize civil, electrical, mechanical, or engineering physics. Completion of his chosen program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering.

OBJECTIVES

The Department offers a curriculum that can provide the student with the necessary preparation for success in his chosen field. This preparation can be applied to graduate study as well as to working in industry. This is accomplished by integrating theory of the classroom and application of the laboratory with a good preparation in mathematics, science and the humanities. In the area of chosen specialization there is provided a minimum of 25 hours of emphasis courses. An important policy of the degree program is usage of the classroom and laboratory to combine theoretical knowledge with practical applications. It is enhanced by maintaining close student-professor relationships, small laboratory groups, and increased application of modern computers. The faculty of the Engi­ neering Program is professionally experienced and makes every effort to instill professional ethics and ideals into the students in and out of the classroom. Each student entering the program is counselled by an adviser and is given individual attention.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 89

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING The satisfactory completion of a curriculum with a minimum of 127 semester hours, including liberal studies, an engineering and science core curriculum, and both required and elective courses of study in a field of emphasis, leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering. Where omissions or deficien­ cies exist, i.e., in chemistry, English, physics, or mathematics, the student will need to complete more than the minimum of 127 semester hours. Each student will be assigned an adviser from the instructional staff in his special interest field for assistance and counsel in planning a program.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Freshman Year Hours Hours Egr. 171 Intro, to Engineering 1 Egr. 170 Engineering Graphics 3 Egr. 174 Numerical Methods 2 Egr. 175 Engineering Analysis 2 Math. 136 Calc. & Anal. Geom. I.... 4 Math. 137 Calc. & Anal. Geom. II.. 4 Ch.Phy. Ill Chemistry-Physics 3 Ch.Phy. 112 Chemistry-Physics 3 Ch.Phy. 111L Chem.-Physics Lab... 1 Ch. 111L or 112L Chem. Lab. 1 Engl. 102 Freshman English 3 Engl. 103 Freshman English 3 P.E. 171 Physical Education 1 P.E. 172 Physical Education 1

15 17 Sophomore Year Hours Hours Egr. 248 Electrical Networks 1 4 Egr. 379 Applied Mech.-Dynamics.. 3 Egr. 274 Applied Mechanics-Stat 3 Math. 239 Differential Equations & Math. 238 Calc. & Linear Algebra.. 4 Infinite Series 4 Phys. 113 Physics 2 Chem. 113 Chemistry 2 Phys. 113L Physics Lab 1 Hum. 231 Man and the Arts 4 Econ. 280 Econ. Environ, of Man.. 3 Emphasis 4

17 17 Junior Year Hours Hours Egr. 340 Materials Science 3 Egr. 402 Energy Conversion 1 3 Math. 300 Math, elective 3 Egr. 471 Applied Thermodynamics I 4 Chem. 112L or 113L Chem. Lab 1 Engl. 202T Technical Report Writ. 3 Lower Div. Liberal Studies 3 Upper Div. Liberal Studies 3 Upper Div. Liberal Studies 3 Emphasis 4 Emphasis 3 — _ 17 16 Senior Year Hours Hours Egr. 470 Senior Seminar 1 Egr. 512 Engineering Design 3 Egr. 511 Dyn. Anal. & Simulation.. 4 Upper Division Liberal Studies 3 Phil. 325 Philosophy of Science...... 3 Emphasis 7 Emph. or Math. elec. (upper Div.) 3 — Emphasis . 4 13

15

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 90 THE CURRICULA

CIVIL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS Civil Engineering embraces the planning, design and construction of all structures required to provide protective shelter and suitable environment; to supply control, and dispose of water, and to provide the avenues of transportation. The Civil Engineer's goal may be to become a consulting engineer in private practice, or he may choose employment in the construction industry or in the engineering offices of private industry, municipal, state or federal agencies. His concern with the large problem, of concentrated living, i.e., water supply, waste disposal, airports, highway systems, canals, urban transportation, runnels, bridges and buildings requires thi he receive a broad basic education in the mathematical, physical, and engineering sciences plus the humanities, followed by an intensive application of these fundamentals to the complex problems of man in the land-water-air environment.

EMPHASIS COURSES IN CIVIL ENGINEERING Egr. 374 Mechanics of Materials Egr. 383 Soil Mech. and Foundations Egr. 376 Structural Theory Egr. 430 Sanitary Engineering Egt. 377 Structural Synthesis Egr. 431 Behavior of Materials Egr. 380 Engineering Economy Egr. 473 Fluid Mechanics

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS The electrical engineering profession covers a great variety of fields, such as energy conversion or power systems, communications, computers, and control and circuit theory and design. The graduate finds an extensive list of careers within these areas. The four year curriculum leading to a B.S. in Engineering furnishes the student with a background of fundamental theory and laboratory practice necessary to progress rapidly in his chosen field. Students who show ability and interest in research and more detailed study in a particular area may continue for a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering. As a direct result of extremely varied and rapidly expanding applications of electrical engineering, emphasis courses during the last two years are based on presenting fundamental education in circuit analysis and synthesis, electronic solid state devices, energy conversion and transmission, communication theory, control systems theory, and electronic computers.

EMPHASIS COURSES IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Egr. 249 Electrical Networks II Egr. 478 Transmission Line...... Mic. Egr. 316 Eke Circ Anal and Des. I Egr. 479 Analog, Dig. and Lin. IC Des. Egr. 349 Elec. Circ Anal, and Des. II Egr. 480 Automatic Controls Egr. 350 Power Machinery Egr. 481 Communications Systems Egr. 375 Analog Computers Egr. 482 Pulse, Dig., and Swit. Circ. Egr. 477 Egr.Electromagnetics Egr. 514 Network Analysis

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 91

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING EMPHASIS Mechanical Engineering is a profession, the members of which do creative work resulting in things that people need or want. These things may be as varied as automobiles, nuclear power plants, air conditioning systems, rocket engines, interplanetary space vehicles, or any device requiring design and development, and resulting in high product reliability. The mechanical engineer studies the conversion of energy from one form to another, the design of all types of machines, the instrumentation of all types of processes, and the control of man and machine environment. This background permits the mechanical engineer to enter and master research, design, and develop­ ment work in almost any industry.

EMPHASIS COURSES IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Egr. 374 Mechanics of Materials Egr. 483 Applied Thermodynamics II Egr. 403 Energy Conversion II Egr. 484 Equip. Eval. & Selection Egr. 473 Fluid Mechanics Egr. 485 Mechanical Design Egr. 480 Automatic Controls

ENGINEERING PHYSICS EMPHASIS The curriculum prepares students for graduate study in engineering, physics or related fields, and for research and development positions in industrial and governmental laboratories which require graduates with a broad, basic education in engineering, mathematics, and physics.

EMPHASIS COURSES IN ENGINEERING PHYSICS Phys. 255 Adv. Mechanics I Phys. 465 Quantum Mechanics Phys. 256 Adv. Mechanics II Phys. 501 Theoretical Physics Phys. 261 Electronics Phys. 502 Theoretical Physics Phys. 351 Electricity & Magnetism I Phys. 557 Atomic Nuclear Physics Phys. 352 Electricity & Magnetism II Phys. 558 Atomic Nuclear Physics Applied Science The Applied Science program serves two groups. The first group includes students who wish to prepare for careers in fields related to engineering: technical writing and librarianship, patent law, engineering management. This group receives a broad theoretical engineering background through the core courses. Their 20 hours of emphasis courses are spent on the "other" field. In the case of the technical writer, for example, the twenty hours would be devoted to English and journalism. The second Applied Science group includes students who want the modern equivalent of the time-honored "broad liberal education." As our world becomes more technological, no one without a thorough introduction to the techniques and tools of technology can correctly call himself broadly educated. The student desiring such a "liberal science" education would take the theoretical engineering

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 92 THE CURRICULA

core, but could devote his 20 hours of emphasis courses to minor in sociology, Latin American studies, or philosophy. These hours in the humanities and social sciences added to the university requirements in liberal studies, would total more than a third of his entire program.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY In our highly specialized industrial society, there is a constant demand for trained personnel that can qualify for positions in industry on the technician level. Four Year Programs The four-year Technology curriculum is designed to prepate students for employment in technical positions in industry. Specific preparations include Engineering Technology in four areas of Civil, Drafting, Electronics, and Mechani­ cal. These majors require a strong emphasis in applied mathematics and science, together with the necessary technical courses to prepare students for a wide variety of positions. In addition to this, there are inter-school majors involving courses in both engineering technology and business areas. Demands of industry have created the need for these combination majors. All four-year technology curricula lead to the Bachelor of Science degree. Depart­ ment interest in maintaining good student-professor atmosphere is again prevalent throughout the technology programs.

Civil Technology The purpose of this program is to prepare students for immediate industrial employment as supervisory personnel in the applications of the physical sciences in the broad areas of construction and maintenance of buildings, highways, rail­ roads, airports, water supply systems and other physical structures.

Drafting Technology The curriculum prepares the student for a wide variety of industrial re­ sponsibilities. It provides a broad and advanced technical curriculum with emphasis in mathematics and science. Industry is looking to this degree with considerable interest and educational institutions are increasing the offerings of this degree to meet industrial needs.

Electronics Technology The Electronics Technology program provides a broad background of knowl­ edge based upon the theoretical concepts which form the foundation of the rapidly expanding electronics industry. Emphasis is placed upon the application of principles. Students graduating from this program find employment in such diverse areas as research and development, production, quality control, main­ tenance, and field engineering.

Industrial Technology The industrial technology program contains two options: management and marketing. Students in these programs aim for careers in the daily give-and-take of heavy industry. Their preparation stresses the practical side of technical work,

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 93 with sufficient theory to insure against rapid obsolescence. Both options attempt to strengthen the student's ability to deal with craftsmen, engineers, and cus­ tomers in an industrial setting. The student who wishes to manage a technical endeavor chooses the management option; the would-be technical salesman chooses the marketing option.

Mechanical Technology The mechanical technology program emphasizes the vast body of knowledge between the theoretical specialties of the engineers and the mental and manual skill of the machinist, welder, foundryman, and sheet metal worker. The mechani­ cal technologist acts as the intermediary between these two, translating engineering theory into practical direction for the craftsman. He must possess sufficient theory to understand the engineer's plan and sufficient practical know-how to adapt the plan to the realities of manufacturing practice. Thus he studies both mathe­ matics and metal machining processes, both physics and welding, so that he has a feeling for both the theoretical and the practical world.

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN TECHNOLOGY Two Year Programs The two-year programs stress specialized education more heavily for students who feel they are unable to spend four years in college. These highly concentrated programs permit the well-prepared student to graduate with a degree in two years. Naturally most of the humanities and social sciences, plus some of the technical courses, are not included in the shorter program. If the student wishes to go on for the bachelor's degree after receiving the associate degree, and if he has the academic ability and interest for upper division work, he can make the change with little or no loss of credits.

Civil Technology This highly concentrated program offers specialized education in the same areas as the four-year program for students who feel they are unable to spend four years in college.

Drafting Technology This degree program covers two years of basic technical curriculum which when completed to a satisfactory level will enable a graduate to enter into industrial employment sooner than a Bachelor program will allow. However, if past experience is a determining factor, an individual will make a good income over a lifetime but will not be given as much responsibility as a graduate of a four-year program.

Electronics Technology The two-year electronics technology program is designed to provide a broad background in mathematics and physics, along with theoretical and practical training in electronics. Upon completion of this program, the student should have acquired sufficient competence for employment as an electronics technician.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 94 THE CURRICULA

ARCHITECTURE "Two-Three" Architecture Program Architecture is an art and technology is the means to architecture. Hence we try to give all our students the esthetic experience of the visual arts and at the same time introduce them to the methods and attitudes of engineering. We feel that particular stress should be laid on the importance of knowing the physical laws with which an architect must deal in performing his tasks, and we try to show the importance of working in the team, not only with engineers but with others in the many fields of action in which architects are called upon to function. The education of the architect covers a great range of interests. Fundamentals remain virtually the same, hence NAU can offer basic architectural preparation even though it awards no architectural degree. The University follows a "Two-Three" plan in which the student first takes two years at this institution and then finishes in three more years at one of the other two state universities or another accredited architectural school and receives his architectural degree from that institution.

Degree Requirements

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. MAJORS: Applied Science: 57 semester hours: Engineering 170, 171, 174, 175, 248, 340, 374,379,470,471, 511, 512, and 20 additional hours selected in consultation with the student's adviser. Civil Technology: 55 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 205, 260, 261A, 262, 270, 273, 275, 335, 378, Industrial Education 151, 242, 254, and Egr. 174. Drafting Technology: 62 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 205, 335, 401, Industrial Education 131, 151, 152, 233, 237, 242, 250, 251, 254, 257, 353, 354, and Egr. 174. Electronics Technology: 73 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 143, 205, 243, 245, 275, 335, 343, 345, 346, 347, 361, 401, 407, 445, 446, 447, and Egr. 170,174,375. Mechanical Technology: 64 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 205, 242, 261B, 273, 275, 335, 401, Industrial Education 150, 151, 233, 237, 242, 250, 254, 325, 332, 333, and Engineering 174.

INTER-SCHOOL MAJORS: Industrial Technology and Marketing: 58 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 205, 261B, 273, 275, 335, Industrial Education 150, 151, 233, 242, 250, 325, 333, Engineering 174, and 10 hours electives selected in consultation with the major adviser. The required Marketing courses will be determined by an adviser in the Marketing area. Industrial Technology and Management: Same as for Technology and Marketing with the Management courses determined by an adviser from the Management area. See page 96.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 95

INTER-SCHOOL MINORS: Technology: Inter-school minors may be arranged by the student in consultation with the student's adviser. TERMINAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS—TWO-YEAR: Civil Technology: 44 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 243, 260, 261A, 264, 270, 273, 370, 371, 378, Industrial Education 150, 242, 251, and Engineering 174. Drafting Technology: 46 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, Industrial Edu­ cation 131, 151, 152, 233, 237, 242, 250, 251, 254, 257, 353, 354. Electronics Technology: (five semesters) 58 semester hours: Technology 102, 103, 143, 170, 205, 243, 245, 343, 345, 346, 347, 361, 401, 445, 446, 447, and Engineering 174.

Industrial—Management Those students interested in Industrial management will find the Business Administration and Technology interdivisional program available. The requirements are: Liberal Studies 42 Business Administration ...... 50 Accounting ...... 14 Economics 9 Marketing 3 Statistics 6 Management 18 Psychology ...... 3 Technology...... 30

125 Technology—Business Majors Students interested in a major involving Technology and Business may find one of the following majors attractive: Technology-Marketing, Technology- Management; each involves requirements similar to a major in Technology with a strong minor in the Business areas. Requirements are as follows:

Technology—Management Liberal Studies (page 82-84) ...... 42 Business Administration...... 24 Economics...... 3 Data Processing ...... 3 Management ...... 15 Statistics ...... 3 Technology ...... 54 Electives...... 5

125

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY % THE CURRICULA

Technology—Marketing

Liberal Studies (page 82-84) 42 Business Administration 24 Economics 3 Data Processing 6 Management 3 Marketing 12 Technology 54 Electives 5

125 Description Of Courses

Tec. 101 Technical Mathematics (3) Basic review of applied elementary mathematics. Tec. 102 Technical Mathematics I (4) Review of second year high school algebra, solution of linear and quadratic equations, simultaneous equations, complex numbers, and ratio and proportion. Prerequisites: Two years high school algebra and one year geometry.

Tec. 103 Technical Mathematics II (4) Basic trigonometric functions and relationships, identities, and their use. Introduction to complex numbers, vectors, and their applications. Prerequisite: Tec. 102 or Math. 110. Tec. 143 Introduction to Electronics (2) A brief examination of the electronics industry; circuit assembly techniques; measurement and error. One hr. lect., three hts. lab. Fee $5.00. Egr. 170 Engineering Graphics (3) This course broadly but graphically covers the communication language of engineering and technology. Stresses freehand sketching more than skill training in orthographic projection, pictorial projection, charts and graphs, nomography, etc. Industrial design problems with practical solutions involve space visualization with points, lines, and planes. Two hrs. lect., four hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I£. 105 or equivalent. Egr. 171 Introduction to Engineering (1) A brief examination of the engineering profession, its history and future, general methods, and ethical standards; designed to help the freshman engineer plan his curriculum and career. Egr. 174 Numerical Methods (2) Systematic techniques for finding correct answers to numerical problems. Use of rotary calculators. Programming Programma 101 and D.E.C. PDP 8/S desktop digital computers with machine and FORTRAN type Languages. Not restricted to technical majors. Fee $5.00. Co-requisite: Intermediate algebra and trigonometry or high school equivalent. Egr. 175 Engineering Analysis (2) Methods of analyzing experimental data. Theory of error, dimensional analysis, mathe­ matical models. Significant figures. Slide rule. Co-requisite: Math. 136. Tec. 184 a-b Principles of Architecture I (4-4) An introduction to the principles of architectural design and a preliminary study of the techniques of architectural practice with short problems in two and three dimensional representations of forms and space; effects of color, texture, light and shadow. Two hrs. lect, two-three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 97

Tec. 205 Technical Mathematics III (4) Differential and integral calculus with application to the solution of technical problems. Prerequisite: Tec. 103 or Math. 112. Tec. 243 Direct Current Circuits (4) Fundamentals of electricity and magnetism; basic direct-current circuit analysis; design and use of basic measuring devices. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Co-requisite: Tec. 102 or Math. 135.

Tec. 245 Alternating Current Circuits (4) Characteristics of alternating-current circuits and circuit analysis techniques. Use of the oscilloscope and other instruments. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 243.

Egr. 248 Electrical Networks I (4) Electrical network analysis and instrumentation techniques. Fundamental concepts, laws, and solutions including active devices. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $5-00. Prerequisite: Math. 136.

Egr. 249 Electrical Networks II (4) Elearical network analysis techniques with additional emphasis on mathematical forms and operational methods of solution. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 248.

Tec. 260 Contracts and Specifications (3) Writing and assembling specifications for construaion contraas; land acquisition; equity, liens, torts, law of contracts. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 251 or Tec. 370.

Tec. 261A Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics (4) Physical and mechanical properties of soils as applied to engineering problems. t Soil moisture, structure, compressibility, consolidation, and shear strength. Basic techniques of sampling and testing. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Co-requisite: Tec. 205. Prerequisite: Tec. 264.

Tec. 261B Inspection Procedures—Industrial (3) Industrial measurement praaices in source, receiving, in-process, and final inspeaion; comparison of measurements with specifications and blue prints. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Tec. 335,1.E, 151 or Egr. 170.

Tec 262 Construction Procedures (4) Estimating; quantity take-off; costs; equipment performance; engineering layouts, field procedures. Two hrs. lect., four hrs. lab. Prerequisite: l.E. 151 or Egr. 170.

Tec. 264 Structural Mechanics (3) Elementary mechanics and strength of materials with stress on practical application rather than theoretical development of principles. Simple machines, vector qualities, simple stresses, shear and bending moment diagrams, design of beams and columns. Prerequisite: Tec. 103.

Tec. 270 Plane Surveying (3) Use and care of surveying instruments; analysis of field data; measurement of distances, elevations, and angles with appropriate precision; vertical and horizontal curves; slope stakes; stadia; strong emphasis on proficiency in field. Two hrs. lect., three hrs, lab. Fee $1.00. Co-requisite: Math. 112 or Tec. 103.

Tec. 272 Slide-Rule (1) Use of all scales on log-log slide rules in solution of numerical problems from engineering, technology, and science. Co-requisite: Math. 112 or Tec. 103.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 98 THE CURRICULA

Tec. 2/3 Non-Metallic Materials of Construction (3) The physical properties and strucrutal use of engineering materials, including concrete, wood, stone, clay, rubber, and plastics; methods of manufacture, behavior under use, and methods of inspecting and testing. Two hrs. celt., three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 103.

Egr. 274 Applied Mechanics-Statics Fundamentals of applied mechanics, vector algebra, equivalent force systems, moments of plane areas, friction, centroids. Prerequisite: Math. 136.

Tec. 275 Production Engineering (3) Planning and organization of production line procedures, bills of materials, equipment requirements, production layout, sequence of operations, inventory requirements, ana other factors involved in the production of a designed product. Prerequisite: I.E. 233- Tec 284 a-b Principles of Architecture II (4-4) A further study of the principles of architectural design with emphasis on the develop­ ment of a professional vocabulary. Problems in elementary planning involving all aspects of environment including landscape, climate, site and functional programming for human needs. Two hrs. lect., two-three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 184 a-b.

Egr. 316 Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I (4) Analysis of the energy bands of solids and electrical properties of semiconductors, con­ ductors, and dielectrics. Analysis and design of simple tube and transistor amplifiers. Circuit models, DC operating point bias and stability, thermal and reliabiliry problems, gain, and frequency response. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: Egr. 248.

Tec 335 Metallurgy (3) Ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys; use of phase diagrams, cooling curves, stress-strain diagrams, and metallography to predict and control behavior of metals and alloys when worked and heat treatei Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Chem.111 or 121;I.E 131.

Egr. 340 Materials Science (3) Basic relationships between the microstructure of materials and their physical and engin­ eering properties. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

Tec 343 Electrical Machines (3) Principles of rotating electrical machines and transformers; basic machine control systems; power discribution. systems. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Co-requisite: Tec. 245

Tec 345 Semiconductors and Vacuum Tubes (4) Theory and application of semiconductor and vacuum tube devices and circuits. Device physics, P-N junction, field-effect transistors, tubes, bias designs and cascaded amplifiers. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 245.

Tec 346 Semiconductor Circuits (4) Advanced semicondnaor_ design and analysis. Multistage circuits, power amplifiers, feed­ back, oscillators, operational amplifiers, and integrated circuits. Three hrs. lect. Three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 345.

Tec 347 Digital Computers (4) Basic theory and usage of digital computers. Number systems, logic design, computer organization and control. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 345. THE CURRICULA. 99

Egr. 349 Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design II (4) Analysis and design of small and large signal, multistage amplifiers. Feedback, high frequency effects and noise problems. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 316. Egr. 350 Power and Machinery (3) Basic principles of electric power generation, transmission, and utilization. Magnetic circuits, transformers, AC power circuits, DC and AC machines, and controllers. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 248. Tec. 361 Pulse and Switching Circuits (4) Linear and non-linear wave shaping circuits. Multivibrators, clipping and clamping, peaking and ringing, and comparators. Wideband amplifier circuit techniques. Three hrs. lect. Three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 345. Tec. 370 Topographic Surveying (3) Instrument adjustment and repair; contour mapping; horizontal and vertical control; triangulation and balancing; astronomical observation. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 270. Tec. 371 Route and Property Surveying (3) Route location for highways, pipelines, railroads, etc.; spiral curves; subdivision of property; humane and legal aspects; semester field project. Two hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 370. Egr. 374 Mechanics of Materials (3) Effects of axial, compressive, tensile, flexural, torsional, and combined forces on the stresses and deformations within elastic bodies such as beams, shafts, and columns. Prerequisites: Egr. 274, Math. 239. Egr. 375 Analog Computers (3) Basic principles of analog computation and simulation techniques with emphasis on problems encountered in engineering and the physical sciences. Two hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Egr. 376 Structural Theory (4) Calculations of reaaions. shears, and bending moments in simple, restrained and con­ tinuous beams due to fixed and moving loads; simple trusses with fixed and moving loads; determinate and indeterminate frames; columns, tension members; girders. Labora­ tory-use testing machines to demonstrate behavior of materials under load. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 374. Egr. 377 Structural Synthesis (4) An introduaion to the design of reinforced concrete and steel structures. Lab-practice in drawing design details of reinforced concrete and steel structures. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 376. Tec. 378 Hydrology and Drainage (3) Rainfall and runoff as they affea construction; bridge, channel, and weir hydraulics. Prerequisite: I.E. 251. Egr. 379 Applied Mechanics-Dynamics (3) Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies by vector analysis; work and energy; impulse and momentum; forces and acceleration. Prerequisite: Egr. 274. Egr. 380 Engineering Economy (3) Designed to lay a foundation of business considerations in general engineering praaice. Basis of economic choice, renewal and replacement; business organization with respect to promotion, financing, incorporation and government control; estimating first cost on basis of unit prices. Prerequisite: Junior standing.

APPUED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 100 THE CURRICULA

Tec. 381 Culture and the Home (3) See Listing under Home Economics. Tec. 382 Technology and Culture (3) A study of historical, contemporary, and emerging technologies. The influence of technology on the culture of man is stressed. Egr. 383 Soil Mechanics and Foundations (4) Identification and classification of earth material — hydraulic and mechanical properties of soils; character of natural soil deposits; appraisals of methods of subsurface exploration; and introduction to substructure design; properties of soil. Lab-determination of the index of properties of soil. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Egr. 374, Geol. 221.

Tec. 401 Research (3) Advanced technical activities in a specific area chosen by the student. Written reports of findings are required. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Egr. 402 Energy Conversion 1(3) Course will include traditional and exotic sources of energy conversion. Prerequisite: Egr. 340 or permission of instructor.

Egr. 403 Energy Conversion II (4) Deeper penetration into the more traditional sources of power than included in Energy Conversion I. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee J5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 402.

Egr. 404 Energy Conversion Lab (1) Electrical Machinery for non-electrical emphasis. Three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Co-requisite: Egr. 402.

Tec. 407 Servomechanisms (4) Theory and design of servomechanisms and feedback control systems. Three hrs. lect, three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Egr. 430 Sanitary Engineering (3) A study of the source, quantity, treatment, and distribution of water; and of the collection, treatment, and disposal of waste water. Prerequisite: Egr. 473.

Egr. 431 Behavior of Materials (3) Introduction to atomic and molecular structure of metals, cement, concrete, plastics. ceramics and woods. Response of these materials to rapid steady, and repeated loads at various temperatures. Concrete and asphalt mix designs. Prerequisite: Egr. 374.

Tec 445 Industrial Control Circuits (4) Electronic devices used in the control and regulation of industrial electric and electronic equipment. Three hrs. ten., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 343.

Tec 446 Network Analysis (3) Advanced network analysis techniques; graphical analysis; nonsiousoidal waves. Prerequisite: tec. 345. Tec 447 Microwaves (4) Fundamentals of electromagnetic-field theory as related to microwave-frequency cir­ cuits; wave propagation and transmission lines; stress on microwave measuring devices and techniques. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Tec. 345.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 101

Egr. 470 Senior Seminar ( 1) Presentation of a technical report by each student, to be criticized by professors and peers. Prerequisite: Senior standing.

Egr. 471 Applied Thermodynamics I (4) The study of energy, its various forms, changes in form and location; the generation of power (work), power cycles, and the working fluids, with application to several types of systems: i.e. gas turbines and internal combustion engines. Prerequisites; Math. 239, ChPy. 112.

Egr. 473 Fluid Mechanics (3) The principles of statics and dynamics as applied to fluids (liquids and gases): motion, behavior, and actions of fluids; laminar and turbulent flow concepts; principles of models; and methods for fluid property measurements, applicable to flow in conduits and open channels. Prerequisites: Math. 239, Egr. 379-

Egr. 477 Engineering Electromagnetics (3) Electromagnetic fields. Maxwell's equations, energy and electromagnetic waves, electric and magnetic moment, Co-requisite: Math. 239. Prerequisite: Egr. 326.

Egr. 478 Transmission Lines-Microwaves (4) Basic transmission line theory. High frequency lines, matching studs and sections. Microwave generation, amplification and transmission: waveguides, cavities, radiators. Measurements of impedance, frequency and power. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 477.

Egr. 479 Analog, Digital, and Linear Integrated Circuit Design (4) Fundamentals of integrated circuit fabrication and packaging techniques. Design of analog, digital, and linear integrated circuits. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5-00. Co-requisite: Egr. 480. Prerequisite: Egr. 316.

Egr. 480 Automatic Controls (4) Introduction to analysis and simulation of linear, closed-loop control systems containing electrical, fiuidic, electromagnetic, and mechanical components. Frequency and time domain analysis, stability criterion, and compensation techniques. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 249 or Math. 361.

Egr. 481 Communications Systems (4) Formulation and solution of problems pertaining to information selection transmission, and detection. Criteria for system comparisons and selection including economy, reliability, data capacity, control, noise, modulation, demodulation. Three hrs- lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 349.

Egr. 482 Pulse, Digital and Switching Circuits (4) Fundamentals of wave shaping- including square wave generation, clipping, clamping, differentiation, integration, peaking and ringing circuits; logic design including Boolean algebra, simplification methods, number systems and codes; switching circuits, multivi­ brators, counters, gates and comparators. Three hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 316.

Egr. 483 Applied Thermodynamics II (3) Refrigeration, hearing, and ventilating. Application of principles of thermodynamics to the absorption of power in useful ways. Prerequisite: Egr. 471.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 102 THE CURRICULA

Egr. 484 Equipment Evaluation and Selection (3) Logical decision-making in the purchase of machines, materials, test equipment, etc. Power demands, hazards, costs, space requirements, temperature requirements, capacities, and shipping limitations will be considered. Co-requisite: Egr. 380.

Egr. 485 Mechanical Design (4) Mechanical design concepts, materials evaluation, and problem solving applied to engineering systems. Electromechanical assemblies; hydraulics; aerodynamics; application of computer simulation and optimization to engineering design problems; human factors consideration. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Egr. 340.

Egr. 511 Dynamics Analysis and Simulation (4) Advanced application of electrical, fluidic, and mechanical dynamics, conservation of linear and angular momentum, motion of rigid and nonrigid bodies, heat flow, time and frequency domains. Analog computer applications. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Egr. 512 Engineering Design (3) Independent or group study of engineering design and development problems using analysis- synthesis techniques. Prerequisite: Egr. 511,

Egr. 514 Network Analysis (3) Advanced topics in network analysis. Introduction to network synthesis. Prerequisite: Egr. 480. GRADUATE LIBERAL STUDIES COURSES Tec. 660 Technology and World Affairs (3) A study of the Technologies of selected countries of the world: philosophical, cultural, social, and economic implications of the impart of technology will be stressed. Tec. 675 Adult Education (3) See description in Home Economics graduate courses. Home Economics PROFESSOR Burton (chr.); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Pipes, Presson; ASSIST­ ANT PROFESSORS Brown, Routke, Seaward, Scharpenberg, Vosburgh, Williams; INSTRUCTOR Riley. OBJECTIVES The objectives of Home Economics are: (I) to help students prepare them­ selves for home and family living; (2) to provide certain experiences which are preparation for professional home economics employment in business and industry; (3) to provide the home economics education curricula which will qualify the person to meet requirements for non-vocational and vocational certification; (4) to provide minor programs for students with other majors; (5) to offer non- baccalaureate terminal functional education of college level; (6) to provide course requirements for a dietitian; (7) to provide a major in Home Economics Education at the graduate level. (8) To provide a curriculum for students in Interior Design including internships.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 103

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements.

MAJORS: Home Economics Education: (Secondary) Non-Vocational 35 semester hours: Home Economics 110, 136, 145, 267, 280, 290, 295, 310, 312, 315, 367, 377, and 485. Teaching minor required. Vocational 40 semester hours: Home Economics 112, 136, 145, 267, 280, 290, 295, 310, 311, 312, 315, 367, 377, 390, and 485 Required for both non-vocational and vocational teaching majors: Chem. 103.

MINORS: Home Economics Education: (Elementary) 16 semester hours: Home Economics 112, 136, 145, 267, and a choice of five hours of home economics selected from upper division courses in home economics. Home Economics Education: (Secondary) 21 semester hours: Home Economics 112, 125, 136, 145, 267, 312, 315, 367, and Ed. 430.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements.

MAJORS: General Home Economics: 35 semester hours: Home Economics 110, 112, 125. 136, 145, 185, 211, 267, 290, 295, 310, 311, 377, and two additional courses in home economics selected with the approval of the adviser. Home Economics in Business: 36 semester hours: (Core Requirements) Home. Economics 110, 112, 125, 136, 185, 211, 267, 310, 377 and 385. Select 10 semester hours from: (Emphasis in Foods and Nutrition) Home Econom­ ics 336, 367, 386. 467, 487, 497 or (Emphasis in Clothing and Textiles/ Home Economics 145, 312, 313, 315, and 415. Select a related minor in business. Dietetics: A Home Economics Major with an emphasis in Foods and Nutrition. Additional science or business courses are dependent upon dietetic concentra­ tion. Students can qualify for approved American Dietetics Association internships. Interior Design (Inter-College Major): Home Economics 122, 125, 160, 211, 280, 281, 282, 312, 346, 377, 380, 446. Business 100, 310, 333. Art. 120, 150, 151, 255, 497. Industrial Education 105, 322, 353. An Interior Design major completing this curriculum and the internship qualifies for a certificate from the Association of Interior Design.

MINOR: Home Economics: 19 semester hours: Home Economics 112, 136, 145, 185, 211, 267, 290, 295, 377. And additional hours selected from Home Economics.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 104 THE CURRICULA

TERMINAL PROGRAM IN HOME ECONOMICS This is designed for students who plan to be in college one or two years only. Instruction in home economics is provided which will be particularly useful for students assuming the role of a homemaker. First year: Requirements: Home Economics 112, 125, 136, 145, 211, 267, 290; General Education 6 semester hours; and 8 semester hours of electives. Second year: The second year program is cooperatively planned with the student and the adviser.

Graduate Program The Department of Home Economics offers a program of studies leading to the Master of Arts degree in Home Economics. For further details consult the Graduate Bulletin.

Description Of Courses Chem. 103 Chemistry of Foods (4) Some fundamental laws and theories of Chemistry. Chemical substance and reactions with applications to home economics courses. For Home Economic students. Three hrs. lect,. and one three hr lab Fee $5.00, H.E. 1 10 Development of Home Economics (1) History and development of home economics; purposes of education for home and family life, survey ot professional opportunities. H.E. 112 Clothing Selection (2) Economic, artistic, psychological, and personal problems in the selection of clothing for men and women. HE. 122 Principles of Color and Design (2) Theory of design developed through the stuck of line, mass and space relationship. Study of color and its use in design. Fee $2.00. ' H.E. 125 Social and Business Etiquette ( 1) Develpment of proficiency in meeting social responsibilities and obligations of men and women. Fee $2.00. H.E. 136 Nutrition (3)

Nutrition as a basis for healthful living; emphasis on personal nutrition, nutritive value pf foods from the standpoints of scientific investigations. Selections of an optimum diet for health : present day problems in nutrition. Fee $1.00. H.E. 145 Clothing Construction (3)

Labotory experience in clothing selections and the construction of garments Basic principales ofi sewing using commercial patterns H.E. 160 Introduction to Interior Design (3) Function and design in interiors- space organization, texture, color, form, light —as they relate to wasll and floor finishes and furniture. Field trip $3.00 H.E. 185 Family Relationships (3)

Values and purposes of family life in our culture, how procured, responsibilities, and relationships of individuals to the group and society. APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 105

H.E. 211 Applied Design (2) Fxperiences in the application of the principles of design and the theories of color. Fee $2.00. H.E. 266 Foods and Nutrition (3) Basic principles of food preparation, menu-making, and meal service. (Non-majors course) . Fee $4.00. H.E. 267 Food Principles (3) Basic food preparation with emphasis on theory, techniques, and planning. Includes study of nutritive value of foods. Fee $4.00. H.E. 280 Housing (2) Space and facilities as related to social, aesthetic, economic and psychological influences in society. H.E. 281 Draperies, Upholstery, Wood Refinishing (3) Laboratory experience in the application of art principles in relation to draperies and upholstery. Study of wood finishes. Fee $2.00. H.E. 282 Interior Contemporary Design (Intermediate) (2) The study of contemporary interior design in homes. Field trip $6.00.

H.E. 290 Child Development (3) Various patterns and stages of growth, maturation, and learning; home, school and community influences in the care and guidance of children from infancy to early adolescence.

H.E. 291 Child Development and the Deprived Child (3) The study of the culturally deprived child and his interaction with the environment. The creation of a desirable environment for the disadvantaged will aid in discovering ways prospective teachers can help foster healthy and beneficial programs for these children.

H.E. 295 Home Nursing and Family Health (3) Information on health for the family, care of the sick, the mother through pregnancy and childbirth, and infant care.

H.E. 310 Home Management (2) Principles of the Management process as applied to the multiple resources of individuals and the family.

H.E. 311 Home Management Residence (3) Provision for the application of the principles of Management Process to a group living experience. Application for residence to the Chairman of Home Economics is required prior to registration. Fee $5.00 plus campus board and room,

H.E. 312 Textiles (3) Fundamental concepts of fiber, yarn, and fabric structures. Recent trends and developments arc studied tn relation to their characteristics and commercial importance

H.E. 313 Fashion (2) A historic, social, and psychological study of clothing in relation to the individual and society. H.E. 315 Flat Pattern Design (3) Basic principles of dress design and flat pattern drafting methods. Students complete an original design in pattern and fabric. H.E. 336 Advanced Nutrition (3) A further study of research in nutririon and the application of principles to the feeding of individuals and families under varying physiological and economic. conditions in experimental study of feeding animals. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: H.E. 136.

H.E. 346 History of Furniture (2) Study of furniture and interior design reflecting the culture of significant periods

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 106

H.E. 367 Food Management (3) Advanced food preparation and service with emphasis on the management of time, energy, money and nutritional content. Some experimental work, Fee $4.00 Prerequisite: H.E. 267. H.E. 377 Consumer Problems and Family Economics (3) Family income and expenditures, selection of goods and services, buying and selling practices, and evaluation of consumer aids. H.E. 380 Interior Design (Advanced) (2) Integrated class problems in the complete development of a furnished room. Analysis to room arrangement in relation to the unit. S6.00 for field trips. Tec. 381 Culture and the Home (3) The sociological, psychological, economic, religious and other factors contributing to the structure of rhe American home with a study of the contributions made Dy various disciplines for the enrichment of home life. H.E. 385 Demonstration Procedures (2) Planning and conducting demonstrations in foods, equipment, clothing, and other home economics areas for the prospective commercial home economist, teacher, or extension home agent. H.E. 386 Household Equipment (2) Study of technology as applied to selection, use, and care of equipment and appliances for use in the home to enjoy a maximum satisfaction and efficient operation. H.E. 390 Nursery School Education (3) Theories, trends, materials, and programs in present practice. Student participation in preschool laboratory. Lectures and five hours laboratory for eight weeks. H.E. 415 Tailoring (3) Utilization of tailoring techniques. Educ. 430 Teaching of Home Economics Home Economics curricula and methods and techniques of evaluating and teaching. History and requirements of vocational homemaking. Taught by Home Economics staff. H.E. 446 Interior Design—Field Study (3-6) A course designed to give students supervised laboratory and field experience in the area of interior design.

H.E. 467 Quantity Food Production (2) Practice in menu-making, recipe adjusting, use of special equipment, and the buying and management of food for quantity feeding. Fee $4.00. H.E. 485 Family and Society (3) Family adjustment and child guidance. An evaluation of the principles essential to the family in our rapidly changing economic and social order. H.E. 48" Experimental Foods (3) An experimental approach to the composition and reactions of foods encountered in rhe home, laboratory, and institutions. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: H.E 267. 367 Chem. 103, or equivalent.

H.E. 190 Nursery School Supervision ( 3) Survey of methods used in the organization, planning and teaching in the various areas of early childhood education — for all groups including the socially and economically deprived--(public, private and co-operative programs.) Students will have opportunities to organize, plan and evaluate teaching methods and materials employed in the Nursery School area. H.E. 49- Diet Therapy (3) Application of nutrition principles to physical, metabolic, and nutritional abnormalities. Fee $4.00

Prerequisite: Advanced Nutrition H.E. 336.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 107 Graduate Courses H.E. 510 Housing and Interior Design (3) Fundamentals of interior design as applied to residential space. H.E. 535 Appraising Student Teaching Progress (2) Evaluation of practices and procedures in srudent reaching. H.E. 575 Advanced Problems in Clothing (3) Problems in construction, designing, and draping garments. H.E. 580w Workshop in Clothing and Textiles (2) New methods of clothing construction to provide a basts for developing curricula for different age groups and study of new developments in textiles. H.E. 582w Workshop in Foods and Nutrition (1-2) For persons reponsible to institution food service, school lunch programs or others. Includes management, safety, costs, methods, nutrition and other factors related to food service. H.E. 585w Workshop in Household Equipment (2) Comparative study of the latest equipment for home and the Home Economics Departments. H.E. 587 Curriculum Development in Home Economics (3) Analysis of current trends in homemaking programs including an intensive study of principles and procedures in curriculum development as related to the adolescent in regard to the influence of home and school. H.E. 595 Problems and Materials in Teaching Home Economics (3) Development of educational materials for areas related to current problems. H.E. 596 Techniques in Group Leadership (3) Basic principles of group dynamics and counseling and implications for some selected areas including in-school and community youth groups. H.E. 606 Developments in Family Relations (3) Trends in personal, family, and community relationships. H.E. 607 Current Trends in Foods (3) Developments and research in foods. H.E. 615 Principles in Home Economics ( 3) A survey of scientific, aesthetic, management and other basic principles and their appli­ cations in various areas of Home economics. H.E. 617 Supervision of Homemaking (3) For teachers, supervisors, and supervising teachers preparing for this type of administration in their school systems. Emphasis will be placed upon organization and supervision of student teaching programs. H.E. 618 Family Economics (3) The economics position of American families in terms of incomes, prices, and standards of Jiving. H.E. 636 Special Problems in Foods and Nutrition (3) Analysis of literature and current experimental data on which the principles of human nutrition are based. H.E. 645 Recent Developments in Clothing and Textiles (3) Critical review- of literature on new developments particularly related to consumers Social- psychological aspects of clothing. H.E. 650 Evaluations of Home Economics ( 3) Methods of evaluating student progress in areas of home economics H.E. 660 Home Economics Seminar ( 3) Current issues and problems in selected areas.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 108 THE CURRICULA

Tec. 675 Adult Education (3) Problems in the adult education program. Emphasis on promoting, organizing, and teaching adult groups. H.E. 680 Studies in Home Economics (3) Analysis and critical evaluation of literature and procedures used in selected fields on home economics. H.E. 697 Independent Study in Home Economics (1-2) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research in home economics. Industrial Education PROFESSORS Ainsworth (Dean), Ensman, James (Dept. Chr.); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Glenn, Wooldridge; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Boone, Cherry, Comer, DeCamp, Miller; INSTRUCTORS Asche, Birch; LECTURER Bach.

OBJECTIVES The objectives of Industrial Education at Northern Arizona University are: ( 1) to provide desirable experience for the preparation of industrial arts teachers; ( 2) to provide vocational-industrial teacher education that will enable qualified in­ dividuals to become certified under the Arizona State Plan for Vocarional Education; ( 3 ) to provide exploratory experience in a variety of activities for effective living, as well as for recreational, vocational and advocational values; (4) to provide experiences with a wide variety of materials for elementary teachers to better prepare them for teaching; (5) as a service to the community, to provide trade extension and other professional vocational education courses for those individuals who have entered upon or desire to advance in an industrial occupation or profession.

Degree Requirements

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. MAJORS-. Industrial Arts Education: 35 semester hours: Industrial Education 100, 111, 121. 131. 150. 161, 242, 302, 330, 351, 491, Technology 102, 103, Educarion 430. and 1 hour elective. Extended Major in Industrial Arts Education: A student may, in consultation with his adviser, elect to complete an extended major in one of a number of areas consisting of a minimum of 18 semester hours, and a maximum of 27 semester hours, in addition to the major requirements in lieu of a minor outside of the field. The purpose of this program is to provide for addirional specialization in certain teaching areas. Programs available are: Arts and Crafts (Interdepartmental): Industrial Education 231, 311, 500. Art 150, 160, 170, 171, Art and/or Industrial Education Electives, 0-8 semester hours.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 109

Drafting: Industrial Education 151, 152, 237, 250, 251, 254, 353, Industrial Education Electives, 0-5 semester hours. Electricity-Electronics: Technology 143, 205, 243, 245, 343, 345, 346, Industrial Education Electives, 0-6 semester hours. Metals: Industrial Education 233, 237, 250, 332, 333, 334, Technology 335, Industrial Education Electives, 0-5 semester hours. Multiple Activity Emphasis: Industrial Education 222, 233, 311, 353. Technology 143, Industrial Education Electives 5-14 semester hours. Power and Transportation: Industrial Education 162, 163, 261, 364, 371, Industrial Education or Technology Electives, 13-22 semester hours. Woods: Industrial Education 222, 321, 322, 325, 421, 423, Industrial Education Electives, 0-9 semester hours.

Vocational-Industrial Education: 35 semester hours: A maximum of 18 semester hours may be allowed for trade or technical experience and the remaining hours from requirements as stated in the current State Plan for Vocational Education. (See below for additional information.)

MINORS:

Industrial Arts Education: 20 semester hours: Industrial Education 100, 111, 121, 131, 150, 242, Industrial Education Electives, 4 semester hours, and Education 430 taught by Industrial Education staff.

Industrial Arts Education for Elementary Teachers: 15 semester hours: Industrial Education 100, 111, 121, 131, 150, 301. Fifth year requirements: Industrial Education 500, 586.

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL TEACHER EDUCATION

This curriculum is designed for individuals with a background of industrial experience who are teachers of reimbursable Trade and Industrial programs, or who wish to become teachers in such programs. The individual who successfully completes his curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science in Education degree with a major in Vocational-Industrial Teacher Education. Liberal Studies, pro­ fessional education, and State certification course requirements for this curriculum are the same as those required for regular secondary education teaching degrees. A student with previous trade industrial, or technical expetience may be granted, through examination and/or evaluation, up to a maximum of 18 semester hours of credit toward the major requirements. He may also secure credit for the required six semester hours of supervised student teaching in Industrial Education by pre­ senting verification of a minimum of two years of successful full-time contractual teaching expetience in his field. Credit in both of these categories will be placed upon the individual's ttanscript upon completion of all other degree requirements. In addition, up to nine semester hours of credit may be granted for supervised or approved work experince in selected trades or industrial occupations after begin­ ning work towards the degree. The Department Chairman of Industrial Education, and/or the designated Teacher Educator of Vocational-Industrial Teacher Education, will be responsible for advising all students pursuing this degree program.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 110 THE CURRICULA

Degree Requirements: (Bachelor of Science in Education) Liberal Studies (See pages 82-84) 42 Major* ...... 55 Technical Course Credit 18 Minimum Professional Voc.-Ind. Courses* 17 Electives (or required courses for Minor in Industrial Arts Education) * 20 Professional Education Requirements 19 Professional Education Courses 13 Supervised Teaching 6 State Certification Courses (May be taken by Examination) ...... 3 Electives 6-9 General Requirements: The student must: A. Be regularly admitted to the university. B. Provide evidence of acceptable trade, industrial or technical experience; or credentials which indicate that the candidate is qualified to teach or supervise vocational classes in his State, under the provisions of the State Plan for Vocational Education. Such credentials should be obtained from the candidate's State Department of Vocational Education and signed by the appropriate State officer. C. Have satisfied the residence and other routine requirements of the university. D. Satisfactorily complete the curriculum requirements outlined above.

Graduate Programs for Vocational-Industrial Teachers. Graduate degree programs are offered which provide a flexible curriculum designed to meet the needs of Vocational-Industrial Education teachers, super­ visors and administrators- For further information concerning these degree pro­ grams, see the Graduate Bulletin.

Courses offered for renewal purposes. Courses are offered for renewal purposes during the regular academic year, during summer sessions, and by exrension in various locations in the state to make it possible to meet requirements for renewal of vocational certificates. Contact the Chairman of the Department of Industrial Education for further information regarding extension course offerings. "Note: In order to expedite certification as a Trade and Industrial Education teacher, individuals already teaching in approved Vocational-Industrial Education programs under requirements of the State Plan for Vocational Education, may complete their major before registering for other general university courses. The State Plan requires a minimum of 15 semester hours of approved professional Industrial Education teacher preparation courses to be eligible for a regular vocational certificate. The first nine hours of the 15 must be in courses dealing with the preparation of instructional materials, methods of presentation, and the construction of evaluation devices. These initial courses must be selected with the assistance and/or approval of the Department Chairman of Industrial

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 111

Education or the Teacher Educator for Vocational-Industrial Education. Once the major in Trade and Industrial Education has been completed, the student may elect to choose a minor in Industrial Arts Education or some other held, or he may elect to select related technical courses directly related to his teaching specialty. In any case he is urged to consult with his adviser prior to setting up his program in Trade and Industrial Education.

Manual Arts Therapy The program in Manual Arts Therapy is provided through the cooperative efforts of the Northern Arizona Universiry at Flagstaff and the U. S. Veterans Administration Hospital at Whipple, Arizona. The program is designed to train Manual Arts Therapists who will be eligible for civil service positions in the area of physical medicine and rehabilitation at U. S. Veterans Administration Hos­ pitals. Considerable opportunity for placement awaits those who are trained in this specialized held of therapy. The program for Manual Arts Therapy leading to the Bachelor of Science degree includes the following: Requirements: Liberal Studies 42 Major in Industrial Arts Education 35 Minor-Interdivisional 19 Education and Psychology ..... 12 Hospital Internship in M.A.T.* 10 Electives

125 Liberal Studies and Industrial Arts Requirements: Same as those for Industrial Arts Education Majors (See page 108). 'Hospital Internship: The student spends ten weeks in internship in M.A.T. at the U. S. Veterans Administration Hospital, Whipple, Arizona. Upon satisfactory completion, the student will be granted ten semester hours credit and with the satisfactory comple­ tion of his other course work will qualify for employment in this field of therapy. Arrangements for taking the hospital internship in M.A.T. must be made through the Dean, School of Applied Science and Technology. Industrial Arts Education Majors with the Bachelor of Science in Education degree may qualify as a Manual Arts Therapist by serving the 10-week internship.

Graduate Programs

The graduate programs in industrial education are designed to provide the student with the opportunity to increase his professional proficiency. The programs are carefully structured to be flexible enough to meet the needs of the industrial arts or the vocational-industrial teacher, supervisor, or administrator. For further information, see the Graduate Bulletin.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 112 THE CURRICULA

Description Of Courses

I.E. 100 Introduction to Industrial Education (1) A course for students entering the broad field or industrial education; designed to explain the various areas involved, terminology, principles, and to assist the freshman and transfer student in planning their program of study.

I.E. 105 Principles of Drafting (2) BASIC drawing techniques and freehand lettering; emphasis on geometric construction, multitiview drawing, dimensioning, and sectioning; in addition, auxiliary views and pictorial projection will be emphasized. Fee $2.00.

I.E. 111 Industrial Crafts (3) Basic techniques and information involving leather, plastics, lapidary, and art metal. Fee $5-00.

I.E. 121 Basic Wood Processing (3) Use and care of the common, hand and portable power tools for processing wood; emphasis on materials, design, construction principles, and finishing applied to approved projects Prerequisite for all other wood processing courses. A brief introduction to machines. Fee $5.00.

I.E. 131 General Metals I (3) Basic experiences and information concerning bench metal, sheet metal, ornamental iron work, hot metal forming, metal casting, welding, and machine practice. Fee 35.00.

I.E. 150 Fundamentals of Graphic Representation (3) Ths course is designed for Industrial Education majors who need experience in many areas ot drafting. Threads and fasteners, assembly and detail drawings, intersections and de- velopments, piping, charts and graphs, and nomographs will be included. Fee $2.00. Prcrequistit: Ui. 105.

I.E. 151 Engineering Drafting (3) The scope of the course includes technical sketching, mukiview drawing, axonometric proection ion and dimensioning. In addition, charts, graphs, empirical equations, and nomographs will be included. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 105 or equivalent.

I.E. 1S2 Technical Illustration (3) An introductory course covering methods used in illustrations and treatment of surface materials, experience with templates, proportional dividers, commercial pasteup materials used in producing exploded view illustrations. Emphasis will he on proportional repro­ duction and shading methods. Fee $2.00.

I.E. 161 Introduction to Power Mechanics (3) A comprehensive course of a survey nature covering various types of energy converters, such as steam and gas turbines, atomic fuel generators, air-stream reaction engines, internal combustion engines, electrical generators and motors, hydraulics and fluidics.

I.E. 162 Internal Combustion Engines (3) Principles of internal combustion engines, encompassing design, construction, and appli­ cation of engine components, including ignition, cooling, lubrication, fuel systems and engine tests and measurements. Fee $2.00.

I.E. 163 Power Trains (3) Fundamental operations and service of automobile and truck chasis, drive lines, universal points, differentials, transmissions, overdrives and automatic transmissions as used in autoomobiies. trucks and heavy equipment. Fee $2.00.

I.E. 164 Principles of Turbine Engines (3) Operation and theory of ramjet and turbojet engines, ignition systems, gas and steam turbines and operational controls. Prerequisite: I.E.. 161 or permission of instructor.

I.E. 222 Fundamentals of Furniture Construction (3) Selection, safe operation and care of basic woodworking machines; information on ma­ terials and design with a strong emphasis in construction for furniture. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 121.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 113

I.E. 231 General Metals II (3) Advanced processes in areas of bench metals, sheet metal, machining, hot metal forming, casting and art metal work. Fee $5.00.

I.E. 233 Metal Machining Processes (3) Basic operations and technical information concerning common metal working machines and metal machining processes. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 131.

I.E. 237 Sheet Metal Layout and Construction (4) Information and practice on materials, tools, and processes involving sheet metals; gal­ vanized iron, tin plate, copper and brass. Sheet metal layouts, different types of develop­ ments, and working out of short cuts and allowances in sheet metal work are included. Fee $5.00.

I.E. 242 Fundamentals of Electricity-Electronics (3) For industrial arts and certain technology majors and minors; basic principles of electricity and electronics. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Co-requisite: Tec. 703.

I.E. 250 Machine Drafting (3) Detail and assembly drawing including gears, cams, and other mechanisms; emphasis on drawing standard machine parts and dimensions for tolerance and numerical control. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 150 or equivalent.

I.E. 251 Topographical Drafting (3) Field notes are used for drawing maps using representative symbols for relief of natural and man made surfaces. Plane table, stadia and leveling field practice; study of photogram- metry with field trips to Astrogeological and Geological Survey laboratories for observation of printers and plotters. Fee $2.00.

Prerequisite: I.E. 150 or equivalent.

I.E. 254 Descriptive Geometry (3) Theory and problems on projection of points, lines, surfaces, and solids—pratical applications in mining, electrical, civil, and mechanical engineering. Fee $2.00.

Prerequisite: One semester of Engineering Drawing or equivalent.

I.E. 257 Drafting and Design for Electricity-Electronics (2) Drafting problems and techniques commonly associated with depicting electrical and electronic components, devices, and circuits. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 151 and I.E. 242. I.E. 261 Automotive Fuel and Electrical Systems 1(3) Theory and laboratory practice in the fundamentals of conventional and transistorized ignition circuits, charging circuits and the use of ignition test equipment. Includes the study of automobile fuel systems and tune-up procedures. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 242.

I.E. 263 Engine Diagnosis and Reconditioning (3) Lecture and laboratory work pertaining to engine diagnosis and reconditioning procedures, including boring, honing, and other operations involved in standard overhaul procedures. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 162.

I.E. 271 Hydraulics (3) Theory and laboratory practice involving flow of fluids, hydraulic oils, pumps, motors pressure controls and valves, accumulators, ejectors and hydraulic uixmts.

I.E. 301 Industrial Arts for Elementary Teachers (3) Selection, care and use of basic hand tools used in woods, metals, leather and other media to decrease the level of abstraction in the elementary classroom. Methods by which elementary subject matter can be supplemented by the use of construction activities will be stressed. Fee $3.00.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 114 THE CURRICULA

I.E. 302 Shop Maintenance (3) Common preventive and corrective maintenance problems, installation, adjustment, sharp­ ening of tools and equipment in wood, metal and other types of industrial education laboratories. Fee $2.00.

I.E. 304 Historic and Contemporary Furniture (3) Characteristics and development of the different period styles of furniture; may be elected with profit by other majors because of its general cultural value.

I.E. 311 Lapidary Procedures (3) Sawing, grinding, sanding and polishing of semi-precious stones. Information on abrasives and rock identification will be covered. Fee $10.00.

I.E. 321 Principles of Cabinet Making (3) Principles of design and construction applied to cabinetmaking. Processes, materials and machine accessories as applied to the cabinet making industry. Strict application of these procedures in the construction of cabinets. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 222.

I.E. 322 Wood and Metal Finishing (3) Information about and experience with a wide variety of transparent and opaque finishing materials by brush, spray, and wipe-on methods. Fee $10.00. Prerequisites: I.E. 121 and I.E. 131.

I.E. 323 Upholstery Techniques (2) Basic information and experience in design of frames and application of upholstery materials. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 222.

I.E. 325 Production Methods and Processes (3) Application of production principles to manufacturing of products including design, climating, purchasing, mass production, construction, finishing and marketing. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 222 or permission of instructor.

I.E. 330 Theory and Organization of the General Shop (3) Methods of instruction and organization peculiar to the teaching of the General Shop. Special emphasis is given to programs at the junior high school level. Fee $3.00.

I.E. 332 Advanced Metal Machining (3) Processes and technical related information on common metalworking machines and accessories with emphasis on design of jigs and fixtures and on a high degree of skill and accuracy on advanced projects. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 233.

I.E. 333-334 Welding Procedures (3-3) The operation of welding equipment and related theory; AC and DC electric arc, oxy- acecylene, tungsten inert gas and micro-wire equipment. Problems in welding of alloy metals as well as destructive and non-destructive testing procedures will be included. Fee $15.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 131 or permission of instructor.

I.E. 351 Industrial Design (3) Principles of design as applied to projects constructed in wood, metal, plastics, and other media Fee $3.00.

Prerequisite: I.E. 150 or I.E. 151.

I.E. 353 Architectural Drafting (3) Architectural design, methods, and types of construction of important details of modern dwellines Modern architectural drafting practices. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 1 50 or I.E. 151. I.E. 354 Structural Drafting ( 3) Review of reactions, shear bending moment, section modulus, moment of inertia and center of gravity. Detail steel connections by rivets, boles and welds and practical experience through frequent use of detailing and designing tables. Fee $2.00.

Prerequisite: I.E. 151 or equivalent.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 115

I.E. 36.3 Automotive Fuel and Electrical Systems II (3) Advanced theory and laboratory practice in automotive jgnition and fuel systems. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 261.

I.E. 364 Automotive Chassis Lecture and laboratory work involving front-end geometry, atlignment. wheel balancing, lubrication, power steering, brake systems and refrigeration systems. Fee $2.00.

I.E. 371 Performance Analysis ( 3) Application of principles of physics to vehicle performance. Includes road adhesion, air resistance, torque, horsepower and similar topics. Prerequisite: I.E. 261 or permission of instructor.

I.E. 372 Basic Pneumatics (3) Theory and laboratory practice involving air flow, compressors, pressure controls, distri­ bution systems, actuators and beat exchangers.

Tech. 381 Culture and the Home (3) See listing under Liberal Studies. (See description under Home Economics )

Tech. 382 Technology and Culture (3) See listing under Liberal Studies. (See description under Engineering and Technology )

I.E. 421 Principles of Wood Construction and Carpentry (3) Principles of carpentry with a strong emphasis in the trends of industry, upgrading of wood construction, home fabrication, miniature home building, new materials, processes and procedures. Fee $I0.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 321.

I.E. 423 Materials of Wood Construction (3) A study of the structure and properties of wood; characteristics of common species, lumbering, milling, drying, grading, measurement, and marketing. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: I.E. 121 or approval of instructor.

I.E. 471 Electronic Control Systems for Fluid Power (3) Electrical and electronic principles involved in various types of controls, including limit switches, relays, photo cells, micro and time switches, electro-hydraulic valves and servo- mechanisms.

Prerequisites: I.E. 242, 211.

I.E. 472 Fluidics ( 3) Theory and mechanical programming devices, fluid power logic, digital systems, servo- mechanisms and instrumentation. Prerequisite: I.E. 471.

I.E. 491 Shop Management (3) School shop administration, shop safety. Planning and installation of equipment; buying materials.

I.E. 497 Hospital Internship in Manual Arts Therapy (10) This course comprises ten weeks of intensive clinical practice with patients in the shops at the U.S. Veterans Hospital at Whipple. Arizona. Lectures, clinical practices and procedures by medical staff, nurses, and other specialists will comprise important phases of this training.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ll6 THE CURRICULA Graduate Courses

I.E 500 Advanced Laboratory Problems (1-3) Advanced technical activities in a specific area, as chosen by the individual, in consultation th his adviser; entails considerable research; special written reports of findings required.

I.E. 560 Occupational Analysis (3) Analyzing jobs and trades in occupations to determine the skills and related technical information needed for the purposes of determining content materials for a course of study.

I.E 561 Shop Planning, Organization, and Control (3) An advanced course in shop management procedures to promote efficient use of instruc­ tion equipment, and materials. Shop planning will be stressed.

I.E 562 Development of Related Instructional Materials (3) Principles underlying the development of related instructional materials. Tvpical lesson plans instruction sheets and supplementary instructional material will be developed to meet specific needs of those enrolled.

I.E. 564 Organization and Management of Evening Classes (3) Administration of evening programs in vocational education. Organization and man- agement of adult programs.

I.E. 565 Methods of Trade and Technical Teaching (3) Analysis of teaching methods, preparation of instructional materials, shop management, identification and evaluation of instructional content as related to reimbursable trade and technical classes.

I.E. 566 Coordinating Cooperative Programs (3) Developing, conducting and administering various types of cooperative programs in secondary schools, junior colleges, and universities in keeping with requirements of the various Federal Acts.

I.E. 580 Industrial Arts for Elementary School Teachers (3) Industrial Arts activities developed as an integral part of the elementary school program leading to creative experiences that broaden the child's interests and experiences. Emphasis will be placed on those constructional activities that correlate with traditional subject matter in the elementary classroom. Fee $3.00.

I.E. 583 Industrial Arts for the Exceptional Child (3) Designed for teachers and prospective tea'-hers of special education classes. Special em- phasis is placed on the correlation of industrial arts activities with regular classroom programs together with developing units of instruction to serve this end.

I.E. 586 Teaching Aids in Industrial Education (3) Selection, design. construction and use of mockups, demonstration units, charts, posters and other teaching aids similar to those used in industry.

I.E. 591 Philosophy of the Practical Arts and Vocational Education (3) Principles upon which practical arts and vocational education are based and the place these activities should occupy as an integral part of public education.

I.E. 592 Selection and Development of Instructional Materials ( 3) Principles underlying corrected study development in Industrial Education. Typical lesson plans, teaching plans. syllibii evaluation instruments and other instruction materials.

I.E. 595 Evaluation in Industrial Education (3) Principles and techniques involved in the design, selection, and administration of indus­ trial education evaluation devices.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY THE CURRICULA 117

I.E. 602 Special Problems in Industrial Education (1-3) Advanced professional problems in specific areas as selected by the student in consulta­ tion with his adviser, including special instructional materials and evaluation devices; special written reports required.

I.E. 603 Special Problems in Vocational Education (1-3) A course designed to give emphasis to the special needs of certain vocational educators, including beginning teachers pursuing their initial certification, specialized groups of Trade and Industrial teachers and special classes as requested under the Arizona State Plan for Vocational Education.

Tec. 660 Technology and World Affairs (3) See Engineering and Technology for course description.

I.E. 661 Legal Aspects of Vocational Education (3) Federal and State legislation as it pertains to vocational education. Interpretation and effect of reimbursement, apprenticeship, child labor, workmen's compensation, veterans' education, labor standards, labor relations, social security, and effects upon an adequate supply of trained manpower.

I.E. 680 Trends in Industrial Education (3) Current developments in industry and trends in State and Federal programs of industrial education.

I.E. 683 History of Industrial Education (3) The economic, social and philosophical factors that have motivated and influenced the development of general and vocational practical arts education. Development of thought and practice in industrial education.

I.E. 690 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Education (3) Administration and supervision of local and state level programs. Emphasis upon re­ quirements of State Plan for Vocational Education.

I.E. 691 Research Techniques for Program Planning (3) Techniques for ascertaining the existing and future status of the community labor force and implications for vocational education.

I.E. 692 Curriculum Development in Industrial Education (3) Planning, organizing, and constructing industrial education curricula in secondary schools and junior colleges.

I.E. 694 Vocational Guidance (3) Problems, methods, and procedures involved in assisting individuals to choose, prepare for, enter upon and progress in their vocations.

I.E. 696 Public Relations in Industrial Education (3) Techniques of planned programs of public relations with the community and cooperating agencies.

I.E. 697 Independent Study in Industrial Education (1-2) Problems selected by the student in consultation with his adviser; for students who wish to carry on independent study or research in Industrial Education.

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY A Wonderful Location to Study Civilizations and Activities of the Past COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE

ANTHROPOLOGY • ASTRONOMY • BIOLOGY CHEMISTRY • EARTH SCIENCE • ENGLISH • GEOGRAPHY GEOLOGY • HISTORY • MATHEMATICS MODERN LANGUAGES • NURSING • PARK SERVICE PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICAL SCIENCE • PHYSICS POLICE SCIENCE • POLITICAL SCIENCE • PRE-DENTISTRY PRE-LAW • PRE-MEDICINE • SOCIAL SCIENCE SOCIOLOGY New Science Complex Is Complete

Clear Air For Stargazing THE CURRICULA 121

College Of Arts And Science

JOHN C WRIGHT Dean

Purpose The purpose of the College of Arts and Science is to provide a liberal educa­ tion for students as potential citizens, leaders, and professional personnel within the framework of the values of an expanding democracy. Implicit within this purpose is a concern for the freedom of the individual, moral responsibility for purposive conduct in a free society, and concern for human values which underlie the progress and improvement of human society.

Objectives To assist in achieving its purpose, the College of Arts and Science has estab­ lished the following objectives: (1) to provide the foundation of liberal education for all students in the University; (2) to assist the student in building a philos­ ophy of life which combines critical thinking and humane values in such manner as to further the progress of both the student and society; (3) to furnish adequate background in specific disciplines so that graduating seniors may do graduate work, enter a professional school or immediately begin a useful career; and (4) to provide the educational foundations for a life-time of learning for the student.

College Degree Requirements In addition to the general university degree requirements, students earning a degree in the College of Arts and Science must also: 1. Take the Area Test and Advanced Test of the Graduate Record Examina­ tions. It is recommended that the Area Test be taken during the first semester of the senior year and that the Advanced Test be taken during the final semester. Contact the Graduate Dean's office for arrangements. Fee paymentt is made at the business office. 2. Maintain a 3.00 grade point average in all courses taken in the major and use a maximum of two courses with grades of 4 in meeting the major course requirements. 3. Earn a minimum of six units of residence credit in upper division courses in the major field as a part of meeting the University residence re­ quirements.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 122 THE CURRICULA Special Programs PRE-LAW NAU offers a pre-law program which prepares students for admission to accredited law schools. Following the policies of most law schools we have made the pre-law program flexible with courses chosen to fit the needs of individual students. Initially freshmen enroll with pre-law advisers in the College of Arts and Science. On choosing a major, normally in the sophomore year, pre-law students pass under the jurisdiction of their major adviser; however, they maintain contact with the pre-law adviser for information regarding admission to law schools, ad- visement about scholarships, grants and loans, and information about the Law School Admission Test. The preferred degree for pre-law students is an A.B. or a B.S. Although no one major is specified, training in accounting, English, history (European or American), and government is of first importance. Most law schools require pos­ session of a bachelor's degree for admission, but some with very high admission standards, admit students with three years of college work. A pre-law student who does not expect to take a bachelor's degree before entering law school need not follow precisely the pattern of courses required for a degree. However, such stu­ dents who do not enter law school or who drop the pre-law program, need to elect appropriate courses to fulfill the requirements for the degree desired. Annually representatives of law schools visit NAU's campus to advise and to recruit students for their law schools. The Law School Admission Test is administered on the campus. It is required for admission by most law schools. Although it is administered here quarterly it usually should be taken in the fall before entering law schools. The test is given by the Director of Tests; any information about the test is available from the pre-law adviser. PRE-MEDICAL, DENTAL, AND VETERINARY SCIENCES Pre-professional programs of study are available for students considering careers in medicine, dentistry, or veterinary medicine. These programs are designed to satisfy the admission requirements of the professional schools while preparing the student for a university degree. In terms of minimum college work required for entrance to professional school, the denral and veterinary schools suggest a three-year undergraduate preparation. Most medical schools recommend a four- year degree-production pre-professional program. While the college major can be in any area, students usually major in biology or chemisrry because of the number of required natural science courses.

Assistance is available, through pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-vererinary faculty advisers, to provide the student with realistic curriculum guidance in the undergraduate program. A pre-professional faculty advisory committee provides supplementary information on admission standards, narional trends and specific application procedures. It also provides faculty and committee recommendations for students.

Medical and dental schools in the United States require or srrongly recom­ mend that students planning to apply for admission take the Medical College Admission Test or the Denral Aptitude Test. These nationally standardized tests

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 123 are given at least twice a year on the campus and are taken at the time of formal application to the professional school. Correspondence should be addressed to Dr. Walter Applegren, Chairman of the Pre-Med Advisory Committee.

RECREATION LAND MANAGEMENT A Recreation Land Management program is offered for students interested in public land management positions. This program includes: Liberal Studies 42 hrs. Emphasis (4 hrs. applies to L.S.) 24 to 32 hrs. (Options in Anthropology, Biology, Geology or History) Supporting Courses 31 to 33 hrs. Communication Skills (Spch. 101, Engl. 202) 6 hrs. Restricted Electives 14 to 20 hrs. Completion of the above program leads to a Bachelor of Science in Recreation Land Management. Graduates of this program are eligible for employment by governmental agencies concerned with the use and management of lands for public recreation.

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY A Medical Technology program leading to a Bachelor of Science Degree with a major in Zoology is provided to prepare students for a professional career. Three years are to be spent in residence at Northern Arizona University, and one year is to be spent in a hospital medical technology school. A total of 125 hours must be earned with not more than 32 hours transferred from the hospital school. All degree requirements including Liberal Studies credits and an acceptable grade average must be completed for the degree. Prior to entering the hospital school, the student must obtain permission from the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences to take his senior year in absentia. The hospital school program must be approved by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. When the student has completed the year of internship in the approved hospital school, he will request that a ttanscript of credits and a statement of recommendation for the degree be forwarded from the hospital school to the Registrar of Northern Arizona Universiry. Correspondence should be addressed to Professor James Wick, Chairman of the Biological Sciences Department.

SOCIAL WORK, SOCIAL SERVICES AND HELPING SERVICES Programs are offered for students who are interested in a career in social service, mental health, probation and parole, rehabilitation, community development and other similar activities. Although courses may be selected from the broad area of the social sciences, studies in sociology, psychology and anthropology have special relevance. Advisers are available in each of the above disciplines but initial contact in the College of Arts and Science can be made thru Dr. Jack Dyer, Chairman of the Department of Sociology.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 124 THE CURRICULA

Anthropology

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ambler, Griffith (Dept. Chr.), Seaman ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Case, Pearson, Thomas, Wood; INSTRUCTORS: Fidler, LECTURER: Lindsay

OBJECTIVES

Objectives of the Anthropology Department are as follows: (1) To provide the potential anthropologist with an integrated knowledge of the basic data, methods, and theory of physical anthropology, archeology, ethnography, ethnology, and linguistics; (2) to provide all students with a general intellectual cultural background against which to evaluate and interpret the behaviour, institutions, and biological makeup of men in past and present societies around the world, as well as to show the relationship berween anthropology and the sister disciplines, and anthropology's place within the general Western European intellectual tradition; (3) to provide students in disciplines closely related to anthropology, as well as prospective public school social science teachers, with some of the basic perspectives of general anthropology.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS Major: 35 hours. Anthro. 151, 152, 250, 260, 270, 271, 345, 420, 421, plus the balance of hours in anthropology with approval of adviser.

Miner: 18 hours. (Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) Anthro. 151, 152, and any two courses from the following: 250, 260, 270, 369, and six additional hours in anthropology.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

Recreation Land Management: (32 hour Anthropology emphasis) Anthro. 151, 152, 250, 260, 270, 369 plus additional courses selected from 282, 311, 312, 325, 345, 515, 516, 518, and 560. Supporting courses must include sixteen hours of biology plus other requirements shown under the general program description of page 123.

Graduate Degrees

The Department of Anthropology offers courses leading to the Master of Arts degree. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 125

Description Of Courses Anthro. 151 General Anthropology: Origin and Antiquity of Man (3) An introduction to human evolution, primates, fossil man, race, population genetics, and the development of culture. Three hrs. lect.

Anthro. 152 General Anthropology: Social and Cultural Systems (3) An introduction to the study of culture and society: Technology, social organization, and ideology. Three hrs. lect. Same as Soc. 152. Anthro. 250 Introduction to Archaeology (3) The method, theory, goals and history of archaeology as a subdiscipline of anthropology Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 151 or consent of the instructor.

Anthro. 260 Advanced Cultural Anthropology ( 3) The subdisciplines of cultural anthropology, emphasizing ethnological theory and method. Three hrs. leer. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor.

Anthro. 270 Introduction to Physical Anthropology I (4) Comparative primate anatomy and behavior, primate and human paleontology, evolution of man. Three hrs, lect-, rhree hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Anthro. 151 and 152.

Anthro. 271 Introduction to Physical Anthropology II (4) Evolutionary trends in modern man, biology to contemporary population, population genetics. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Anthro. 270.

Anthro. 281 Old World Culture History (3) Survey of the main developments of the prehistoric cultures of Africa, Asia, and Hurope Three hrs. lect. Anthro. 282 New World Culture History (3) Survey of the main developments of the prehistoric cultures of North, Central, and South America. Three hrs. leer. Anthro. 301 Peoples of the World (3) An ethnographic survey of selected native peoples and cultures of the world. Three hrs lect. Same as Soc. 301. Anthro. 311 Archaeological Field Techniques (4) Techniques of archaeological survey, excavation, data recording, artifact recovery, mapping, photography, and field interpretation. Three hrs. leer., rhree hrs. lab Prerequisite: Anthro. 250.

Anthro. 312 Archaeological Laboratory Analysis (4) Techniques of preservation, restoration, and cataloging of specimens: data analysis; report preparation. Three hrs. leer , rhree hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Anthro. 311.

Anthro. 325 North American Archaeology (3) Prehistory of Norrh American Indians; their cultural development and relations to historic tribes. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 250 or consent of the instructor.

Anthro. 345 Behavioral Science Statistics (3) Introduction to descriptive and inductive statistics with applications to the behavioral sciences. Two hrs. lect., rhree hrs. lab. Same as Soc. 345.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 126 THE CURRICULA

Anthro. 351 Understanding Culture (3) A broad survey of man's cultural heritage and various aspects of the concept of culture. Unavailable for credit toward major or minor requirements in Anthropology and for students having credit for Anthro. 152. Three hrs. lect.

Anthro. 369 Cultural Linguistics (3) An introduction to language and linguistics; origin, evolution, and nature of world lan­ guages; the relationship of language and culture. Three hrs. lect. Same as Ling. 169.

Anthro. 371 Anthropology of Asia (3) Ethnographic survey of traditional and contemporary Asian societies, their cultural, lin- guistic, and biological backgrounds. Three hrs. lect.

Anthro. 372 Anthropology of Africa (3) Ethnographic survey of traditional and contemporary African societies, their cultural, linguistic, and biological background. Three hrs. lect.

Anthro. 373 Anthropology of Oceania (3) Ethnographic survey of traditional and contemporay Melanesian, Micronesian, Polynesian, and Australian societies, their cultural, linguistic and biological backgrounds. Three hrs. lect,

Anthro. 375 Anthropology of North America (3) Ethnographic survey of North American Indian societies, their cultural and linguistic development. Three hrs. lect.

Anthro. 420-421 Survey of Linguistics ( 3-3) See Ling. 420-421.

Anthro. 430 Peasant Cultures (3) Social, technological, and ideological characteristics of world peasantry; peasants as a non-historical structural type. Three hrs. lect. Same as Soc. 430. Anthro. 485H Undergraduate Research (1-6) See Honors Program

Anthro. 490 History of Anthropological Thought (3) Development of Theoretical concepts in anthropology. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. major or consent of the instructor,

Anthro. 499 Seminar in Anthropology Consideration of current theory and problems in various aspects of Anthropology. Prerequisite: Anthro, major or consent of the instructor. Graduate Courses

Anthro. 510 Social Organization (3) The elements of social organization and a comparative analysis of social structures. Three hrs. lect. Same as soc. 510. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor.

Anthro. 515-516 Southwest Ethnology (3-3) Survey of Southwest Indian, cultures and of their immediate historical antecedents. Focus on pueblo (515) and non- pueblo cultures (516). Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor.

Anthro. 518 Southwest Archaeology (3) The origins, characteristics, and relationships of the prehistoric cultures of the American Southwest.

Prerequisite: Anthro. 250 or consent of the instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 127

Anthro. 530-531 Latin American Ethnology (3-3) Cultural survey and institutional analysis of contemporary Indian and folk societies of South America (530); Mexico and Central America (531). Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 533 Political Anthropology (3) Analysis of political structure and processes in different types of societies. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 535 Economic Anthropology (3) Analysis of economic processes in different types of societies: Systems of production, dis­ tribution and consumption. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 536 Anthropology of Religion (3) An anthropological analysis and comparison of religions in selected literate and non- literate cultures. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 538 Psychological Anthropology (3) Studies of cultural influences upon personality and the individual's impact upon society Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 545 Culture Change (3) Anthropological approaches in the study of processes of social and cujrural change. Three hrs. lect. Same as Soc. 545. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 546 Indian Education (3) Problems confronting teachers of Southwestern Indian students. Indian cultural patterns, values, and inter-cultural adjustment. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Anthro. 151 and 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 560 Research Methods. (3) Practical evaluation of an experience with methods of ethnological, archaeological, physical anthropological, or linguistic field work, analysis, and date presentation 'May be taken for a maximum of six credit hours as the course content changes.) Prerequisites: Anthro. 250, 260. 270. 420. or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 570 Applied Anthropology (3) Anthropological methods and principles applied to problems of cross-cultural commumca- tion and socio-cultural change. Prerequisite: Anthro. 152 or consent of the instructor. Anthro. 600 Core Seminar (3) An examination of the development, basic concepts, and recent ttends in the interrelated fields of modern anthropology. Emphasis will be placed on recent literature and the preparation of reports on selected problems. Required of all candidates for the Masters degree. Anthro. 612-613 Linguistics for Teachers (3-3) See Ling. 612-613. Anthro. 640 Seminar in Anthropology (2) Discussion and analysis of the focal theoretical issues in physical anthropology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology. Prerequisite: Anthro. 600. Anthro. 660 Selected Advanced Topics (2) Examination of specific topical and areal problems in physical anthropology, cultural anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology. Prerequisite: Anthro. 600. ARTS AND SCIENCE 128 THE CURRICULA

Anthro. 680 Interdisciplinary Seminar (2) Lectures and discussions by anthropologists and professionals from related disciplines; a review of accomplishments and prospects. Prerequisite: Anthro. 600.

Anthro. 699 Thesis (4)

Anthro. 704 Anthropological Foundations of Education ( 3) A study of the concepts of anthropology as these apply to educational principles. Three hrs. lect. Astronomy

PROFESSOR Adel; ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Hall

OBJECTIVES The primary objective of Astronomy is to search for man's place in the astronomical universe. As a scientific discipline and as a cultural effort astronomy is a powerful force in broadening the intellectual horizon. Study in the astronomically active Flagstaff-area cannot be underestimated as valuable for the student considering astronomy as a profession.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Minor: 22 hours. (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science) Including Phys. 151-152 or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213, Astr. 391-392.

Description Of Courses

Astr. 180 Man in Space (4) Principles of Astronomy and Space Science presented for the student wishing to com­ prehend how these areas may bear upon our individual lives. Includes a night-time laboratory with individual telescope use on rooftop observing platform. Available for Liberal Studies credit only. Fee $5.00. Astr. 391-392 Astronomy (4-4) The sun and its planets. Constellation study and modern observational techniques. Stars and galaxies. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 151-152 or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213.

Biological Sciences

PROFESSORS Beal, O. Johnson, Tervet, Wick (Dept. Chr.); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Anderson, Deaver (emeritus), Derifield, Mogensen, Rominger, Stewart, Vaughan; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Appelgren, Balda, Bateman, English, Glendening, Goslow, Grim, Hevly, C. Johnson, Lipke, Pritchard, Wilkes.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 129

OBJECTIVES Objectives of the Biological Sciences Department are as follows: 1. To pre­ pare students for biology as a profession. 2. To provide students with the back­ ground in biology necessary for admission to medical, dental, veterinary medical, and other professional schools. 3. To provide a program of instruction for biology teachers in secondary schools. 4. To provide subjecr matter courses appropriate for elementary teachers. 5. To provide a knowledge of biological phenomena for cultural enlightenment and service.

Degree Requirements

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Majors: 36 hours Biology: Biology 111, 112, 336, 411, and 456. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser must include 8 hours each of botany and zoology courses. Also required: Math 112, Chem. Phys. 111, 112, Chem. 151, 152; Chem. 271-272 or 260 in place of 271-272 with approval of adviser; Chem. 251 or Chem. 251 and 252. Physics 213 and 261 recommended. Botany: Biol. 111-112, 201 or 212, 312, 411, 564. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Also required: Math. 112, Chem. Phys. 111, 112, Chem. 151, 152, Chem. 271-272 or 260 in place of 271-272 with approval of adviser; Chem. 251 or Chem. 251 and 252. Physics 213 and 251 arc- recommended. Zoology: Biol. 111-112, 309 or 351, 336, 411, 456. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Also required: Math. 112, Chem. Phys. 111, 112, Chem. 151, 152, Chem. 271-272 or 260 in place of 271-772 with approval of adviser, Chem. 251 or Chem. 251 and 252. Physics 213 and 261 arc- recommended. Zoology (Medical Technology): Biol. 111, 211 or 255, 325, 421, 451. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Also required: Math. 112, Chem. Phys. 111. 112, Chem. 151, 152, 213, 251, 260, 304. Plus one year of Medical Technology courses. (see p. 122) Recreation Land Management: (32 hour Biology emphasis) Biol. 111-112, 312, 341 or 501, 411. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. The required supporting courses must include: 12 hours of Physical Science (at least 8 hours selected from Chem. 101-102. 111-112 Chem. Phys. 111, 112, Chem. 151, 152, Geol. 121-122; 9 hours of Social Science (at least 6 hours from Hist. 291-292, Anthro. 151-152); 10 hours of Forestry (see p. 123). Minors: 18 hours (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science) Biology: Biol. 111 and 112. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA

Botany: Biol. 112, 201 or 212 and 312. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Zoology: Biol. 111, 211, and 336. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

Major: 34 hours

Biology: Biol. 111, 112, 336, and 456. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser must include 8 hours each of botany and zoology courses. Also required: Math. 112, Chem. Phys. 111, 112, Chem. 151, 152; Chem. 271-272 or 260 in place of 271-272 with approval of adviser; Chem. 251 or Chem. 251 and 252. Physics 213 and 261 are recommended. Minor: 20 hours

Biology: Biol. 111, 112. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours See under College of Education for details.

EXTENDED MAJORS Extended Major: 58 to 63 hours For students who wish to gain a broad background in the various areas of science. Available as a major in Biology, Botany, or Zoology. The requirements for each major listed above must be met, but in lieu of a minor, additional courses selected from Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Geology and Physics may be taken with approval of adviser. Biology 211, 331, are recommended for students plan­ ning to enter medical dental, or veterinary school and to do graduate work in the biological sciences. Graduate Degrees The Department of Biology offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree or to the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Biology. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

Description Of Courses Biol. 111 General Zoology (4) Principles of animal form and function, including classification, evolution, development, inheritance, and ecology. Three hrs. lect., three hrs, lab. Fee $5.00. Biol. 112 General Botany (4) Principles of the structure, development, and functions of flowering plants and a survey of the plant kingdom. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 131

Biol. 126 Man and His Biological World (4) An introduction to the physio-chemical functions of life, the relationships between man and his biotic environment, and the origin and diversity of living forms. Three hrs. lect., two hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Biol. 156 Gross Anatomy & Physiology of the Human Body (5-6) units Gross and microscopical anatomy of the human body studied through lectutes, laboratory dissections, prepared micro-slides. Function of organs and organ systems is studied employ­ ing basic skills of clinical and laboratory techniques, using live animals, and involving some of the principles of medical technology. Three hrs. lect., six or nine hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Biol. 201 Plant Anatomy (4) Cells, tissues, and organs of seed plants, with emphasis on development and correlations of structure and function. Lect. and lab combined; three, two-hour periods per week Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 112.

Biol. 211 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) The interpreration of vertebrate structure with emphasis on phvlogeny and function. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 111.

Biol. 212 Plant Morphology (4) A plant kingdom survey studying form, structure, evolution, and phvlogeny with emphasis on modern forms particularly of non-vascular plants. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 112.

Biol. 225 General Microbiology (4) (Spring Semester only) A fundamental study of microbiology with special emphasis on medical bacteriology, mycology, virology, and immunology. For nursing srudents and dental hygienists. Two hrs. lect. and four hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: One semester of Biology and one semester of Chemistry, or approval of instructor.

Biol. 255 Human Anatomy and Physiology (5) The basic structures and functions of the human bodv ate studied. Four hrs lect., three-hrs lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 111 or 126.

Biol. 300 Biogenetics of Man (3) Modern theories of herediry and evolution, their historical background, their important and influence in human affairs. Not available for Liberal Studies credit for majors in the biological sciences. Three hrs. lect.

Biol. 307 Field Biology (2) To acquaint elementary education majors with ecology and systematics of the more common groups of plants and animals. One hr. lect , three-hr. lab. Fee $3.00.

Prerequisite: Biol. 126.

Biol. 309 Entomology (4) The class Insecta including their ecology, physiology, importance to man. classification and identification. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: Biol. 111.

Biol. 311 Dendrology (3) Srudy of identification, nomenclature, and classification of commercially important forest trees in U S Emphasis on species native to Northern Arizona. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 112. Biol. 312 Plant Taxonomy (4) Introduction to the principles of plant classification; a survey of flowering plant families in Northern Arizona; collection, identification, and preservation of wild flowers and grasses. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 112.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 132 THE CURRICULA

Biol. 325 Microbiology (4) (Fall semester only) Basic principles of microbiology, laboratory techniques and practical applications in medicine, public health, industry, and research. Two hrs. lect , tour hours of lab Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: One year of Biology and one year of Chemistry.

Biol. 331 Vertebrate Embryology (4) Principles of vertebrate embryology as exemplified in the development of amphibian, avian, and mammalian embryos. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 211.

Biol. 336 General Genetics (3) Fundamental concepts and methods of analysts of plant and animal inheritance. Includes basic mendelism, elementary probability, chromosome behavior, population and human genetics. Three hrs. lect.

Prerequisite: Biol. 111 or 112 or Biol. 126 under special conditions.

Biol. 336L General Genetics Laboratory (1) Laboratory studies of various modes of inheritance on plant and animal material with special emphasis on Drosophila and humans. Three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: Biol. 336 or concurrently.

Biol. 341 Mammalogy (4) A survey of functional morphology, classification, natural history and ecology of mammals Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab Fee $5.00.

Prerequisites: Biol. 111, 112 and 211 or consent of instructor.

Biol. 351 Invertebrate Zoology (4) A survey of structure, classification, natural history, and ecology of invertebrates. Three hrs. lect., three-hrs. lab., with a special week-end field trip arranged. Fee $5-00. Prerequisite: Biol. 111. Biol. 376 General Histology (4) A course dealing with elementary structure—both plant and animal cells. The structure of tissues and their combination into organs, with special reference to man. Two hrs. lect. and two three-hr. labs. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisites: Biol. 111, 112, plus 8 hours of biology or approval of instructor.

Biol. 411 General Ecology (4) A study of the interactions of plants and animals in their natural environment, including community dynamics, ecological processes, and surveys of local biotic communities. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee 55.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 111. 112. and one of the following: 309. 312, 341. Biol. 421 Microtechnique (4) The theory and practice of preparing temporary and permanent slide mounts for microscopic study. This includes both plant and animal material Two hrs lect. and two three-hr. labs. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: A minimum of 12 hours of Biology and/or approval of instructor.

Biol. 451 Parasitology (4) A survey of parasites, commensals and symbionts in various phyla. Identification of specimens, study of anatomy, life histories, host iniuries, treatment means of control, and prevention. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 111 and Junior Study in Biology.

Biol. 456 Cell Physiology (4) A study of physical and chemical properties of protoplasm, permeability phenomena. enzyme action, celular respiration, cell growth and division. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00

Prerequisite: Chem. 111, 112, 260. Biol.111 and 112

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 133

Biol. 485 Undergraduate Research (1-6) A research problem proposed by the student and approved by the instructor. Written or oral report required. Hours arranged. Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology and approval of instructor.

Biol. 490 Biological Effects of Radiation (4) Elements of nuclear physics, atomic decay, and measurements of radiant energy. General responses of organisms to ionizing radiation. The use of isotope tracers in biological research. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: 24 hours of biology and one year of physics.

Graduate Courses Biol. 501 Ornithology (4) An introductory course dealing with classification anatomy, physiology ecology, and distribution of birds. Field identification of local birds. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: A minimum of 20 hours of biology.

Biol. 502 Herpetology (4) Classification, distribution, ecology and identification of amphibians and reptiles. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Two years of Biology or consent of instructor. Biol. 505 Human Genetics (3) Inherited characteristics in man from the particular point of view of medicine with some reference to the relation of genetics to marriage and to social conditions. Prerequisites: Biol. 336.

Biol. 507 Field Biology (2) To acquaint elementary education majors with the ecology and systematics of the more common groups of plants and animals. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 126.

Biol. 511 Insect Morphology (3-4) An analysis of external morphology and internal anatomy as related to function in insects. Two or three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: 24 hours Biology including Biol. 309.

Biol. 512 Medical Entomology (3-4) Insects and other arthropods and the transmission of diseases of man and animals. Two three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: 15 hours of Biology. Biol. 521 Insect Identification (4) Identification of immature and adult insects. Principles of zoological nomenclature will also be considered. One or two hrs. lect., two three-hr. labs. per week. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: Biol. 309.

Biol. 522 Protozoology (4) Systematics, morphology, ultrastructure, life cycles, physiology, genetics, and reproduction of protozoa. Two hrs. lect., six-hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 111. Biol. 528 Our Biological Community (2) A course for elementary and biology teachers with emphasis on observation, identification. and appreciation of biotic materials in their natural environment. Fee $15.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 111 and 112 or approval of instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 134 THE CURRICULA

Biol. 531 Quantitative Biology (3) An introduction of statistical analysis with special reference to large samples and the basic principles of reasoning. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology or permission of instructor.

Biol. 541 Economic Botany (3) Study of the plant products useful to man including plant parts used, geographic origin and distribution, and leading producers; field trips ro industries utilizing plant products. Three hrs. lect. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisites: Biology 112 or equivalent.

Biol. 546 Mycology (4) A study of fungi and related forms. Three hrs. lect., three hr. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 112 and 212 or permission of instructor. Biol. 552 Systematic Zoology (3) Theory and practice of zoological nomenclature and classification. Two hrs. lect., three- hrs. lab.

Prerequisites: Biol. 309 or 351 or 312.

Biol. 562 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) Emphasis on history of taxonomy, rules of nomenclature, and phylogeny of the flowering plants; a special identification project included. Three hrs. lect. lab. comb. Fee $5.00

Prerequisites: Biol. 112, 312 or equivalent, or approval of instructor.

Biol. 563 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) A survey of the physiology of the organ systems of invertebrates and vertebrates with an emphasis on adaptation and phylogeny of the systems. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 456. Biol. 564 Plant Physiology (4) Analysis of plant functions, including their mechanisms and integration. Three hrs. lect., three-hr. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: Biol. 112 and Chem. 260 or equivalent.

Biol. 565 Paleobotany-Paleoecology (4) A historical and morphological survey of major plant groups, introducing paleobotanical matetials, their identification and paleoecological interpretation with emphasis on Ethno- botany, Palynology. and historical biogeography. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 112, and at least one of the following: Anthro. 250, Biol. 312, Biol. 411, For. 412, or Geol. 350.

Biol. 570 Principles of Evolution (3) The origin, relationship and diversification of plants and animals with emphasis on the mechanisms and evidences for evolution. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisites: 24 hours of Biology including Biol. 336.

Biol. 572 Advanced Embryology (3-4) Experimental analysis of morphogenetic phenomena in embryos Two or three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: A minimum of 24 hours in Biology or approval of instructor.

Biol. 580 Cytology and Cytogenetics (4) Cytoplasmic and nuclear anatomy with emphasis on chromosome behavior during cell division. Methods of genetic analysis employing chromosomal aberrations and polyploidy and their influence in evolution. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 336. Biol. 591 Advanced Ecology (3-4) An advanced course in ecological theory. Topics include species diversity, competition, predation. habitat selection, dispersal, and population regulation. Three hrs. lect. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisites: A minimum of 24 hours in Biology or approval of instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 135

Biol. 592 Limnology (4) The biological productivity of inland waters as influenced by the structural, chemical, and meterological factors, including an emphasis on the plant and animal communities. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: 24 hours of biology.

Biol. 609 Modern Biology for Teachers (3) Fundamentals of biology with emphasis upon recent developments in the field. Prerequisite: a minimum of 20 hours in biology or approval of instructor.

Biol. 611 Advanced Microtechnique (3) The theory and practice of preparing temporary and permanent histological mounts for microscopic study. This includes both plant and animal material. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: A minimum of 24 hours in Biology or approval of instructor.

Biol. 621 Physiological Ecology of Seed Plants (3-4) Analysis of environmental effects on growth and reproduction and methods of detecting ecotypic variation. Field and lab. work. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Biol. 411 and 456.

Biol. 624 Immunology and Virology (4) Fundamentals, current theories, and laboratory methods related to immunity and viral infectivity. Two hrs. lect., six-hrs. lab. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisites: Biol. 325, Chem. 304, or approval of instructor.

Biol. 631 Advanced Genetics (3) Structure, mutation and recombination of genes considered at the molecular level with particular emphasis in the bacteria and their viruses. Analysis of th genetic code, protein synthesis, regulatory mechanisms and biosynthetic pathways are emphasized. Prerequisites: Biol. 325 and 336.

Biol. 632 Principles of Speciation (3) Principles of species formation and an analysis of intraspecific variation. Fee $5.00 Prerequisite: an undergraduate major in biology.

Biol. 650 The Meaning of Evolution to Modern Man (3) The historical and philosophical development of evolutionary thought, the modern synthesis, and its effects on thought in biology and other scientific disciplines. Available for Liberal Studies credit only.

Biol. 660 Plant Pathology (3) Discussion of causes, environmental relations and control of selected plant diseases. Prerequisites: Biol. 212 or 546.

Biol. 661 Advanced Plant Anatomy (3-4) Advanced course in the general botany of seed plants, especially, development of vegetative and reproductive organs. Fee $5.00.

Prerequisite: an undergraduate major in Biology.

Biol. 671 Molecular Biology (3) Cellular differentiation, ultrastructure, and its relation to function, moleiular genetic;. and macro-molecules of the cell. Prerequisites: an undergraduate major in Biology. Biol. 672 Plant Chemistry (4) Composition of plants, properties, nature, and classification of plant constituents, changes occurring during growth, and storage of plant products. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab Fee $5.00. Prerequisite- Chem. 271 and 272 and either Chem. 304 or consent of the instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE l36 THE CURRICULA

Biol. 692 Biogeography (3) Principles or the distribution of the biota of the world. Prerequisite: undergraduate major in biology. Biol. 697 Independent Study in Biology (2) An advanced research problem in biology proposed by the student and approved and directed by the instructor. Hours arranged. Prerequisite: undergraduate major in biology. BioL 698 Seminar (1) Oral reports on current literature topics or individual research bv staff and graduate students. May be repeated for credit. Biol. 699 Thesis (2-9) A research paper based upon original investigation. Biol. 795-796 Internship in College Teaching (1-1) Prerequisite: Approval of Department Chairman.

Chemistry

PROFESSOR: Brathovde, (Dept. Chr.) ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bean, Gilbert, Heaton, Morrison, Savage ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Caple, DeKorte, Hoyt, Huffman, Wettaw, Zahrt

OBJECTIVES The primary objective of the Chemistry Department is: (1) To enhance those scientific insights which are desirable for all educated persons; (2) To provide instruction in chemistry for students preparing for admission into medical, dental, medical technology, pharmacy, engineering, forestry, and other professional schools; (3) To provide courses for a teaching major or minor in chemistry; (4) To pre­ pare students for a professional career in chemistry, by going either directly into industry and business or by continuing on into graduate training for research and teaching careers.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 30 hours. Chera. Phys. 111-112, 213 (or the equivalent Chem. 101-102, 213 and Physics 151-152), Chem. 271-272, 391-392, 485, and Integrated Chemistry labs I-VI. Math 136-137 are also required. Math 238-239, Phys. 213, 261 are recommended. Extended Major: 63 hours. For students planning to do graduate work in chemistry and related fields. All courses required and recommended for the 30 hour major plus Chem. 533, 550 and two advanced courses in biochemistry, organic, preparative, theoretical chemistry, physics or 300 and 400 math courses. Reading knowledge or a minimum of one year of German or Russian before the senior year is required.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 137

Extended Major: 63 hours. For students planning to enter medical or dental school. All courses required for the 30 hour major plus Biol. Ill, 211, 331, 336, 456, or approved substitutions required by a particular medical or dental school, Phys. 213. Math 238-239, Phys. 261 are recommended. Extended Major: 45-63 hours. For students planning to work in the bio-medical sciences. Chem. Phys. 111-112, Chem. 213 (or the equivalent Chem. 101-102, 213 and Phys. 151- 152), Chem. 260 (or 271-272), 304, 485, Integrated Chemistry Labs I-IV, Math 112, Phys. 213, Biol. Ill and 12 additional hours selected from Biol. 211, 255, 309, 325, 331, 336, 456. Math 136-137, Phys. 261, Inte­ grated Chemistry Labs V-VI, Chem. 391 or equivalent are recommended. Minor: 18 hours. (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science) Chem. Phys. 111-112 or Chem. 101-102, Integrated Chemistry Labs Mil plus 8 or 9 hours of chemistry selected with approval of adviser. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 30 hours. Chem. Phys. 111-112, Chem. 213 (or the equivalent Chem. 101-102, 213 and Phys. 151-152), Chem. 260, 304, Integrated Chemistry Labs I-IV, 485, Math. 136-137. It is strongly recommended that 271-272 be substituted for 260, 304, and that 391-392 and Lab V-VI be added to increase the number of hours to 38. Math 238-239, Phys. 213, 261 are recommended. Minor: 18 hours. Chem. Phys. 111-112 or Chem. 101-102, Integrated Chemistry Labs Mil, plus 8 or 9 hours of chemistry selected with approval of adviser. Six additional hours of chemistry or another science are recommended. Graduate Degrees The Department of Chemistry offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree, Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Chemistry and Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Physical Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details. Description Of Courses Chem. 100 Elementary Chemistry (3) An introduction to chemical calculations and elementary atomic theory for those students not qualified for Chem. 101 or Chem. Phys. 111. May not be used for credit in any major or minor program. Three ho. lea. Chem. 101-102 Fundamental Chemistry (3-3) A conceptual approach of some fundamental principles of chemistry. May be used as a Liberal Studies science requirement if Integrated Chemistry Lab I and II are taken. Doth Labs I and II may be taken concurrently with Chem. 102. Three hrs. leer. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry or consent of instructor. Chem. 103 Chemistry of Foods (4) Some fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. Chemical substances and reactions with applrprions ro home economics courses. For Home Economics students only. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee J5.00.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 138 THE CURRICULA

Chem. Phys. Ill Chem Physics (4-7) Introduction to the concepts of mechanics, kinetic-molecular theory, chemical reactions, electromagnetics, atomic and molecular structure. Three hrs. lect., one hr. discussion, and one three-hr. physics lab. per week. Fee $5.00. If desired, the lecture portion, without the discussion section, may be taken over two semesters. The lab should then be taken the second semester. Only four hrs. will count toward the completion of the Chem. Phys. sequence. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry and second year Algebra, or consent of instructor.

Chem. Phys. 112 Chem Physics (3) Introduction to the concepts of solution reactions, chemical kinetics and equilibria, electro­ chemistry, thermodynamics and magnetism. Three hrs. lect. and one hr. discussion. Chem. 151 (Integrated Chem. Lab I) or Chem. 151 and Chem. 152 (Integrated Chem. Lab II) should be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Chem. Phys. 111. Note: The sequences of courses Chem. Phys. 111-112, Chem. 151 (Integrated Chem. Lab I), and Chem. 152 (Integrated Chem. tab II) and Chem. 213 replaces the traditional freshman year chemistry courses.

Chem. 151-152 Integrated Chemistry tabs I and II (1-1) Material generally. covered in first year laboratories including stoichiometry, reaction thermodynamics, chemical structure, evaluation of data, reaction mechanisms and separa­ tions. One three-hr. lab including lecture time when appropriate per week each for Chem. 151 and Chem. 152. May be taken separately or concurrently. Fee $5.00 each. Prerequisite: Chem. Phys. 111L or concurrent registration in Chem. 101 or 102. Note: Integrated Chemistry Labs are designed to provide a sound foundation in the most widely used laboratory techniques and to emphasize chemical principles in selected experimental sequences which are left open-ended to allow interested students to continue their investigations. Quantitative analyti­ cal and instrumental techniques are used throughout all laboratories. Com­ pletion of Lab W is equivalent to the laboratory experience usually en­ countered in the first year general chemistry, sophomore organic and quantitative analysis. Completion of Lab VI will give the equivalent of laboratory experience usually found in advanced inorganic, instrumental, and physical chemistry laboratories. Laboratory lectures are given during the appropriate lab periods.

Chem. 213 Inorganic Chemistry (2) A systematic presentation of the properties and the reactions of representative members of families °f t*le periodic table involving the application of modern chemical principles. Two hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Chem. Phys. 112 or Chem. 102 and Chem. 152.

Chem- 251-252 Integrated Chemistry Lab III and IV (1-2) Amplification of Labs I and II and synthesis of compounds plus their qualitative and quantitative analysis and study of physical properties using systems that concern buffer action, enzymatic, catalysis and kinetics. Some continuation of synthesis plus experiments designed to demonstrate the principles and techniques of electrolysis, potentiometry and conductance. Simple polymers are studied. One three-hr. lab. per week. Fee $5.00 for Lab III. Two three-hr. labs per week. Fee $10.00 for Lab IV. Chem. 260 Introductory Organic Chemistry (3) An introduction to the chemistry of aliphatic and aromatic organic compounds. Recom­ mended for students needing only one semester of organic chemistry or for students planning to continue with Chem. 271-272 but who are weak in general chemistry. Three prerequisite: Chem. 102 or Chem. Phys. 112, and normally concurrent registration in Chem- 251 or consent of instructor. Chem. 271-272 Organic Chemistry (3-3) A rigorous introduction to the study of carbon-containing compounds. Modern concepts relation synthesis, structure determinations and reaction mechanisms will be emphasized. Three hrs. lect. prerequisite: Chem. Phys. 112, Chem. 213 may be taken concurrently, or Chem. 102,213.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 139

Chem. 304 Biological Chemistry (4) An introductory study of biologically important chemicals and their function in living organisms. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $6.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 260 or Chem. 271.

Chem. 351-352 Integrated Chemistry Labs V and VI (1-2) Kinetics, molecular spectroscopy, advanced kinetics, surface chemistry, non-ideal solutions, electrochemistry and n polymers. One three-hr. lab. per week. Fee $5.00 for Lab V Two three-hr. labs per week. Fee $10.00 for Lab VI. Prerequisite: Chem. 252 for Lab V. Concurrent registration in Chem. 392 recom­ mended for Lab VI.

Chem. 391-392 Physical Chemistry (3-3) Introduction to the fundamental principles of physical chemistry. Three hrs. lea. Prerequisite: Math 137, Phys. 213 is recommended. Chem. 485 Undergraduate Research (1-6) Original research under the supervision of a research adviser. May be taken for repeated credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Graduate Courses

Chem. 503 Modern High School Chemistry Curricula (3) Introduction to CBA and CHEMS curricula with emphasis on experimental approach. Planning and equipping the chemistry laboratory. Safety practices in the laboratory. Two hrs. lect., three-hrs. lab. Fee $6.00. Prerequisite: 16 hours of chemistry.

Chem. 513 Biochemistry (3-5) A study of the chemistry of biological substances and of the production and utilization of energy in biochemical systems. The optional laboratory will be a study of modern biochemical techniques. Three hrs. lect. and one or two optional three-hr. labs per week. Fee $6.00 or $10.00. Chem. 533-534 Instrumental Methods (2-2) Theory and application of instrumental techniques including interpretation of spectral data for inorganic and/or organic qualitative and quantitative analysis. Two hrs. lect. and one or two optional three-hr. labs per week. Fee $6.00 or $10.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 392 or concurrent registration in Chem. 392 for Chem. 534.

Chem. 550 Inorganic Chemistry (3) Study of inorganic systems including the application of physical chemical methods. Three hrs lect. Prerequisite: Chem. 213, 392 or concurrent registration in Chem. 392.

Chem. 570 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) Recent work in mechanistic and synthetic organic chemistry is emphasized. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Chem. 272, 392.

Chem. 590 Theoretical Chemistry (3) Quantum chemistry, chemical kinetics, classical, non-equilibrum and statistical thermo­ dynamics, spectroscopy and structure. May be taken for repeated credit as the content will vary. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Chem. 392.

Chem. 600 Recent Trends in Chemistry (3) A survey for high school science teachers of modern developments in atomic and molecular structure and the role of energy in chemical transformations. Revtew of stoichiometric calculations. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: 8 hours of chemistry.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 140 THE CURRICULA

Chem. 611 Seminar (1) A presentation of a current topic of interest in chemistry to the faculty and students. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Chem. 619 Directed Studies in Research (1-4) Work on a current research problem under the direction of a faculty member. May be taken for repeated credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

Chem. 623 Analytical Chemistry for Teachers (3-4) The principles of non-classical techniques including electrochemical, absorption and emission spectroscopic, mass spectroscopic, radiochemical, and separation methods. Three hrs. lea. and one optional three-hr. lab. per week. Fee $6.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 600 or consent of instructor.

Chem. 624 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) An advanced treatment of chemical analysis including sampling and statistical design of experiments. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

Chem. 641 Modern Inorganic Chemistry for Teachers (3-4) Studies of inorganic systems including the application of chemical principles. Three hrs. lea. and one optional three-hr. lab. per week. Fee $ 6.00.

Prerequisite: Chem. 600 or consent of instructor.

Chem. 642 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) Modern inorganic chemistry including acid-base theories, bonding, inorganic reaction mechanisms, solvent systems and the chemistry of ionic and covalent systems. Three hrs. lea. Prerequisite: Chem. 550. Chem. 660 Organic Chemistry for Teachers (3-5) Fundamental concepts of organic chemisrry including both aliphatic and aromatic com­ pounds. Three hrs. lect, and one or two optional three-hr. labs per week. Fee $10.00 or $15.00.

Prerequisite: Chem. 600 or consent of instructor.

Chem. 670 Theoretical Organic Chemistry (3) Molecular orbital, theory, conformational analysis, reaaion mechanics and other aspcets of physical organic chemistry. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Chem. 690 Special Topics in Chemistry (1-4) Selected topics in a specific area of current interest will be discussed in detail. May be taken for repeated credit. One to four hrs. lea. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

Chem. 697 Independent Study (1-2) Prerequisite: Approval of Department Chairman.

Chem. 699 Thesis (4) A wrirten report oa research. Prerequisite: Approval of Department Chairman.

Chem. 795-796 Internship in College Teaching (1-1) Required for all graduate assistants. Prerequisite: Approval of Department Chairman.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA. 141 Earth Science OBJECTIVES To provide basic preparation in Earth Science for future primary or secondary teachers desiring to use the new curriculum materials for Earth Science is the primary objective.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 34 hours. Geol. 121 or Geol 305, 122, Geog. 306; Chem. 101-102; Math. 112. Additional hours in Geology selected with approval of adviser. Minor: 20 hours. Geol. 121 or Geol. 305, 122, Geog. 306; Chem. 101-102; Math. 112. selected with approval of adviser. Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours. See under College of Education for details.

Graduate Degree Courses leading to the degree of Master of Arts in Earth Science are offered. See Graduate Bulletin for details.

English PROFESSORS Adams, Alwin, Clemons, James, Stevens; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Donohoe, Gallagher, McGehee, Thompson; ASSIST­ ANT PROFESSORS Bartell, Davis, M. Eissenstat, Roach, Rosen­ thal, Short, Trowbridge, Wilson; INSTRUCTORS Batts, D. Bensusan, Boyle, Flint, A. Fredrick, Goldstein, Higley, Johnson, Kramer, Matthews, S. Short, P. Shutt, Strimple, Waldron, Wiley; LECTURER M. Vogeler.

OBJECTIVES It is the purpose of the English program to develop students (1) who are aware of the close association between logical thought and effective expression; (2) who are motivated to strive constantly for increased skill in the oral and written use of language as a medium for communication and artistic creation; (3) who possess a sound critical and aesthetic judgment which they may exercise in assessing the truthfulness, philosophic implications, imaginative and artistic quality of material which they read during the balance of their lives; (4) who are interested in deepening their understanding of the cultural and social back-

ARTS AND SCIENCE 142 THE CURRICULA ground of America and other countries as it is revealed in literature; (5) who are adequately prepared to teach English in elementary or secondary schools; (6) who are equipped to achieve success in graduate study in the field of English. A further purpose is to cooperate with other departments in humanities in carrying out the objectives. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS Majors: 45 hours* English: For students intending to do graduate work in English. Engl. 201, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 330, 370 plus Speech 101; one additional 200 or 300 level literature course; two 500 level literature courses; additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Creative Writing: Engl. 251, 252, 255, 256, 301, 370, 372, 373, 374, 383, 401; additional hours selected with approval of adviser; participation in Writer's Club and work for literary magazine recommended. Major: 35 hours* Courses selected in consultation with adviser to produce a coherent program in English. Minors: 18 hours* (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science) Engl. 201, 253, 254, 255, 256; additional hours selected with approval of adviser. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 35 hours* Engl. 201, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 330, 331, 370, 383 plus Speech 200; additional hours selected with approval of adviser. It is possible to obtain a 50-55 hour extended major and omit the minor. See adviser for details. Minor: 20 hours* English 201, 330, 331; either 253-254, or 255-256; one of the following: English 250, 251, 252, Speech 200. Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours See under College of Education for details. *Freshman English cannot be counted toward the Major or Minor.

Graduate Degrees The Department of English offers courses leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Arts in the Teaching of English, and Master of Arts in the Teaching of English as a Second language. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

ARTS AND SCONCE THE CURRICULA 143 Description Of Courses

Engl. 100 Communications Laboratory A. Developmental Reading, Beginning (2) For students average or below average in reading. Practice in development of reading skills and study techniques. Consideration of the physical and psychological background of reading, and of the relationship between method and purpose and between rate and comprehension. B. Writing Laboratory For students inadequately prepared in writing. Practice in the fundamental skills involved in effective writing. C. Developmental Reading, Advanced (2) For students average and above average in reading. Practice in development of reading skills. Study of patterns of organization in prose, fiction, and poetry. Vocabulary development. Engl. 101 Freshman English (3) Study and practice of structural techniques for improving proficiency in writing. Special emphasis on sentence sense and paragraph building designed to improve clarity of thought. Engl. 102 Freshman English (3) Practice in analyzing and writing expository prose. Emphasis on critical reading, critical thinking, logical organization of material, and an understanding of the writer-subject- reader concept of communication as essential steps in the writing process, writing instruction aimed at cultural as well as practical goals. Engl. 103 Freshman English (3) Examination of literary and social uses of language as a part of culture. Emphasis on style, tone, diction. Introduction to research methods and research writing. Prerequisite: Engl. 102 or its equivalent.

Engl. 103H Freshman English (3) Honors freshman English challenges the excellent student to settle for himself significant human issues encountered in language, literarure, or rhetoric, and to liberate, through controlled expression, his personal voice concerning matters of serious importance to himself and to his readers. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council Engl. 104-105 English for Bilinguals (5-5) May be taken by foreign students and bilinguals, in lieu of Engl. 102-103 to meet the Freshman English requirement. Designed for students who speak English as a second language, the course offers work in reading, writing, speaking, and listening. Engl. 201 Advanced Composition (2) Practice in writing expository prose and various types of factual articles. Each student will be given advice and crirticism ro help him carry our a special project. Prerequisite: Engl. 103, or the equivalent. Engl. 202 Technical Report Writing (3) Instruction and experience in writing proposals, interpretative and recommendation reports, abstracts, progress reports, business letters, technical articles and correspondence. Prerequisite: Engl. 103, or the equivalent. Engl. 250 Literature as Experience (3) An introduction for the general student to the short story, drama, essay, and poetry as the record and interpretation of human experience. Engl. 251 Biblical Backgrounds of Literature (3) A study of the Old and New Testaments and the Apocrypha as literature. Engl. 252 Mythological Backgrounds of Literature (3) A study of classic, Norse, and other myths, and the legends of Arthur and of Charlemagne, to facilitate understanding of English and American literature. Engl. 253-254 Survey of English literature (3-3) An historical survey of English literature from Beowulf to Thomas.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 144 THE CURRICULA

Engl. 255-256 Survey of American Literature (3-3) The development of American life and ideals as recorded and interpreted by major American writers. Engl. 257 Masterpieces of World Literature (3) A survey in translation of the major writers of the Western World from Homer through Dante. Engl. 258 Masterpieces of World Literature (3) A survey in translation of the major writers of the Western World from the Renaissance to the present. Engl. 290H Great Utopias (3) A study of several of the great Utopias, from The Republic to the "nightmare Utopias" of Huxley and Orwell, and of the cultures that are likely to produce such works. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Engl. 291H The Hero in Ancient and Modern Literature (3 ) A study of works illustrative of the changing attitude toward the nature of the hero from ancient to modern literature. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Engl. 301 Creative Writing (2) Practice in the principal types of creative writing. Prerequisite: Engl. 103, or the equivalent. Engl. 311 Greek Literature in Translation (3) Readings in epic, drama, lyric, philosophy, history, and romance from Homer to Longus and Heliodoros. Engl. 312 Roman Literature in Translation (3) Readings in epic, drama, lyric, philosophy, history, and romance from Plautus to Boethius. Engl. 330 Modern English (3) An introduction to facts about the English language as revealed by modern linguistic science. A basic course for all teachers of the language arts; a general education course for all educated speakers of the English language. Engl. 331 Grammar for Teachers (3) A course in the new approaches to English grammar and usage, together with methods of teaching them in the junior and senior high school. Engl. 361 History of the Drama (3) A study of the development of the drama as a genre. Emphasis upon the drama in England and America. EngL 370 Enjoyment of Poetry (3) Study of poetry for understanding and delight. Prosody. EngL 371 The Essay (2) A study of the formal and informal essay and related prose forms. EngL 372 The Short Story (3) Wide reading and critical analysis of representative examples. EngL 373 The American and English Novel (3) Critical study and evaluation of major works. Engl. 374 The Continental Novel (3) Critical study and evaluation of major works in translation. Engl. 383 Introduction to Shakespeare ( 3) Reading of some of the major works of Shakespeare. Aimed specifically at the needs of teachers of English in secondary tchoolj. Engl. 401 Writing of Fiction (2) A workshop in the writing of serious fiction; specifically, the short story and the novel. Prerequisite: EngL 201 or 301, or permission of the instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 145

Engl. 402 Advanced Technical Writing (2) Step-by-step instruction in the preparation of involved technical reports communicating the results of etcensive and significant research. Emphasis on the use of graphic aids in technical papers and on revising and rewriting to achieve accuracy, clarity, economy, and overall effectiveness. Prerequisite: Engl. 202 or an equivalent course.

Engl. 419 Problems in Comparative literature (3) Given in collaboration with other programs. Emphasis to be determined by the needs and interests of students enrolled. Graduate Courses

Engl. 501 Writing Workshop (3) A workshop in the writing of serious fiction and poetry. Engl. 520 Administration of a Reading Development Program (3) Designed for teachers who are interested in improving the reading skill of their students or in organizing developmental reading programs in their schools. Engl. 522 The Teaching of Composition (3) Methods and materials to help teachers in evaluating themes, reviewing writing funda­ mentals, and improving student's written work. Engl. 529 Literature for Adolescents (3) Materials and methods appropriate for use in junior and senior high school. Especially designed for English and social studies majors and minors. Engl. 532 Current English Usage (3) A course in the current approaches to a study of English language usage: doctrines and history of, divided and disputable items, sources of information on, criteria for judging. Engl. 535 History of the English Language (3) A survey of the historical development of the English language considering the internal and external influences that have determined its characteristics. Engl. 540 Medieval Continental Literature (3) Representative selections, in translation, from the literature of Medieval Continental Europe, including the epic, saga, romance, legend, lytic poetry and the Christian tradition. Engl. 541 The literature of Medieval England (2) A study of the principal forms and examples of English prose poetry, and drama of the Middle English period exclusive of Chaucer. Engl. 542 The English Renaissance (3) Selected non-dramatic readings illustrating the development of the literary renaissance from 1500 to 1600 with special emphasis on Sidney and Spenser. Engl. 543 The Seventeenth Century (3) Prose and poetry of England in the Seventeenth Century, with emphasis on Milton, Donne, snd Jonson.

Engl. 544 The Eighteenth Century (3) Readings in English literature from Dryden to Blake with emphasis on Swift, Pope, and Johnson.

EngL 545 The Romantic Period (3) Concentrated study of selected poetry of Wordsworth, Shelley, Byron, and Keats. Inde­ pendent critical paper on the life and work of one prose writer of the period.

Engl. 546 The Victorian Period (3) A critical study of the literature of England from 1832 to 1900 with emphasis on Tenny­ son, Browning, and Arnold.

Engl. 547 Twentieth Century Poetry (3) Inrensive study of the important movements and major poets from the Symbolist to the present.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 146 THE CURRICULA

Engl. 548 Twentieth Century Fiction (3) Intensive study of the important movements and major prose writers from the Realists to the present. Engl. 551 Literature of the Southwest (3) The character, life, and scene of this region as recorded in various literary forms from the time of the Spanish explorers to the present. Engl. 552 Methodology in English as a Second Language (3) Development of skills and techniques for teaching oral English, reading and writing- Same as Ling. 552. Prerequisites: BS. in Ed. or minor in ESL. and consent of adviser.

Engl. 561 Shakespeare's Comedies (2) A reading of the significant comedies as reflections of the historical and dramatic tradition. Engl. 562 Shakespeare's Histories (2) A critical reading of the history plays emphasizing their relation to the dramatic tradition and to Elizabethan polity. EngL 563 Shakespeare's Tragedies (2) A consideration of the major tragedies and their relation to the dramatic tradition.

Engl. 571 Introduction to Folklore (3) The ballad, fable, myth, legend, folk and hero tale, and other types of folklore as literary forms and their use in literature in general.

Engl. 572 Nineteenth Century American Essays (3) The major prose of Emerson and Thoreau; representative selections from the works of William James, Holmes, and Lowell.

EngL 573 Nineteenth Century American Fiction (3) A close study of major fictions chosen from the works of Cooper, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Mark Twain, and Henry James,

Engl. 574 Nineteenth Century American Poetry (3) An intensive study of the major poets from Bryant to Scephen Crane.

Engl. 581 Chaucer (3) A reading and discussion of tbe works of Chaucer. Prerequisite: Engl. 541.

Eagl. 590 Literary Criticism (3) A consideration of important traditional texts of criticism and their value in understanding literature. Engl. 602 Writing Projects (3) Individual projects selected by consultation. Engl. 621 The Teaching of Reading (3) A consideration of the developmenr of various reading skills needed beyond the elementary school level. Objectives, procedures, materials. Engl. 623 The Language Arts in the Secondary School (3) Advanced course in curriculum for the experienced teacher, emphasizing latest developments in the field.

Engl. 625 Language Arts Unit Construction ( 3 ) Collection and organization of materials for use in language arts units in the junior and senior high schools. Engl. 630 Modern English Grammar (3) A study of structural and transformational grammars, together with a consideration of the implications of these "new grammars for the teacher. Same as Ling. 630. EngL 632 Old English (3) Elements of Old English grammar; reading exercises.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 147

Engl. 654-655 Structure of English (3-3) A descriptive analysis of the structure of English including phonology, morphology, and syntax with reference to traditional, structural, and generative-transformational grammar. Same as Ling. 654-655. Engl. 663 Elizabethan Drama Exclusive of Shakespeare (3) A survey of the English drama from 1580 to 1642 with intensive study of the works of Marlowe and Tonson. Engl. 667 Modern Drama (3) Symbolism, expressionism, impressionism, realism in the drama since 1914. The drama as commentary on contemporary life. Special projects and reports. Engl. 680 Seminar in English Literature (3) In depth studies of great authors, periods, or trends in English Literature. Engl. 681 Seminar in American Literature (3) In depth studies of great authors, periods, or trends in American literature. Engl. 690 Research Methods (3) A study of research techniques with emphasis on bibliography. Engl. 697 Independent Study in English (1-2) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research. Engl. 699 Thesis (4) Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Engl. 795-796 Internship in College Teaching (1-1) Principles and practices which apply to the teaching of composition and literature on the college level.

Geography

PROFESSOR Allen; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Healy (Dept. Chr.); ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Ives, Ray; INTRUCTOR Crosby.

OBJECTIVES

Objectives of the Department are as follows: (1) To lead the student to an understanding of the earth as the world of man, with particular reference to the differentiation and integration of places; (2) To prepare students for professional careers in geography; (3) To provide courses for a teaching major in geography.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 35 hours. Geog. 250, 251, 303-304, 306-307, 421. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

Minor: 18 hours. Geol. 250, 251, 303. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 148 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

Major: 35 hours. Geog. 250, 251, 303, 421. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

Minor: 20 hours. Geog. 250, 251, 303. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours. See under College of Education for details. Description Of Courses

Geog. 250 Physical Elements (4) A study of the elements of the physical environment and their system relations. Three hrs. lecture, three hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Geog. 251 Cultural Elements (3) , Consideration of the theory of geographical inquiry, and fundamental socio-cultural distributions. Geog. 252 Regional Problems in Anglo-America (3) . Delimitation and analysis of the principal geographic regions; special emphasis on selected regional problems. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 254 Economic Activity (3) The spartial distribution and interrelationships of economic activity. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor. Geog. 303-304 Cartography (3-3) First semester covers the interpretation and analysis of maps, charts, and remote sensing imagery. Fee: $3.00. Second semester covers theory and construction of map projections, compilation, generalization, and symbolizatioa in map making. Fee: $5.00. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 306-307 Weather and Climate (3-3) First semester is concerned with fundamental properties and processes of the atmosphere. Fee $2.00. Second semester covers macro- and micro-climates, and introduction to forecasting. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 320 Problems of Industrialized Nations (3) Geographic factors in the economic, social, and political problems of technologically advanced countries. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 321 Political Geography (3) Consideration of principles and theories, emphasis on contemporary problems in domestic and international affairs. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 390 Independent Reading (1-2) Study schedule to be arranged individually with the instructor. Prerequisites: Geog. 250, 251, junior standing, and consent of instructor.

Geog. 401 Urban Structure and Function (3) Origin, development, distribution. and regional variation of cities; theoretical considerations of internal structure and function.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 149

Geog. 411-412 Proseminar (3-3) Topics in physical geography (411). Topics in cultural geography (412). Prerequisites: Relevant introductory courses in geography.

Geog. 421 Field Analysis (3) Geographic analysis of small areas. Saturdays 0800-1700. Fee 120.00. Prerequisites: Geog. 250, 251, 303-304, or consent of instructor.

Geog. 440 World Regional Patterns (3) A survey of the basic physical and cultural elements, and their integration on a world regional basis. Not for credit in major or minor programs in Geography. Not open to students who have taken Geog. 250 or 251.

Geog. 452 Regional Problems in Middle America (3) Analysis of Mexico. Central America, and the Caribbean lands; emphasis on geographic factors in contemporary problems. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 453 Regional Problems in South America (3) Analysis of the lands south of Panama; emphasis on geographic factors in contemporary problems. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Graduate Courses

Geog. 504 Arid Lands (3) Comparative analysis of the dry lands of the world. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor.

Geog. 525 Arizona and the Southwest (3) Regional analysis of the southwestern United States. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Geog. 250 or consent of instructor. Geog. 655 Geographical Aspects of Contemporary Affairs (3) Consideration of the geographical bases of contemporary world problems. No credit for Geography majors. Geology

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Beus, Cotera (Dept. Chr.), Smouse, Rush; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Barnes, Rawson; INSTRUCTOR Pike.

OBJECTIVES

Objectives of the Geology Department are threefold: (1) To provide the educational background and experience necessary to enter the professional fields of Geology; (2) To provide the academic foundation for graduate study in Geology, Geophysics, Geochemistry, and Oceanography; (3) To provide infor­ mation about the Earth which is of cultural value to students in other disciplines in order that they may better comprehend their heritage and intelligently use the resources of the earth.

ARTS AND SCIENCE l50 THE CURRICULA Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

Major: 35 hours. Geology: Geol. 121, 122, 210, 220. Additional 7 hours in Geology selected with ap­ proval of adviser. Chem. Phys. 111-112, Math. 112.

Recreation Land Management: (32 hour Geology Emphasis) Geol. 121, 122, 350, 410-411, 430, 515, 530. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Supporting courses must include 12 hours of Physical and Biological Science including Chem. Phys. 111-112; 9 hours of Social Science (at least 6 hours from Hist. 291-292, Anthro. 151-152); 10 hours of Forestry. See p. 123.

Extended Major: 63 hours. Geol. 121, 122, 210, 220, 350, 370, 420, 421. Additional 6 hours in Geology selected with approval of adviser. Chem. Phys. 111-112; 6 additional hours selected from Chem. 213, Phys. 213, Phys. 275; Math. 112, 136; Engl. 202.

Minor: 18 hours: (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science) Geol. 121, 122. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser.

Graduate Degrees The Department of Geology offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree in Geology and the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Earth Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

Description Of Courses GeoL 121 Physical Geology (4) Fundamental physical aspects of the earth's crust; rocks and minerals, structures, landforms and their origin. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab; field trips. Fee $ 10.00. Geol. 122 Historical Geology (4) Chronological sequence of events in the history of the earth and its inhabitants. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab.; field trips, including an overnight trip to the Grand Canyon. Fee $22.00. Geol. 210 Mineralogy (4) Identification of minerals by physical and chemical tests. Elementary crystallography. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $ 3.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 121, Chem. Pbys. 111-112, or concurrent enrollment.

GeoL 220 Petrology (4) Study of the origin, description, classification and identification of rocks in hand speci­ men. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab.; field trips. Fee $3.00.

Prerequisite: Geol. 210

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 151

Geol. 305 Earth Science (2) A study of the earth, its structure, motions, atmosphere (weather and climate) and oceans. Not acceptable for application to the geology major or minor. One hr. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Geol. 350 General Paleontology (4) Principles and methods of paleontology including classification, morphology, evolution and distribution of fossil organisms. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab.; field trips. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 122 or upper division standing in biological science.

Geol. 360 Geologic Techniques (3) Geologic principles applied to industrial technology, and geologic techniques supporting engineering practices. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Geol. 310 or by consent of instructor for those with engineering background.

Geol. 370 Structural Geology (5) Recognition interpretation, and representation of geologic structures. Consideration of fundamental principles of deformation of solid bodies. Three hrs. lea., six hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 121

Geol. 410-411 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (3-3) Analytical study of sediments and their origin. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $3.00. Study of basic stratigraphic principles and praaices. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 122,310

Geol. 420 Field Methods (2) Methods and instruments required for gathering and interpreting geologic data in the field. One hr. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Upper division standing in geology or approval of instructor.

Geol. 421 Summer Field Geology (6) A six-week course in geologic mapping and field investigation. Fee $50.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 420 Geol. 430 Geomorphology (3) The interpretation of the development, history, and significance of landforms. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 121 or approval of instructor.

Geol. 460 Introduction to Geophysics (3) Survey of the principles and methods of geophysics as applied to Geologic problems. Prerequisites: Geol. 121, Phys. 213, Math. 136, or permission of instructor. Geol. 485H Undergraduate Research (1-6) Independent laboratory or field research project. Graduate Courses

Geol. 500 Technical Sessions in Geology (1/2 ) Weekly meeting of all undergraduate and graduate geology majors. Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing in geology.

Geol. 505 Advanced Paleontology (2-3) Study of seleaed groups of fossil organisms through time. Prerequisite: Geol. 350 or consent of the instructor.

Geol 515 Founders and Concepts of Geology (2) The men and concepts that contributed to the evolution of geology as a science; analysis of some controversial problems.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 152 THE CURRICULA

Geol. 520 Economic Geology (3) The geology of the metallic and non-metallic mineral deposits of economic significance. Two hrs. lea., three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 210, 220, or consent of instructor. Geol. 522 Optical Mineralogy (3) Optical crystallography and the identification of minerals under the microscope. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 210

Geol. 530 Geology of North America (3) Regional study of the growth of the continent with use of advanced principles of the science. Prerequisite: Geol. 121, 122, or 6 semester hrs. of geography.

Geol. 531 Field Geology for Teachers (3) Field study of selected geological localities in northern Arizona. Fee $20.00. Prerequisite: One year of Geology or permission of instructor. Geol. 538 Elements of Geology (2) (Pre-Session) An introductory course designed to meet the needs of the teachers of Earth Science in ele­ mentary and secondary schools, not for Geology majors. Lectures, laboratory work, and field trips. Fee $12.50. Geol. 550 Marine Geology (3) Geology of the continental shelves and ocean basins, their origin, form, structure, and sediments. Prerequisites: Geol. 410-411.

Geol. 606 Geology for Teachers (3) Deals with materials and processes of earth's surface which teachers need to teach units in Elementary Science. Fee $3.00. Geol. 611-612 Sedimentary Petrology (3-3) 611: Petrographic analysis of sandstones; paleogeographic reconstruction of source areas and environment of deposition of sediments. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 410-411, Geol. 522. 612: Carbonate rocks; the origin, distribution, composition, and textures of carbonate rocks. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 522 or consent of instructor. Geol. 621 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4) Study of the texture and composition of igneous and metamorphic rocks with emphasis on origins. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $15.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 522. Geol. 630 Micropaleontology (2) A srudy of important microfossils, especially foraminifera, ostracods, and conodonts. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Geol. 350. Geol. 635 Paleoecology (3) Interpretation of ancient environments and the adaption of organisms to these environ­ ments. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: Geol. 350, 410-411. Geol. 670 Geotectonics (3) Investigation into principles of the deformative processes and structure of the earth. Prerequisites: Geol. 370, 530. Geol. 697 Independent Study in Geology (1-3 ) Geol. 698 Graduate Seminar (1-2) Discussion and readings on selected subjects. Geol. 699 Thesis (4-6) A research paper based upon original investigation.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 153 Geophysics OBJECTIVES Geophysics has two major objectives: (1) To provide an integrated program of study in geology, physics and mathematics as a basis for advanced work in geophysics and geology; (2) To provide fundamental preparation for professional work in geological and geophysical exploration of the earth. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 54 hours, with 19 hour minor in mathematics Geol. 121, 122, 210, 220, 370, 460. Chem. Phys. III, 112. Phys. 213, 255, 351 (or Egr. 477), plus balance of electives with approval of adviser, and Math. 136, 137, 238, 239 plus balance of electives in the mathematics minor at the 300 level or higher. History PROFESSORS: Downum, Kyte, Lyon (Dept. Chr.), Nutt ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: McFarlane, Nash ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Coates, Mayo, Poen, Roosen, Rulon, Vogeler, Wallace, Winter; INSTRUCTOR: Behnam

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the History program are fourfold: (1) To provide a knowledge of American culture and society and to inculcate a love for the rights and privileges afforded our citizens, as well as to develop an appreciation of the duties and obligations of citizenship; (2) To contribute to the preparation oi teachers and to meet the requirements of pre-law students; (3) To promote general education through fostering habits of critical study, clarity of thought and diligence in research; (4) To nurture the respect for scholarship and learning that characterizes liberally educated men and women. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 36 or 53 hours. History: Hist 140-141, 291-292 and additional upper division courses in History selected with the approval of the adviser. The extended major also includes courses in related areas. A minor is optional with extended major.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 154 THE CURRICULA

U.S. History Emphasis: One-third of the students' program is in historical periods, one-third in regional or thematic, and one-third outside the emphasis. An outline of this major is available upon the request of the History Department. The extended major also includes courses in related areas. A minor is optional with ex­ tended major. World History Emphasis: One-third of the students' program is in historical periods, one-third in regional or thematic, and one-third outside the emphasis. An outline of this major is available upon the request of the History Department. The extended major also includes courses in related areas. A minor is optional with extended major. Latin American Civilization Emphasis (53 hours): This is an interdivisional major, consisting of history, political science, soci­ ology, geography, anthropology, economics, literature, art and music. The student is expected to take a Spanish minor. Programs constructed with adviser.

Minor: 18 hours. Hist. 140, 141, 291, 292, and 6 hours of upper division history approved by the academic adviser.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Recreation Land Management: (32 hour History emphasis) Hist. 291-292, 595-596, 597, and additional hours in history selected with approval of adviser. Supporting courses include twelve hours from physical sciences (Chemistry, Physics, Geology), nine hours from Law Enforcement, Political Science, and Anthropology, ten hours from Forestry and Biology selected with approval of adviser. See p. 123.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours. See under College of Education for details. Graduate Degrees The Department of History and Social Science offers courses leading to the degrees of Master of Arts in History, Master of Arts in Social Science, and Master of Arts in the Teaching of Social Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details. Description Of Courses Hist. 140 History of Western Civilization to 1660 (3) European social, cultural, and political development with attention to institutional trends and influences. Hist. 141 History of Western Civilization Since 1660 (3) Major phases of European civilization to the present; the social and cultural background of our own age.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA. 155

Hist. 291 United States 1492-1865 (3) Colonial period and national development to the close of the Civil War. Hist. 292 United States Since 1865 (3) Social, economic, and political developments since the Civil War. Prerequisite for all History courses numbered above 300: Six semester hours of lower division History. Hist. 301-302 History and Development of Political Thought (3-3) See P.S. 301-302. Hist. 307 Main Currents in Scientific Thought (3) A brief examination of the broader ideas of science as they have developed in the western world. Hist. 320 History of the Ancient World (3) The evolution of Greek and Roman culture; contributions to the development of western culture. Hist. 330 The Middle Ages (3) The transition from Roman to Germanic Europe; the development of the Papacy monasti- cism, feudalism and national states; the medieval intellectual synthesis and its breakdown. Hist. 331 African History (3) African pre-history; impact of the wesrern powers; twentieth century developments. Hist. 340 Renaissance and Reformation (3) The cultural, political, and social development of Europe from the Middle Ages to the Age of Louis XIV. Hist. 341 The Old Regime (2) The government and cultural development of the major European nations between the Reformation and the French Revolutfon. Hist. 356 Philosophy of History (3) See Phil. 356. Hist. 375 England to 1688 (3) Society, government and culture from Roman and Anglo-Saxon to Stuart times; medieval kingship, the Church and Parliament; the Tudor Renaissance and Reformation; the Civil War and emergence of the constitution of 1688. Hist. 376 England Since 1688 (3) Society, government and culture from Queen Anne to Elizabeth II; the Hanoverians, the constitution and the Empire; the Industrial Revolution and the Victorian age; war, politics and life in the 20th century. Hist. 377 The British Empire (3) The evolution of a maritime empire from medieval to Victorian times; the idea and operation of the imperial system; government, economy and culture of the colonies and dominions; the 20th century Commonwealth. Hist. 380 History of Latin America to 1810 (3) Spanish exploration and impact upon Indian civilization; political, social, economic, religious, and cultural development in the colonial period. Hist. 381 History of Latin America Since 1810 (3) Struggle for independence, the problems of national development. Hist. 390-391 American Thought and Culture (3-3) Meaning and significance of various social and cultural aspects of American Hisrory from Puritanism through the New Deal.

Hist. 392 Colonial Period in American History (3) The background of European exploration and settlement in North America, and the political, social and economic development of colonies to 1763.

Hist. 393 Civil War and Reconstruction (3) Readings and discussion on the causes of the Civil War, and positive and negative effects of Reconstruction.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 156 THE CURRICULA

Hist. 394 History of the South (3) The political, military, social, economic, and cultural history of the South from the Missouri Controversy to the present. Hist. 395-396 Diplomatic History of the United States (3-3) Ma'tor foreign policies of the United States, and leadership in the evolution of foreign policy since the establishment of the new nation. Hist. 397 History of Minority Groups in America (3) Political, social, and economic facets of the Negro, Hispanic, and Indian American. May be repeated for credit. Hist. 443 Nineteenth Century Europe (3) The international development of the chief European states; the genesis and settlement of World War I; the foundations of the present century. Hist. 444 The World Since 1919 (3) The breakdown of collective securiry; the development of dictatorship and the crisis of democracy, genesis, conclusion, and consequences of World War II. For Liberal studies credit. Hist. 450 History of Russia to 1861 (3) A survev of Russia from the earliest times to the passage of the Great Reform Act of 1861. Emphasis is on the interrelationship of political, social, economic, and religious institutions. Hist. 451 History of Russia Since 1861 (3) A survey of Russian history from the Serf Liberation Act to the present period. Particular emphasis is placed on both revolutions from above and revolutions from below. Hist. 480 Regional Studies in Latin America (3) A study of the political, economic and social evolution of South America's most important nations. May be repeated for credit. Hist. 482 History of Mexico (3) Study of the political, economic and social evolution of Mexico and a consideration of Mexico's place in world affairs.

Hist. 490H The Enlightenment (3) A course designed to challenge able and ambitious students to evaluate the Enlightenment critically considering historical, philosophic, cultural, and scientific aspects of the period. Extensive and intensive reading leads to discussion and reports. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Hist. 491 The Formative Years (3) Coming of the Revolution, the Revolution, the Confederation, making the Constitution, the Federalist period.

Hist. 492 Jefferson and Jackson (3) Political and social developments from 1800 to 1848.

Hist. 493 Foundations of Recent U.S. (3) Political and social development from I860 to 1917.

Hist. 494 Recent United States History (3) The political, economic, and cultural development of the United States since World War I. For liberal Studies credit.

Hist. 495-496 Economic History of the U.S. (3-3) Agrarian and commercial background; development of the factorv system and industrial production: the transportation revolution; finance, capitalism and political response to industrialism.

Hist. 497 Independent Reading (3) For the superior student: oral exam or written reviews of books; 2 books per credit hour or 150 hours of work.

Hist. 498 Colloquium in History (3) An interdisciplinary approach to special topics. Studies and discussions in subjects ar- ranged by the instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 157 Graduate Courses Hist. 525 Modern East Asia: China and Japan (3) The impact of western powers on China and Japan since the beginning of the nineteenth century. Hist. 526 Modern South Asia: India and Southeast Asia (3) Emphasis on sources; western impact of nationalism, democracy, and communism. Hist. 556 World Communism (3) A short introduction to communism followed by an analysis of its modern remains and variations. Hist. 570 History of American Education (3) A concentrated study of the development and history of education in America. See Educ. 370. Hist. 580 Inter-American Diplomacy (1826-Present) (3) Development of the regional system of American republics. Pacific settlement, collective security arrangements. Developments during the "Good Neighbor" era to the present with emphasis on the Organization of American States. Hist. 594 The City in American History (3) The impact ol the ciry in American history. The city in the colonial and ante-bellum periods is treated, but emphasis is placed upon post Civil War history. Hist. 595 History of the Colonial and Trans-Appalachian West, 1607-1850 (3) The Turner Thesis. The significance of the West in American national development; land policy ol the colonial and Federal government; sectionalism in ante-bellum America. Hist. 596 History of the Trans-Mississippi West, 1790-1900 (3) Geographical and climatic factors in the Far West, political, economic, and social evolution of tne western territories and states; the agrarian revolt; the closing of the frontier. Hist. 597 Arizona and Southwestern History (3) Traces Arizona's history from its Indian and_ Hispanic backgrounds; the frontier of Spain; the period of U.S. acquisition, the territorial days; statehood. Hist. 601 The Social Sciences; Uses and Methodologies (3) Methods and evaluations in the social sciences, basic research techniques and philosophies of the social sciences. Hist. 620 Studies in Asian History (3) Independent investigation of assigned topics, which accompany class lectures. Hist. 621 Problems in Asian History (3) Current publications and research in Asian history. Hist. 624 United States Far Eastern Relations (3) U.S. foreign policy toward the Orient. Hist. 635 Medieval Institutions (3) Feudalism; the church, medieval towns. Hist. 639 The Renaissance (3) The culture, political, and social development of Europe from the Middle Ages to the Reformation. Hist 642 Europe and the French Revolution (3) The French Revolution and its effect upon European ideas, politics and organization. Hist. 645 France Since 1815 (3) The chief social, political and cultural factors in the growth of modern France. Hist. 646 Breakdown of Collective Security (3) The concept and practice of collective security; the crisis with Japan. Germany and Russia.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 158 THE CURRICULA

Hist. 648 Germany Since 1867 (3) The chief social, political, and cultural factors in the growth of modern Germany. Hist. 649 Problems in European History (3) Designed to cover specific subjects in European history, such as Marxism, Soviet Union, the Common Market, etc. Individual investigation of assigned topics will be made to each student in class. Hist. 678 Britain Since 1918 (3) Evolution of British politics and foreign policy through two world wars. Hist. 680 Problems in Latin American History ( 3) Designed to cover specific subjects in Latin American History. Individual investigation of assigned topics will be made to each student in die class. Hist. 691 Leaders and Leadership in United States (3) The qualities of American leaders, their motives, methods, and objectives, and their successes and failures in changing the American environment. Hist. 693 The United States and Europe (3) Analyzes the interaction of the United States with England, and Western Europe with emphasis on a study of the flow of goods, services and capital, technology, cultural and scientific concepts, populations, and governmental relations. Covering the period from the American colonial era to the present, the course is designed to demonstrate the development of American participation in an international community, from a tributary position to one of leadership. Hist. 695 Problems in American History (3) Designed to cover specific subjects in American history, such as economic, cultural, urban, diplomatic history, involving independent investigation of assigned topics. May be repeated for credit. Hist. 696 Studies in American History (3) Designed to acquaint the graduate student with current research, publications, and methodology in such fields as economic, cultural, urban, constitutional history. A series of reports will be written and each student will evaluate other presentations. May be repeated for credit. Hist. 697 Independent Study (1-2) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research. Hist. 699 Thesis—Maximum Credit (4) Arranged. Hist. 795-796 Internship in College Teaching (1-1) Seminar, primarily for graduate assistants, in teaching on the Junior college level. Linguistics OBJECTIVES The interdepartmental program in linguistics offers both undergraduate and graduate level instruction. No major is offered and the program is presently under the direction of the Dean of the College of Arts and Science. Broadly speaking, linguistics is simply the study of language as language. Like other rapidly devel­ oping fields, linguistics resists simple classification into one of the traditional categories of academic disciplines. Considered as one of the humanities, linguistics concentrates on the historical development of a particular language or language family, or on the relation between a language and the literature composed in that language. Considered as a social science, linguistics may be related to anthro­ pology, in describing language as a part of culture; or it may be related to psychology, in describing language as a kind of behavior. One branch of linguistics, phonetics, may even be considered a natural science, related to the physical science of acoustics and the biological sciences of anatomy and physiology. Considered as

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 159 an engineering science, linguistics has found many applications in fields as far apart as language pedagogy and mechanical translation. Finally, linguistics may be considered a formal science in its own right, related to mathematics and formal logic. Description Of Courses Ling. 291-292 Linguistic Phonology and Grammar (3-3) See Lang. 291-292. Ling. 369 Cultural Linguistics (3) See Anthro. 369. Ling. 420-421 Survey of Linguistics (3-3) Modern descriptive linguistics and synchronic linguistic analysis. Same as Anthro. 420-421. Ling. 552 Methodology in English as a Second Language (3) See Engl. 552. Ling. 612-613 Linguistics for Teachers (3-3) Introduction to general linguistics with particular reference to applied linguistics in the teaching of bilingual students. Same as Anthro. 612-613. Prerequisite: B.S. Ed. degree, or consent of instructor. Ling. 630 Modern English Grammar (3) See Engl. 630. Ling. 654-655 Structure of English (3-3) See Engl. 654-655. Mathematics PROFESSORS Adel, Butchart, Little (Dept Chr.), Walter; ASSOCIATE PRO­ FESSORS Gray, Meyer, Moore; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Johnson, Martin, Micklich, Mutter, Packard, Perko, Rozema, Schulz, Steffensen; INSTRUCTORS Ashley, Bell, Bloomfield, Jones, Kirk, McMacken, Ovrebo, Weitzenkamp. OBJECTIVES The purposes of the offerings in mathematics are: (1) to provide the student the satisfaction of the pursuit of a substantial intellectual endeavor; (2) to foster the student's appreciation of the role of mathematics in the evolution of culture; (3) to assist the student in preparation for career goals in which mathe­ matics is either directly or indirectly involved, including the preparation for advanced graduate study or for teaching mathematics, as well as working as a professional mathematician in business, industry, or government. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 35 hours. Math. 135, 136, 137, 238, 239, 340, 341, plus courses numbered 300 or above as approved by the adviser. Minor: 18 hours. Math. 136, 137, 238, 340, and any one of Math. 135, 239, 341, 361, or 370 as approved by the adviser.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 160 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 32 hours. Math. 135, 136, 137, 238, 239, 340, 341, 365 plus courses numbered 300 or above as approved by the adviser.

Minor: 24 hours. Math. 135,136,137, 238, 340, 365, and 270 or 370. Note: In any of the major or minor programs listed, the student who is prepared to start in the basic sequence of courses at some point beyond Math. 135 will increase the number of elective upper-division courses in his program-

Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours. See under College of Education for details.

Graduate Degrees

The Department of Mathematics offers courses leading to the Master of Science degree in Mathematics and the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Mathematics. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

Description Of Courses

Math. 105 Fundamentals of Mathematics (2) A basic review of elementary mathematics. Two hrs. lect. Math. 109 Intermediate Algebra (2) To be taken by those who need more mathematics but are not prepared for Math 110. Two hrs. lect. Prerequisite: High school Algebra and Geometry. Math. 110 College Algebra (3) Polynomials, factoring, fractions, exponents, radicals, equations and inequalities, algebraic functions, exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: High school Algebra and Geometry.

Math. 112 College Algebra-Trigonometry (4) Algebraic operations, solution of linear and quadratic equations and systems intuitive differentiation and integration of polynomials, trigonometric definitions and fundamental identities and solution of triangles, and logarithms. Prerequisite: 2 years of High School Algebra or Math. 109.

Math. 130 Finite Mathematics (3) Matrices and solution of linear systems, inequalities linear programming, permutations and combinations, discrete probability, and brief introduction to descriptive statistics. Prerequisite: Math. 110 or 112.

Math. 135 Elementary Functions (4) Introduction to number systems, functions and relations, linear systems and matrices, mathematical induction. A precalculus course for majors and minors.

Prerequisite: 3 years of high school Algebra or Math. 110 or Math. 112.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 161

Math. 136 Calculus and Analytic Geometry I (4) Functions, linear inequalities, limits, derivatives, differentiation of algebraic functions, maxima-minima, definite integral, geometry of lines and conics. An intuitive treatment of introductory calculus. Prerequisite: Math, 135 or its equivalent.

Math. 137 Calculus and Analytic Geometry II (4) Limits and continuity; differentiation and integration of some transcendental functions; parametric equations; polar co-ordinates; vectors in two and three dimensions; formal integration. Prerequisite: Math, 136 or its equivalent.

Math. 238 Calculus and Linear Algebra (4) Partial differentiation; multiple integration; linear algebra; vector spaces; linear trans­ formations; eigenvalues; complex vector spaces. Prerequisite: Math. 137 or its equivalent.

Math. 239 Differential Equations and Infinite Series (4) Ordinary equations of first and second order, simultaneous linear systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series, series solutions of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math, 238.

Math. 241 General Mathematics (4) The interrelationships between the various fields of mathematics and the applications of mathematics to the natural and social sciences. Fundamental concepts are taught through a study of the theory of modern mathematics, logic, sets, numeration systems, mathe­ matical models of problems, probability and statistics, with special emphasis on the historical development of mathematics in its cultural context.

Math. 242 Introduction to the History and Philosophy of Mathematics (2) A survey of the historical and philosophical background of the methods of modern mathematics. It will consider the role of mathematical thinking in the development of various fields of the sciences. Prerequisite: Math. 110 or equivalent.

Math. 245 Data Processing Mathematics (3) A study of the mathematics used in programming electronic digital computers. Prerequisite: Math. 112.

Math. 270 Statistics (3) Graphic presentation, frequency distribution, regression analysis, cyclical fluctuations, analysis of variance, curve smoothing, hypothesis testing, presented from the applied viewpoint. Primarily for students majoring in fields other than mathematics. Prerequisite: Math. 110 or equivalent.

Math. 340-341 Introduction to Mathematical Thought (Set Theory) (3-3) Introduces the student to abstract mathematics and gives him a background for courses such as Math. 445 and 531. Topics will be chosen from geometry, elementary set theory, analysis, and modern algebra. Three hrs. lea. Prerequisite: Math. 238 or approval of instructor.

Math. 361 Applied Mathematics (3) Fourier series, LaPlace transformations, partial differential equations, an introduction to vector analysis and complex functions with applications. Prerequisite: Math. 239.

Math. 365 Modern Geometry (3) A continuation of high school plane geometry; valuable for teachers. Three hrs. lect. Prerequisite: Math. 136 or approval of instructor.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 162 THE CURRICULA

Math. 370-371 Probability Theory and Mathematical Statistics (3-3 ) 370: Combinations permutations, random variables, moments of discrete probability functions and applications of some special distributions. 371: Continuous random variables, moments of special distributions, gamma function, sampling distributions, and point and interval estimation. Prerequisites: 370: Math. 137 or consent of instructor. 371: Math. 370 or consent of instructor.

Math. 445 Modern Abstract Algebra (3) The theory of groups, rings, fields and ideals — concepts which are basic to the under­ standing of recent developments in algebra. Three hrs. lea. Prerequisite: Math. 340 or approval of instructor.

Math. 485H Undergraduate Research (1-6) See Honors Program. Graduate Courses

Math. 501 School Mathematics Programs (3) Investigation of school mathematics programs with emphasis on the secondary level. Prerequisite: A minor in mathematics or consent of instructor.

Math. 507 Modern Mathematics for Teachers (3) This combines a refresher of elementary mathematics with an introduction to some interesting topics of modern mathematics. Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics and a degree of maturity preferably obtained from teaching experience.

Math. 511-512 Introduction to Higher Algebra (3-3) Linear dependence, determinants, discriminants, bilinear and quadric forms. Prerequisite: Math. 340 or its equivalent.

Math. 516 Finite Dimensional Vector Spaces (3) This is a fundamental algebraic development of vector analysis and matrix theory. Prerequisite: Math. 137 or approval of instructor.

Math. 521-522 Synthetic and Algebraic Projective Geometry (3-3) Geometric properties unaltered by projection and section. Theorems of Desargues, Steiner. Pascal, and Brianchon. Prerequisite: Matb. 136-137 or approval of instructor.

Math. 531 Advanced Calculus 1(3) Presents a more rigorous foundation for elementary calculus. Advanced applications. Prerequisite: Math. 238, 341.

Math. 535 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. Calculus of complex numbers, elementary functions, Cauchy theory, calculus of residues, special functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 341.

Math. 561 Introduction to Mathematical Physics (3) The madiematical tools of physics with applications to problems in mechanics, electricity, and magnetism, etc. Prerequisite: Matb. 361 and 1 year physics, or consent of instructor.

Math. 563 Numerical Analysis (3) Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations. Applications of digital computers to fining polynomial and transcendental functions to data. Prerequisite: Matb. 360 and 361.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 163

Math. 602 Instructional Materials in Mathematics (3) Introduction to sources of materials, including textbooks, models, tests, historical source material, and newer educational media. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

Math. 609 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3) Investigation of contemporary issues and trends through study of philosophical and experimental research relating learning theory to teaching of mathematics. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor; prefer some experience teaching secondary mathematics.

Math. 611 Theory of Finite Groups (3) Permutation groups, abstract groups, Cayley's theorem, Sylow's theorem. Prerequisite: Math. 511, 512.

Math. 618 Theory of Numbers (3) Divisibility, congruences, continued fractions, Fermat's theorem, quadratic residues. Prerequisite: An undergraduate minor in mathematics.

Math. 624 Differential Geometry (3) Properties of curves and surfaces in the neighborhood of a point treated by calculus and vector methods. Prerequisite: Math. 238.

Math. 630 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (3) Point sec theory, modern theory of measure and integration, differentiation, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 531 or approval of instructor.

Math 632 Advanced Calculus II (3) A continuation of Math 531. Prerequisite: Math. 531 or Math. 630, or consent of instructor.

Math 637 Functional Analysis (3) Normed linear, Banach and Htlbert spaces, bounded linear operators, uniform boundedness principle, interior mapping principle, Hahn-Banach theorem. Prerequisite: Math. 516, 630.

Math 641-642 Point Set Topology (3-3) Topological spaces, metric spaces, compactness, connectedness, local properties and uniform spaces.

Prerequisite: Math. 511, 512 or approval of instructor.

Math. 697 Independent Study in Mathematics (1-2)

Math. 699 Thesis (2-4) Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree. Math. 795-796 Internship in College Teaching (1-1) Prerequisite: Approval of the Chairman of the Department.

Modern Languages

PROFESSORS Giusti (Dept. Chr.); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS de la Pena, Sommer; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Kobylin, Kuzin-Lomsakov, Park, Rivero; INSTRUCTORS d'Aquin, Goossen, Hernandez, Rodriguez.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 164 THE CURRICULA

OBJECTIVES The modern language program has a fourfold purpose in instruction: (1) to teach the student to speak, read, and write the language within the scope of a limited vocabulary; (2) to give advanced students a background of oral language and literature so they may pursue its study for their own pleasure and culture; (3) to promote friendly relations between people of our own and other countries because of increased understanding of languages, customs, and cultures; (4) to prepare language teachers with majors and minors in Spanish, French and German.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS Majors: 35 hours. French: Must include at least 12 hours selected from 400 level courses. German: Must include at least 12 hours selected from 400 level courses. Spanish: Must include at least 12 hours selected from 400 level courses.

Combination Major: 53 hours. Minimum hours in first language, 30. Minimum hours in second language, 20. Second language must include 6 semester hours in 300 level courses. An outside minor required.

Minors: 18 hours (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science) Courses meeting the requirements for a minor may be selected in French, German, Russian, or Spanish.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Majors: 35 hours. French: Must include at least 12 hours selected from 400 level courses. German: Must include at least 12 hours selected from 400 level courses. Spanish: Must include at least 12 hours selected from 400 level courses.

Minors: 20 hours. Courses meeting the requirements for a minor may be selected in French, German, Russian, or Spanish. At least six hours of 300 level courses are required.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 165 Graduate Degrees

The Department of Modern Language offers courses leading to the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Spanish. See Graduate Bulletin for details.

Description Of Courses FRENCH Fren. 101-102 First Year French (4-4) Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Careful attention will be given to the spoken language, and work in the language laboratory will be a required part of the course. Fee $2.00.

Fren. 201-202 Second Year French (4-4) Review of grammar, reading of modern French prose and poetry. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Fren. 102 or equivalent.

Fren. 303-304 Intermediate Composition and Conversation (3-3) Review oi grammar; practice in composition and conversation. Prerequisite: Fren. 102 or equivalent.

Fren. 311-312 Nineteenth Century Literature (3-3) Analysis of the ideas and the literary movements. Lectures, class reading of some of the more important works, written reports. Prerequisite: Fren. 202.

Fren. 403-404 Advanced Composition and Conversation (3-3) Will stress modern French, spoken and literary, through reports and group discussion on various aspects on contemporary France. Prerequisite: Fren. 304 or equivalent.

Fren. 405-406 French Civilization (2-2) Study of the development of French culture and institutions. Prerequisite: Fren. 304 or equivalent.

Fren. 411-412 Twentieth Century Literature (3-3) Outline of the evolution of twentieth century French literature with its major works in novels, drama, and poetry. Analysis of style and of the ideas expressed by the authors. Collateral reading and reports. Prerequisite: Fren. 304 or 312.

GERMAN Ger. 101-102 First Year German (4-4) Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Careful attention will be given to the spoken language, and work in the language laboratory will be a required part of the course. Fee $2.00.

Ger. 201-202 Second Year German (4-4) Review of grammar, reading of modern German prose and poetry. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent.

Ger. 210 Scientific German (2) Word analysis and contextual reading. Prerequisite: 201 or equivalent.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 166 THE CURRICULA

Ger. 303-304 Intermediate Composition and Conversation (3-3 ) Review of grammar, practice in composition and conversation. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Ger. 311-312 German Literature from 1720 to 1830 (3-3) 311: Enlightenment, Pietism, Storm and Stress. 312: Classicism and Romanticism. Lectures; critical reading: written reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 202, preferably 303 and/or 304.

Ger. 403-404 Advanced Composition and Conversation (3-3) Designed to develop the student's oral and written mastery of modern German through reports and class discussions. Prerequisite: Ger. 304 or equivalent.

Ger. 405-406 German Civilization (2-2) A study of the development of German culture and institutions from the age of Frederick the Great (ca. 1740) to the present. Prerequisite: Ger. 304 or equivalent.

Ger. 411-412 German Literature from 1830 to Present (3-3) 411: Biedermeier, Young Germany, Realism, and Naturalism. 412: Impressionism and twentieth century German literature. Lectures; critical reading; written reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 304 or 312. LINGUISTICS Lang. 291-292 linguistic Phonology and Grammar (3-3) The 6rst half of the course deals with Linguistic Phonology, with emphasis upon the sound systems of major European languages, including theory and practice in sound articulation and discrimination. Same as Ling. 291 and Spch. 291. The second half of the course deals with Morphology and Syntax, with emphasis upon the grammatical systems of major European languages. Same as Ling. 292. Three hours credit may be applied toward a major in any modern foreign language. NAVAJO Nav. 101-102 First Year Navajo (4-4) Designed for those who want to gain some fluency in the speaking, reading, and writing of basic conversational Navajo. Fee $2.00. Nav. 204-205 Navajo Composition and Oral Literature (3-3) Navajo language structure wjdi emphasis on composition that covers the history, culture and present-day intercultural exchange. Prerequisite: A basic command of the Navajo language. RUSSIAN Russ. 101-102 First Year Russian (4-4) Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Careful attention will be given to the spoken language, and work in the language laboratory will be a required part of the course. Fee $2.00. Russ. 201-202 Second Year Russian (4-4) Reading and conversation, with review of grammar and composition. Fee $2.00. Russ. 303-304 Conversational Russian (2-2) Stresses conversational approach to Russian. SPANISH Span. 101-102 First Year Spanish (4-4) Inductive grammar, reading, and conversational drills. Careful attention will be given to the spoken langage, and work in the language laboratory will be a required part of the coarse. Fee $2.00.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 167

Span. 201-202 Second Year Spanish (44) Reading of modern Spanish short stories and plays, review of grammar. Fee $2 00 Prerequisite: Span. 102 or equivalent.

Span. 303-304 Intermediate Spanish Composition and Conversation (3-3) Simple composition and conversation with a review of grammar. Prerequisite: Span. 102 or equivalent.

Span. 305 Modern Spanish Literature (3) Reading of modern Spanish novels and plays for appreciation of their social and histori­ cal importance. Prerequisite: Span. 202 or equivalent.

Span. 306 Modern Spanish literature (3) A continuation of Span. 305.

Span. 403-404 Advanced Composition and Conversation (3-3) Designed to develop the student's oral and written mastery of modern Spanish through reports and class discussions. Prerequisite: Span. 303, 304 or equivalent.

Span. 405 Modern Spanish Poetry (3) Works or Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Spanish poets will be read with much oral work in class to assist in understanding and enjoying style and rhythm. Prerequisites: Span. 305, 306 or equivalent.

Span. 406 Cervantes (3) The Quixote and selected Novelas Ejemplares. Prerequisites: Span. 305, 306 or equivalent.

Span. 407 Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel (3) The development of the Spanish novel as seen in the works of representative authors. Collateral readings and reports. Prerequisites: Span. 305, 306 or equivalent.

Span. 408 Twentieth Century Spanish Novel (3) A study of the trends in the Spanish novel since 1900. Collateral readings and reports. Prerequisites: Span. 305, 306 or equivalent.

Graduate Courses

Span. 588 Contemporary Mexican Literature (3) Class reading and discussion of the outstanding works and authors of the contemporary period. Collateral readings and reports. Prerequisite: Two 400 level courses in Spanish. Span. 589 History of Spanish Literature (3) A detailed study cf Spanish literature and history from the Middle Ages to the begin­ ning of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Two 400 level courses in Spanish.

Span. 603 Advanced Spanish Composition and Style (3) Prerequisite: Span. 403, 404 or equivalent.

Span. 604 Advanced Spanish Composition and Style (3) Prerequisite: Span. 603 or equivalent.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 168 THE CURRICULA

Span. 605 Golden Age Prose (3) Class leading and discussion of the most noted picaresque novels. Collateral readings and reports. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature. Span. 608 Contemporary Spanish Drama (3) Major works presenting the evolution from classical to contemporary Spanish theater. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature.

Span. 609 Teaching Spanish in the Secondary School (3) Prerequisite: The equivalent of an undergraduate minor in Spanish.

Span. 610 Modern Spanish-American Poetry (3) lecture and class discussion on various aspects of the development of this poetry as independent literarure. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature.

Span. 611 Romantic Drama (3) Reading and discussion of the outstanding romantic dramatists with outside readings and reports. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature.

Span. 616 Contemporary Spanish-American Novel (3) Major works of Azuela. Gallegos, Asturias, Porges, and other outstanding novelists. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature.

Span. 621 Advanced Readings in Cervantes (3) Extensive analysis of Cervantes' Novelas Ejemplares. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature.

Span. 622 Golden Age Drama (3) Reading of plays of the foremost dramatists of the Siglo de Oro, with outside readings and reports. Prerequisite: Two advanced undergraduate courses in Spanish literature.

Span. 699 Thesis (4) Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Nursing

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Bachmann, Evans, Pate (Dept. Chr.) INSTRUCTORS Gard, Page

OBJECTIVES

Objectives of the Nursing Program are as follows: (1) Develop fundamental knowledge in the social, behavioral, and natural sciences as a foundation for individualized patient care; (2) Develop nursing techniques which will enable her to give safe nursing care under supervision; (3) Develop ability for goal directed interaction with patients, family members, and health team members; (4) Develop ability to utilize the problem solving approach in giving individual­ ized patient care; (5) Develop basic concepts pertaining to team nursing; (6) Develop ability to contribute to the nursing profession and to community health.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 169 Degree Requirements ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE Application to and acceptance by the Department of Nursing, NAU, prior to fall admission to the University and

Major: 69 hours. Engl. 102, 103; Biol. 156, 225; Psych. 150; Soc. 151; H.E. 290; Nsg. 101, 102, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205; Humanities and Electives.

Description Of Courses Nursing 101 Nursing Science (3) Introduction is made to the profession of nursing and the responsibilities in application of nursing skills. An introduction to Pharmacology is made. Three hrs. lea., sir hrs lab. Offered in fall. Prerequisite: Admission into the nursing curriculum.

Nursing 102 Maternal-Child Health Nursing (6) Nursing concepts are related to the basic family unit throughout the maternity cycle, childhood and adolescence. Three hrs. lect., nine hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Successful completion of previous term.

Nursing 201 Psychiatric Nursing (6) A study of behavioral theories and clinical application. Three hrs. lea., twelve hrs. lab. Offered in summer at Arizona State Hospital. Prerequisite: Successful completion of previous term.

Nursing 202 Medical-Surgical Nursing (8)

Focused upon thet care of patients of all ages with common health problems. The principles of nutrition and pharmacology are integrated throughout the course. Three hrs. lea., fifteen hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Successful completion of previous term.

Nursing 203 Medical-Surgical Nursing (8) A continuation of Nursing 202. Three hrs. lect., fifteen hrs. lab. Prerequisite: Successful completion of previous term.

Nursing 204-205 Trends in Nursing (1-1) Introduces the student to factors influencing and affecting modern nursing. One hr. lea.

Nursing 301 Comprehensive Nursing (3) Prepares the student to assume her responsibilities as a graduate nurse. Philosophy PROFESSORS Schurr (Dept. Chr.); ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Jones, Miller, Nietmann, Rea; INSTRUCTORS Walder.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 170 THE CURRICULA

OBJECTIVES The basic objective of the Philosophy program is to equip the student with various philosophical methods so that he may critically examine problems which lend themselves to philosophical investigation. If the student is to understand the sciences, morality, religion, or the arts, he must be able to distinguish the philo­ sophical issues that arise in these fields, from those issues which are purely scientific, moral, religious, or artistic, and he must understand the differences in how these sorts of issues can be handled. More specifically, the objectives of the Philosophy Program are (1) to contribute a critical aspect to general education, (2) to provide pre-professional training in areas where early specialization is normally discouraged (the law, the ministry, etc.), (3) to offer a minor which can be adapted to the needs of students in such areas as natural science, social science, language, literature, and art, and (4) to prepare for graduate study those who would like to teach philosophy.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS Major: 35 hours. Phil. 101 or 252; 340, 342; either 411 or 414; at least one of the following: 341, 343, 405, 406. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Minor: 18 hours. Phil. 340 and 342. Additional hours selected with approval of adviser. Departmental Honors. Students of sophomore or junior standing with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 may apply for admission to the Departmental Honors Program. See department chairman for details.

Description Of Courses

Phil. 101 Classical Logic (3) The construction and criticism of arguments, syllogistic method, formal and informal fallacies. Phil. 150 Problems in Reason and Responsibility (3) Philosophical topics concerning the understanding and conduct of human life. (A Liberal Studies Course.) Phil. 201-202 Introduction to Philosophy (3-3) Fundamental problems in philosophy with emphasis on developing critical techniques. 201: Social philosophy and ethics. 202: £pistemology and metaphysics. (One semester may he taken independently of the other.) Phil. 252 Symbolic Logic (3) Sentential and quantificational logic. Phil. 325 Philosophy of Science (3) Some philosophical problems arising out of the concepts, theories, history and procedures of the sciences.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 171

Phil. 340 Ancient Philosophy (3) Major philosophers and schools of the Greek and Roman periods; emphasis on Plato and Aristotle.

Phil. 341 Medieval Philosophy (3) Major philosophers and schools from close of the classical period to the Renaissance: including Church Fathers, Neo-Platonists, and Schoolmen.

Phil. 342 Modern Philosophy (3) Major philosophers of the sixteenth through eighteenth centuries: including Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant.

Phil. 343 Nineteenth Century Philosophy (3) Major schools of the nineteenth century; emphasis on German Idealism, Existentialism, Positivism.

Phil. 352 Philosophy of Religion (3) Philosophical investigations into religious language, nature and existence of God, status and function of religions.

Phil. 353 Ethics (3) Problems concerning ethical theories, concepts in ethics, and moral arguments.

Phil. 356 Philosophy of History (3) The nature and limits of our knowledge of the past, historical explanation, and aims of historical inquiry. Same as Hist. 356.

Phil. 357 Political Philosophy (3) Philosophical issues encountered in the analysis and evaluation of political and social institutions. Same as P.S. 357.

Phil. 380 Advanced Symbolic Logic (3) A continuation of Phil. 252. Prerequisite: Phil. 252 or permission of instructor.

Phil. 405-406 Twentieth Century Philosophy (3-3) 405: Anglo-American philosophy: including Russell, Ayer, Wittgenstein. 406: Continental and American philosophy: including Husserl, Sartre, Merleau-Ponty. (One semester may be taken independently of the other.) Prerequisite: Phil. 342 or permission of instructor.

Phil. 411 Seminar in a Philosophical Problem (3) The specific topic to be announced in the class schedule. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Phil. 414 Seminar on Major Philosopher(s) (3) The specific philosopher(s) to be announced in the class schedule. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Phil. 480 Logical Theory ( 3 ) Selected topics in logic and the foundations of mathematics. Prerequisite: Phil. 380 or Math. 340.

Graduate Courses

Phil. 653 Issues in Science and Religion (3) An investigation of the status and function of scientific and theological claims, with special attention to possible relationships between them. (A liberal Studies Course.)

ARTS AND SCIENCE 172 THE CURRICULA Physical Science OBJECTIVES Objectives of the Physical Science Program are as follows: (1) To establish a fundamental foundation of understandings and abilities in the areas of astronomy, chemistry, geology, and physics while providing the breadth and integrated point of view which facilitates the teaching of science and supports subsequent specializa­ tion; (2) To develop understanding and appreciation of the scientific view of the universe, the scientific method, and the place of physical science in human affairs. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 35-38 hours. Chem. Phys. 111-112, Chem. 213 and Phys. 213 or Chem. 101, 102, 113 and Phys. 151-152; Chem. 230 or 271, 272, 263; Phys. 342, plus the balance of 35 hours from applicable courses in Astronomy, Chemistry, Geol­ ogy, and Physics. Math. 136-137 required in addition. Extended Major: 60-65 hours. A selection of courses in science and mathematics designed to produce a coherent program for an individual student, and including the requirements under Major above.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 35-38 hours. Chem. Phys. 111-112, Chem. 213 and Phys. 213 or Chem. 101, 102, 113 and Phys. 151-152; Chem. 230 or 271, 272, 263; Phys. 342, plus the balance of 35 hours from applicable courses in Astronomy, Chemistry, Geology, and Physics. Math. 136-137 required in addition of students preparing to teach Chemistry or Physics in high school. Minor: 20-23 hours. Chem. Phys. 111-112, Chem. 213 and Phys. 213 or Chem. 101, 102, 113 and Phys. 151-152; plus the balance of 20 hours from applicable courses in Chemistry and Physics. Graduate Degree A graduate degree, Master of Arts in the Teaching of Physical Science, is offered under the Physical Science program. See the Graduate Bulletin for details. Description Of Courses Phys. Sci. 125 Man and His Physical World (4) Principles, techniques and facts from the fields of Astronomy, Chemistry, Geology Meteorology and Physics which affect everyday living in the complex world of today. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Will not meet science requirements for major or for pre-professional curricula. Fee $ 3.00.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 173 Physics PROFESSORS Bedwell, Willis (Dept. Chr.); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Billings, Thorpe, Ward; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Hall, Holland, Holzhauser, O'Dell; INSTRUCTOR Sanchez OBJECTIVES Primary objectives of the Physics Department are as follows: (1) To develop professional understanding and competence in the area of physics as a foundation for continuing activity in physics and other areas of science, and for the teaching of physics and other sciences; (2) To develop understanding and appreciation of the scientific view of the universe, the "scientific method," and the place of physical science in human affairs.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 36 hours. Phys. 151-152 or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213, and Phys. 255-256, 261, 351-352, 465, 497, plus other physics courses approved by adviser to a minimum total of 36 hours. (Astr. 391 may be included.) Minor: 20 hours. Phys. 151-152 or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213; Phys. 342, plus other approved physics courses to a minimum total of 20 hours. Extended Major: 60 hours. A selection of courses in physics and related areas (including mathematics), designed to produce a coherent program for an individual student, and in­ cluding the requirements under Major above. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 35 hours. Phys. 151-152 or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213, and Phys. 255-256, 342, 351-352 plus other courses approved by adviser to a minimum total of 35 hours. (Astr. 391-392 may be included.) Minor: 20 hours. Phys. 151-152 or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213, Phys. 342 plus other approved physics courses to total 20 hours minimum. Graduate Degrees

The Department of Physics offers courses leading to the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Physics and Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Physical Science. See the Graduate Bulletin for details.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 174 THE CURRICULA Description Of Courses

Chem. Phys. III Chem. Physics (4-7) Introduction to the concepts of mechanics, kinetic-molecular theory, chemical reactions electromagnetics, atomic and molecular structure. Three hrs. lect., one hr. discussion, and three hrs physics lab. Fee: $5.00. If desired, the lecture portion, without the discussion section, may be taken over two semesters. The lab should then be taken the second semes­ ter. Only 4 hrs. will count toward the completion of the Chem. Phys. sequence. Prerequisite: High School Chem. and second year Algebra, or consent of instructor. Chem. Phys. 112 Chem. Physics (3) Introduction to the concepts of solution reactions, chemical kinetics, and equilibra, electro­ chemistry, thermodynamics and magnetism. Three hrs. lect., one hr. discussion. Chem. 151 (Integrated Chem. Lab I) or Chem. 151 and Chem. 152 (Integrated Chem. Lab II) should be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Chem. Phys. III Note: The sequences of courses Chem. Phys. 111-112, and Phys. 213 replaces the tradi­ tional freshman year Physics courses. Phys. 213 Elementary Physics (3) The final course of the Chem. Phys. sequence. A study of selected topics in relativity, electromagnetism and optics. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Phys. 151-152 General Physics (4-4) Mechanics, heat, and sound: electricity, optics, and modern physics. Three hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Algebra and Trigonometry. Phys. 241 Elements of Physics (5) Basic concepts of physics introduced and applied to selected topics in mechanics, thermo- physics, structure of matter, radiation, and electricity. An intensive terminal course not applicable to physics or astronomy major or minor. Four hrs. lec.-discussion, three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Algebra and Trigonometry. Phys. 255-256 Mechanics (3-3) Kinetics and kinematics of particles and rigid bodies using concepts of force, energy, work, momentum: properties of solid and liquid media, special relativity, wave motion and Lagranges Equations. Prerequisites: Phys. 151-152, or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213; Math. 239- Phys. 261 Electronics for Science Students (3) Emphasis on circuits, covering both transistors and vacuum tubes. Laboratory experimenta­ tion with circuits and devices used in modern instruments for scientific research. Two hrs. lect., three hrs. lab. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Phys. 151-152, or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213. Phys. 342 Modern Physics (4) "Modern" viewpoints of quantum theory, relativity, and wave mechanics with simple applications to radiation, electrons and other particles, spectra, and the structure of matter. Prerequisites: Phys. 151-152, or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213. Phys. 351-352 Electricity and Magnetism (3-3) Electrostatic and electromagnetic phenomena employing vector notation. Topics include field concepts, circuit principles, fields of moving charges, fields in matter, electromagnetic induction, Manwell's equation, electromagnetic waves. Green's Theorem and Huygens' principle. Prerequisites: Phys. 151-152, or Chem. Phys. 111-112 and Phys. 213; Math 239. Phys. 465-466 Quantum Mechanics and Relativity (3-3) The Schroeginger Eauation and its solution. Special Relativity, the Lorentz transformations, energy, momentum, forces, contraction and time dilation. Prerequisites: Phys. 255, 351. Phys. 485H Undergraduate Research (1-6) Independent laboratory or field research project. Prerequisites: Advanced standing, approval by department. Phys. 497 Advanced Problems (1 to 3 Units)

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 175 Graduate Courses

Phys. 501-502 Theoretical Physics (3) The advanced methods of mathematical physics applied to topics chosen from classical and quantum mechanics, theory of relativity, nuclear and atomic structure, and electromagnetic theory. Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor.

Phys. 553 Physical Optics (3) Electromagnetic waves, geometrical optics, physical optics, optical instruments and meas­ urements. Prerequisite: Phys. 351, 465.

Phys. 554 Thermal and Statistical Physics (3) Thermodynamics, heat transfer, kinetic theory and quantum statistics. Prerequisite: Phys. 465. Phys. 555-556 Solid State Physics and Physical Electronics (3-3) Electron physics, vacuum devices, gaseous processes, semiconductor devices, band theory of solids, modern amplifiers. Prerequisites: Phys. 225, 351, 465.

Phys. 557-558 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (3-3) Atomic and molecular spectra and systems, X-rays, atomic nucleus, radio-activity, particles, nuclear models. Phys. 610-611 Topics in Modern Physics (3-2) A selection of topics involving both fundamental classical principles and the modern view­ points of quantum theory, relativity, and wave mechanics, with some attention to the philosophy of science. Prerequisite: General Physics or equivalent.

Phys. 640 Modern Secondary Physics Curricula (3) Introduction to PSSC and Harvard Project Physics curricula with emphasis on experimental approach. Planning and equipping the physics laboratory. Safety practices in the laboratory. Prerequisite: Phys. 611, or permission of the instructor.

Phys. 642-643 Modern Experimental Techniques (1 to 3 units each semester) 642: Experimental electronics in modern scientific investigation. 643: Theory and laboratory practice in selected areas of modern and/or advanced investi­ gation into areas such as high vacuum, magnetic fields, mass spectroscopy, etc. A maximum of six hours may be earned in the above sequence. Prerequisite: General College Physics and permission of instructor.

Phys. 671-672 Research and Advanced Problems (2 or 3 units each semester) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Police Science And Administration (Law Enforcement) ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: W. Brown, Jr.; ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: B. Lynn; LECTURER: L. Wren OBJECTIVES The purpose of this four year professional law enforcement program is to raise the standards of the police service. An integral part of the university program the courses of study offered will appeal to mature men and women now engaged

ARTS AND SCIENCE 176 THE CURRICULA in public or police services, as well as healthy young men and women of good character and reputation interested in law enforcement careers. The program is closely interrelated to practical courses in sociology, political science, public administration, psychology, accounting, and chemistry. The program affords police officers in every branch of government service the opportunity to improve their status in their chosen profession. Vocational opportunities in federal, state, local, and private agencies are available to young men and women interested in law enforcement careers. All courses offered are carefully selected for their content to meet the current needs of law enforcement anywhere in the United States.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 63 hours (3 options) 1. At least 36 hours in Police Science including English 202, as approved by the academic adviser. All majors must meet, in addition, certain physical, mental, and medical requirements and have excellent character and reputation, besides, at least 9 hours in Sociology of the following: Soc. 151, 210, 300, 303, 312, 321, 342, 343, 406, 409, 411, 420, 505; at least 9 hours in Psychology of the following: Psych. 150, 200, 245, 275, 335, 345, 500, 501, 510; at least 9 hours in Political Science of the following: P.S. 240, 301, 302, 341, 360, 361, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424, 480, 522, 532, 542. 2. At least 36 hours in Police Science as approved by the academic adviser. At least 21 hours in Chemistry; at least 3 hours in Sociology, and at least 6 hours in Psychology. This major is for those interested in Criminalistics. 3. At least 36 hours in Police Science as approved by the academic adviser. At least 18 hours of selected Accounting as follows: Acct. 157, 158, 257, 258, 357, 458; at least 6 hours in Sociology, and at least 6 hours of Psychology from the courses listed above. Minor: 18 hours. L.E. 100, 200, 201, 210, 300, 301, and 2 hours of upper division police science approved by academic adviser.

Description Of Courses

LE. 100 Introduction to Police Organization (2) History of the Anglo-American police; law enforcement organizations of the VS.; federal; state, local, private; the police career; orientation; public attitudes. LE. 200 Criminal Law of Arizona 1(3) Contents of criminal law, organization and history; arrest, search, and seizure; general provision: crimes of common law nature, subjects treated with interpretations; case studies. To receive credit for LE. 200, LE. 201 must be taken. LE 201 Criminal Law of Arizona II (3) Continuation of law contents; all other crimes, subjects treated with interpretations, especially those sections constantly used by law enforcement officers; enforcement of the criminal law; case studies. Prerequisite: L.E. 200. LE. 210-211 Evidence (2-3) Rules of Evidence; Case preparation and court procedure, LE. 220 Traffic Control (2) History and growth of the traffic problem: development of specialized police to control; concepts of engineering, education and enforcement; regulation; special events- special problems; parking; theory of accident investigation.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 177

L.E. 250 Firearms (2) The moral aspects, legal provisions, safety precautions, restrictions governing use of firearms; firing sidearms, combat procedures on practical pistol course; target analysis and range drill procedures. One-half program spent on range. Students furnish: 38cc special caliber sidearm and all ammunition. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Majors in Police Science, or by special permission of the instructor.

L.E. 260 Defensive Tactics (2) Theory of rough and tumble fighting; fundamentals and precautions; close-in defense and attack; control over an adversary. Defensive and aggressive physical maneuvers; the armed and unarmed opponent; club maneuvers. Prisoner handling and control. Surprise raid tactics. Tactics for external attack. Program of training; physical fitness requirements.

L.E. 300 Police Administration 1(3) Introduction to police organization, administration; personnel, public relations; records; governmental control of police; police functions; chief of police and executive control. To receive credit for L.E. 300. L.E. 301 must be taken.

L.E. 301 Police Administration II (3) Facilities; communications and equipment; traffic, patrol, and criminal investigation; specialized divisions; crime prevention; scientific crime detection; internal affairs; main­ tenance and operation. Prerequisite: L.E. 300.

L.E. 320 Police Personnel Administration (3) Recruitment, selection tests, standards and management techniques; personnel evalua­ tion and promotion; selection for promotion and research, performance evaluation; discipline; training; assignments; welfare. Prerequisites: L.E. 300-301.

L.E. 350 Rights and Liabilities of Police Officers (3) History of Constitution and the Bill of Rights related to the police officer; law of arrest, with and without warrants; search and seizure; search warrants; civil liabilities of police; relationship of police to judicial and correctional authorities; intimidation; malicious prosecution; attempts to influence police officers; the role of politics; organized crime. L.E. 409 Criminology (3) See Sac. 409. L.E. 411 Corrections and Rehabilitation (3) See Soc. 411. L.E. 420 Investigation (3) Methods and procedures of the types of investigation used in major and minor crimes; variety of sources of information; recognition, evaluation, and preservation of evidence; preliminary and follow-up investigations. Prerequisite: L.E. 210.

L.E. 421 Interrogation (3) Principles and psychology of questioning; formal interrogation of suspects and wit­ nesses; understanding and using devices for detection, (polygraph and others). Recogni­ tion of criminal traits; recording interrogations. Prerequisite: L.E. 210.

L.E. 430 Polygraph Procedures (3) Mechanical theory and machine characteristics; facilities; tests and techniques; inter­ pretation; interrogation principles, chart analysis, medical and legal aspects. Prerequisite: L.E. 210.

L.E. 431 Polygraph Techniques (2) Practical supervised case work; laboratory, 25 cases. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: L.E. 430.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 178 THE CURRICULA

L.E.450-451 Police Trainee Field Training Program (2 to 12), (2 to 12) A minimum schedule of employment with an approved and qualified first line police organization of two four-hour days per week either September 15th through January 30th or February 1st through May 30th (two eight-hour days per week from June 15th to September 1st). Performance of trainee police tasks, orientation to police operations and administration, desk functions (complaints, booking, fingerprinting, communications, records), participation in inservice training program, field activities (patrol, traffic, juvenile, vice, criminal investigation, interrogation, etc.) under super­ vision of qualified senior police officers. Minimum pay schedule, one dollar per hour. Trainee may be required to furnish a police cap, shirt, dark trousers, black shoes. Prerequisites: L.E. 300-301-Majors only—Age 21, Seniors. L.E. 460 The Administration of Criminal Justice (3 ) Development of the criminal law; federal, state, and local criminal legislation; t the machinery of enforcement; the criminal courts; the juvenile courts; probation, prison, and parole. L.E. 490 Case Studies in Police Administration ( 2 ) Problems of national, state, county, and municipal law enforcement agencies in Arizona. Individual reports based on original investigations made by students. Discussions and review of current problems reported on by class. Class discussion of student reports. Review of new bocks, manuals, and periodicals. Prerequisites; L.E. 300-301. Seniors.

Political Science PROFESSOR: Strauss; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bowman, Wyckoff ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Ostheimer, Pops, Ritt, Matthews

OBJECTIVES

The objectives of the Political Science program are fourfold: (1) To provide a knowledge of American culture and society and to inculcate a love for the rights and privileges afforded our citizens, as well as to develop an appreciation of the duties and obligations of citizenship; (2) To contribute to the preparation of teachers and to meet the requirements of pre-law students; (3 ) To promote general education through fostering habits of critical study, clariry of thought and diligence in research; (4) To nurture the respect for scholarship and learning that character­ izes liberally educated men and women.

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 36 hours. P.S. 240, P.S. 341, and six hours in Political Theory and Methodology. In addition the student must select 24 hours of upper division work. Of these hours, 12 should be selected from one of the following areas: Public law and Administration; American Government and Politics; Comparative Govern­ ment and Politics; or International Politics and Organization. Six hours should be selected from each of two areas other than the area in which the student selects 12 hours.

Minor: 18 hours. P.S. 240 and 341 plus 12 additional hours of upper division work of which at least 9 hours must be in one field.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 179 Graduate Degree

The Department of Political Science offers the Master of Arts degree in Political Science. See Graduate Bulletin for details.

Description Of Courses

P.S. 160 Political-Economic Institutions (3) A detailed examination of the political, economic and social structure of American society; a comparative analysis of other major political and economic systems of relevance to the modern world; introduction to the methodology of the social sciences. P.S. 240 American National Government (3) Colonial foundations of American Government; Constitutional development; federalism; structure, processes, and function of national government. Satisfies teacher certification requirements for teachers in Arizona for Federal Constitution. P.S. 300 Federal and Arizona Constitution (3) A basic course in national and state government designed to meet the requirements for teacher certification. P.S. 301-302 Development of Political Thought (3-3) Major political thinkers from Plato to present. Same as Hist. 301-302. P.S. 341 State and Local Government (3) The politics and administration of state and local government in the United States; problems, structures, and services. Satisfies teacher certification requirements for teachers in Arizona for Arizona Constitution. P.S. 354 Political and Economic Issues (3) The content will be determined by the nature of the Political Economic issues being debated in the public forums. Such topics as the philosophical, political and economic basis of communism, fascism, socialism and capitalism, the relative strengths and weak­ nesses of democracy and totalitarianism, and domestic issues in the United States will serve as a point of departure. For Liberal Studies credit. Credit not available for Political Science majors.

P.S. 357 Political Philosophy (3) See Phil. 357.

P.S. 360-361 Comparative Government (3-3) Systematic comparative analysis of selected foreign governments; democratic, totalitarian, and those in process of developing. P.S. 380-381 International Politics and Organization (3-3) An examination of the principles and values that guide inter-sate relations as well as the machinery by which states conduct foreign affairs, including a brief introduction to international organizations and law. P.S. 420-421 Government and the American Economy (3-3) The relationship of government to economic activity; the role of government in making the economy possible, creating a plane of competition, enforcing competition, subsidizing and encouraging economic activity, regulation of corporate activity and participation in the economy. P.S. 422-423 American Constitutional Development (3-3) Inquiry into the Supreme Court's interpretation of the Constitution concerning the powers of the Court. Congress and President; three sensitive areas in American society, personal rights, civil rights and voting reform.

P.S. 424 Governmental Administration (3) Organization of governmental administration; staff and line functions, fiscal and budgetary controls; personnel administration; the political process.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 180 THE CURRICULA

P.S. 443-444 Political Parties and Pressure Groups The nature and functions of political parties; their role in nominations, elections and the development of public policy; the nature and function of interest groups; the role of the individual as party member. P.S. 480 International Law (3) Political and legal foundations of international legal order. The role of law in con­ temporary international relations. P.S. 498 Colloquium in Political Science (3) An interdisciplinary approach to special topics. Studies and discussions in subjects ar­ ranged by instructor. Graduate Courses P.S. 501 Methodology in Political Science (3) Traditional and recent techniques in political science. P.S. 503 Current Trends in Political Science (3) An intensive examination of the development of recent political trends. Topics selected on basis of student interest and needs. P.S. 522 Administrative law (3) A survey in depth of the legal and political aspects of the powerful "fourth branch of government, the administrative agencies, and their inevitable and continuing conflict with the courts over their law-making and judging functions. Prerequisite: One of the following; PS. 240, 422 or 423. PS. 530 Political Sociology (3) See Soc. 530. VS. 532 Jurisprudence (3) OUT Western legal values: a historical inquiry into their origins and growth from the Laws of Moses to modern times together with an analytical study of such concepts as law, right, justice, authority and obligation. P.S. 540 American Political Thought (3) The practical-theoretical development of American political thought from its English- Colonial roots, through the founding of a new government and civil crisis, to current commentary and criticism. PS. 542 Legislative Process (3) A survey of American legislatures at the federal and state level. Both structural and behavioral aspects of the legislative process will be dealt with. P.S. 543 The American Presidency (3) An overall survey of the American presidency, including the historical development, but emphasizing the current characteristics and functions of this most important institution, the executive bureacracy will also be examined. P.5. 562-563 Latin American Politics and Government (3-3) A study of political traditions of the Republics of latin America. Contemporary political structures and problems will be surveyed. PS. 570-571 Governments of Asia ( 3-3) Cultural and historical backgrounds; traditional patterns in conflicr with modernization; present forms of government. P.S. 582-583 American Foreign Policy (3-3) Emphasis upon the process of policy formulation, and upon the internal and external conditions influencing the policy-making process. P.S. 601 Problems in Political Thought (3) An examination of special topics in political theory and philosophy; sovereignty; legitimacy; the public good; the state and morality.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 181

P.S. 622 Problems in American Constitutional Development (3) An examination of specialized topics such as presidential war powers, judicial legislation, limits in civil rights, and freedom of religion. P.S. 650 Problems in American Politics (3) Selected problems in the areas of American politics chosen according to student interests and needs. P.S. 670 Problems in Comparative Government (3) Survey of significant theories and methods of comparative analysis. Individual research on specific cases. P.S. 672 Nationalism (3) An examination of the historical development of nationalism; its influence on the nation- state system; the impact of nationalism on the former colonial dependencies. P.S. 673 Imperialism (3) The nature of imperialism; its growth, decline and revival; its influence on contemporary international politics. P.S. 674 African Government and Politics (3) Survey of contemporary African political development. P.S. 680 Problems in Politics and Organization (3) A problem-oriented approach to interstate relations with an emphasis on regional organi­ zations and the United Nations. P.S. 682 Problems in International Law (3) An inquiry into the problems contemporarily facing international law. P.S. 697 Independent Study (1-2) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research. P.S. 699 Thesis (4) Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the Master's Degree. Social Science OBJECTIVES The Social Sciences attempt to accomplish the following fourfold purpose: (1) to provide a knowledge of American culture and society and to inculcate a love for the rights and privileges afforded our citizens, as well as to develop an apprecia­ tion of the duties and obligations of citizenship; (2) to contribute to the prepara­ tion of teachers and to meet the requirements of pre-law students; (3) to promote general education through fostering habits of critical study, clarity of thought and diligence in research, and (4) to nurture the respect for scholarship and learning that characterizes liberally educated men and women. For information on programs contact Chairman, Department of Social Science. For course listing, see history, political science, police science, and the other social sciences. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 53-63 hours. A program including Hist. 140, 141, 291 and 292, plus other courses in History, Political Science, Sociology, and related fields designed to produce a coherent pattern for the individual student.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 182 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: 35 or 50-55 hours. The teaching major is designed to prepare a student to teach the Social Science courses at the secondary level. This program is constructed with the adviser. The course work is selected with an emphasis from two or three of the following fields: U.S. History, World History, Government, Sociology, Economics, Geography, Anthropology, and Psychology. An extended major with the emphasis on teaching the Indian student is also offered. Minor: 24 hours. U.S. History Emphasis: Hist. 140, 141, P.S. 240; plus 12 upper division hours in courses about economic, social and cultural, diplomatic history or period courses in United States History. World History Emphasis: Either Hist. 291 or 140 and either Hist. 292 or 141, plus P.S. 240 and a core of upper division courses in either the national histories or the period histories of Europe, Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Sociology Emphasis: Either Hist. 140 or 291 and either Hist. 141 or 292 and Soc. 151, P.S. 240 plus at least one course from three of the following four areas of Sociology: Social Organization, Social Change, Social Psychology, and Ecology and Demography. Government Emphasis: Hist. 291, 292, P.S. 240 plus at least one upper division course from the areas of Political Theory, Public Law, American Government or Politics, and International Relations and Comparative Government. Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours. See under College of Education for details. Graduate Degrees Courses leading to the Master of Arts degree in Social Science and the Master of Arts degree in the Teaching of Social Science are offered. See the Grad­ uate Bulletin for details. Sociology ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Dyer (Dept. Chr.) ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Kanan, Karlstrom, Moore, Whire INSTRUCTORS Berger, Raynor, Smith OBJECTIVES The program in Sociology is offered to provide the future sociologists and social-service or helping-service oriented individuals with integrated knowledge of basic sociological materials, methods, and theory as well as skills necessary to pursue further study or a career in this rapidly developing field. The program

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 183 provides an opportunity for all students to develop a general sociological under­ standing and perspective with which to evaluate, interpret, and understand the behavior of individuals and groups in society, as well as the many changes that are occurring in contemporary society. It is important that individuals working in the broader social milieu, such as teachers, businessmen, lawyers, and the like, have the opportunity to understand the contribution that the sociological perspec­ tive make to their endeavor. Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major: 35 hours. Sociology 151, 345, 346-347, and 550; additional hours selected with the approval of the adviser.

Minor: 18 hours. Sociology 151, 346, 550; additional hours selected with approval of the adviser.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION

Elementary Education Minor: 15 hours. See under College of Education for details. Description Of Courses

Soc. 151 Introduction to Sociology (3) Basic elements of human society; human groups, culture, social institutions. Use of basic sociological concepts in analysis of society. Soc. 152 Social and Cultural Systems (3) See Anthro. 152. Soc 210 Racial and Ethnic Minorities (3) A study of racial and ethnic minority groups with emphasis on processes of conflict and adjustment in American society. Soc. 215 Social Stratification (3) Analysis of caste, class, status, prestige, and power with emphasis on the consequences of social stratification. Soc. 300 Contemporary Social Problems (3) Identification and analysis of selected social problems in contemporary American society. Soc. 301 Peoples of the World (3) See Anthro. 301. Soc. 303 Social Psychology (3) Basic principles of the relationship of individuals to the group; cognitive processes, role expectations, and behavior, motivation, attitudes, and leadership. Soc. 312 The Family (3) A comparative treatment of the family. Analysis of the structure and function of the family as a unit in contemporary society. Soc. 341 Population (3) Population composition, distribution, growth, and migration with special reference to the United States.

ARTS AND SCIENCE 184 THE CURRICULA

Soc 342-343 Urban Sociology, Demography and Ecology (3-3) An analysis of metropolitan and other urban communities with emphasis on processes of urbanization and their consequences; and demographic and ecological methods in the analysis of natality and mortality, problems of spatial and temporal aspects of population growth. Social and cultural influence on population, length of life, etc. Soc. 345 Behavioral Science Statistics (3) See Anth. 345- Soc. 346-347 Sociological Research Methods (3-3) Introduction to axiomatic methods, exercises in hypothesis construction, and problems of evidence and verification. Problems of research conceptualization and design, measure­ ment of social phenomena, interpretation and presentation of qualitative social data. Soc. 406 Introduction to Social Casework (3) Development and application of theory and principles to casework problems. Soc. 408 Field Work Experience (1-3) Supervised field experience in an applicable agency or organization. May be repeated for credit. Soc. 409-410 Criminology, Juvenile Delinquency (3-3) Criminological theory and methods and the development of criminology; the etiology of criminal behavior; current trends in crime studies; and scope and definition of delinquency: analysis of the causes and prevention of delinquency and the origins of the system of juvenile justice. Soc. 411 Corrections and Rehabilitation (3) Theories and prison systems designed to correct or prevent criminal and delinquent behavior. Same as L.E. 411. Soc. 420 Deviant Behavior (3) Analysis of the major types of individual deviance and conditions related to the develop­ ment, maintenance, and change of deviant behavior. Soc. 425 Operations Analysis (3) See Mgr.425. Soc. 430 Peasant Cultures (3) See Anthro. 430. Soc. 450 Industrial Sociology (3) Analysis of industries as social systems; process of industrial action, major work roles, labor unions, and management-union relations. Soc. 497 Independent Study and Research (1-3) Special reading and/or research. For the superior student. Soc 499 Senior Seminar (3) Emphasis given to topics of contemporary sociological significance.

Graduate Courses

Soc 501-502 Advanced Sociological Research Methods (3-3) Advanced methods applied to social data; analysis of problems and methods of sociological research. Methods of measurement; questionnaires, scale and schedule construction; field methods, introduction to computer methods. Soc 505 Collective Behavior (3) Study of unsteady social groupings; crowds, mobs, popular movements, mass communi­ cation, rumors and propaganda. Soc 508 Combatting Social Problems (3) Techniques of intervention. Analysis of selected social problems; application of sociological principles in the solution of social problems; analysis of success and failure. Soc. 510 Social Organization (3) See Anthro. 510.

ARTS AND SCIENCE THE CURRICULA 185

Soc. 515 Social Disorganization (3) Analysis of processes, and conditions of disorganization of society, social institutions, and groups. Sociological theories and research on social disorganization; processes or reorganization.

Soc. 520 Complex Organizations (3) Analysis of the nature of large-scale, formal organizations; critical review of organizational research and theoretical models; implications for management.

Soc. 530 Political Sociology (3) Sociological analysis of the political order relating political behavior to social contexts and social structure. Same as P.S. 530.

Soc. 531 Group Structure and Behavior (3) Application of principles of social psychology; social roles, social norms, attitudes, per­ sonality, collective behavior; theories of group strucrure.

Soc. 532 Sociology of Education (3) The educational system and the larger society; analysis of education as a social system; implications for teachers and administrators.

Soc. 545 Cultural Change (3) See Anthro. 545.

Soc. 550-551 Sociological Theory (3-3) Emergence of Sociology; analysis of sociological theory; development of contemporary theories; trends in theory formulation and analysis, discussion, and critical evaluation of contemporary theory, analysis of current problems in the field of sociological theory.

Soc. 556 Sociology of Mental Health (3) Analysis of social conditions pertaining to mental illness; survey of sociological theory and research on mental disease, its treatment, and societal efforts to cope with this disorder.

Soc. 600 Seminar in Sociology (3-3-3-3) May be repeated for total of 12 hours credit.

Soc. 610 Seminar in Action Sociology (3) Analysis of contemporary social and community action programs and their relationship to sociological theory; development of proposed programs. May be repeated for credit.

Soc. 640 The Sociological Imagination (3) Sociological analysis of the interplay of man and society; of self and world; existential basis of thought and ideas; belief system including ideology, science, and religion. Develop­ ment of C. Wright Mill's "The Sociological Imagination. Not available for credit for majors.

Soc. 645 Sociological Concepts (3) Analysis and application of fundamental concepts in sociology. Development of sociological perspectives.

Soc. 697 Independent Study (1-3) Guided readings or research; may be repeated.

Soc. 703 Sociological Foundations of Education (3) The institutional order; belief systems and ideologies; the normative system, roles, and status; problems of institutional order; relation to curriculum and administration.

ARTS AND SCIENCE

I COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

1 ACCOUNTING • BUSINESS EDUCATION • DATA PROCESSING 1 ECONOMICS • FINANCE • MANAGEMENT 1 SECRETARIAL STUDIES

189 College Of Business Administration

AUTHOR HUGHES, Jr. Dean

ASSISTANT DEAN FOR OPERATIONS, William K. Daugherty PROFESSORS Hughes (Dean), Kell, Lockling, Phillips ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Anderson, Briel, Choi, Daugherty, Dollar, Evans, Grape, Knox, Massey, Stricklin, Swanson, Woodward ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Bergland, Besnette, Cornwell, Dannenfeldt, Gardner, Hensley, Hoff, Hopper, Jensen, Lane, Littler, Miller INSTRUCTORS Bosse, Chase, Cooley, Coy, Hallam, Horgesheimer, Loven LECTURER Wall.

PHILOSOPHY Collegiate education, whether in the liberal studies area or in a professional program, should provide a foundation from which an individual can develop his own intellectual capacity. Significant to the intellectual growth of an individual is his appreciation for the totality of subject matter included in the arts and sciences as well as the interrelationships which exist between the sciences, the humanities, the social sciences, and mathematics. Education for professional careers in business should complement the liberal studies program. Underlying the operation of the College of Business Administra­ tion at Northern Arizona University is the fundamental premise that under­ graduate education for business should be preparatory to management careers. This includes developing an understanding of the socio-economic environment of which business is a part and an appreciation of the economic organization with its interrelated parts. In addition, the business administration student must be prepared to exercise the skills of planning, decision-making, and direction of op­ erations in economic organizations.

OBJECTIVES In accordance with the stated philosophy of the College of Business Adminis- tration, the following objectives are proposed: 1. Preparation for Fulfillment of Individual Goals

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 190 THE CURRICULA

It is the aim of the University to provide broad intellectual stimulation in order that the individual will seek to achieve the maximum level of his own capacity; that he will utilize fully his own capabilities as an indivi­ dual and a citizen. The total program of the College of Business Administration, in con­ junction with all of the other Colleges and Schools of the University, is designed to provide the academic framework for intellectual enrichment, expansion of the individual, and a broad understanding of the struc­ ture and dynamics of society. 2. Preparation for Professional Leadership in the Business Community It is the particular aim of the College of Business Administration to equip the student with appropriate knowledge and skill to achieve ultimately a position of leadership within the business community. The Business Administration core program provides fundamental knowl­ edge of the business organization as well as equipping the student with basic skills of business management. Study of organizational and economic theory, the economic and legal environment of business, and the funda­ mental areas of business provide an understanding of the structural ele­ ments of business organizations. Analysis of the behavioral, qualitative, and quantitative elements of the decision-making process provides the foundation for ultimate assumption of the manager's role. 3. Preparation for Entry-Level Positions in Business The College of Business Administration provides an opportunity for developing specialized skills and knowledge in areas requiring additional concentration for entry-level positions. The Business Administration program requires 18-21 semester hours of specialized course work in one of seven areas. These areas are ac­ counting, data processing, economics, finance, management, marketing, and office administration. 4. Preparation for Professional Secondary and Junior College Teachers in Business Education The College of Business Administration, in conjunction with the College of Education, prepares students for teaching careers in business education in secondary schools. The Bachelor of Science in Education Degree programs provides an opportunity to master basic skills in typewriting, shorthand, bookkeeping, office machines, and business procedures. In addition, it provides a thorough orientation to professional education, business education, and fundamental knowledge of the business organization. 5. Preparation for Graduate School The College of Business Administration prepares students for ad­ vanced study in the various fields of business administration, law and economics. In addition to the Bachelor of Science programs, a Bachelor of Arts in economics is offered; both degree programs provide adequate back­ grounds for graduate study. 6. Preparation for Vocational Secretarial Positions The College of Business Administration has elected to provide the basic skills and knowledge necessary for a successful secretarial career.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 191

The two-year Associate Degree program provides an opportunity to master the basic skill subjects required at the entry-level into secretarial careers. 7. Service Areas to the Community The College of Business Administration provides services of various types to the business community through professional activity and scholarly research. The College's resources, including a data processing center, may be made available to the community and are coordinated through the Bureau of Business Services. Programs BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION General Requirements: General requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree are as follows: Liberal Studies (See pages 82-84) 42 *Electives outside of Business 21 Business Administration: Core Subjects 38 Area of Concentration 12-21 50-59

Business Electives 3-12

Total semester hours 125 *It is recommended that 6-9 hours of electives outside the College of Business Administration be taken in the Social and Behavioral Science subjects: Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, Political Science. Specific requirement of the College of Business Administration is that the last 30 semester hours of a student's program will be completed in residence. CORE SUBJECTS The following core subjects are required of all students seeking the B.S. degree in Business Administration. G.B. 100 Introduction to Business 2 Dapr. 120 Introduction to Data Processing 3 Acer. 157 Principles of Accounting—Financial 3 Acct. 158 Principles of Accounting—Managerial 3 G.B. 221-222 Quantitative Methods I & II 6 Econ. 285-286 Principles of Economics 6 Mgt. 300 Management of Business Organizations 3 G.B. 305 Business Law 3 Mktg. 333 Basic Marketing Management 3 Fin. 311 Principles of Finance 3 Mgt. 450 Business Policies 3

Total Core Requirements 38

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 192 THE CURRICULA

MAJOR PROGRAMS The following areas of concentration are available for major emphasis. ACCOUNTING: Required: Acct. 257, 258, 302, 357, 370; 6 hours Acct. 403, 457, 471, 498, 508, 519. DATA PROCESSING MANAGEMENT: Required: Dapr. 250, 251, 360, 361, 445, Mgt. 425. ECONOMICS: Required: Econ. 385, 386, 473; 9 hours from Econ. 292H, 346, 445, 464, 483,486, 593, G.B. 306, 321. FINANCE: Required: Fin. 410, 420, 450, 480; 12 hours from upper division Business electives. MANAGEMENT: Required: Mgt. 310, 311, 435; 3 hours from Mgt. 325, 335, 410, 425, 430 12 hours from upper division Business electives. MARKETING: Required: Mktg. 334, 450, 490; 3 hours from Mktg. 335, 340, 430, 434; 12 hours from upper division Business electives. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION (Executive Secretarial) Required: O.Adm. 254, 309, 315, 316, 322, 360, G.B. 350; three hours upper division electives.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION General Requirements: See pages 75-77.

BUSINESS EDUCATION: 53 hours. Required: G.B. 100 Introduction to Business 2 Dapr. 120 Introduction to Data Processing 3 Acct. 157 Principles of Accounting—Financial 3 Acct. 158 Principles of Accounting—Managerial 3 G.B. 221 Quantitative Methods I 3 Econ. 285 Principles of Economics 3 Econ. 286 Principles of Economics 3 Mgt. 300 Management of Business Organizations 3 G.B. 305 Business Law 3 Mktg. 333 Basic Marketing Mgt. 3 G.B. 350 Business Communications 3 Bus.Ed 355 Business and Office Machines 3 Fin. 311 Principles of Finance 3 Business Education Majors will in addition choose one of the following sequences to complete a 53-hour program.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 193

Secretarial: Required: O.Adm. 309 Office Typewriting 3 O.Adm. 315 Dictation and Transcription 3 O.Adm. 316 Dictation and Transcription 3 O.Adm. 322 Secretarial Practice 3 Business Electives: (Select any one of the following courses) *O.Adm. 209, **O.Adm. 215, 253. Socio-Economic Business Required: O.Adm. 309 Office Typewriting 3 Fin. 380 General Insurance 3 O.Adm. 360 Office Management 3 Acct. 370 Income Tax Accounting 3 Electives: (Select any one of the following courses) *O.Adm. 209, 253; Acct. 302. *Those students who have not had a beginning typewriting course must take O.Adm. 109. * Those students who follow the secretarial program and have not had a beginning shorthand course must take O.Adm. 115- Vocational* Required: O.Adm. 309 Office Typewriting 3 O.Adm. 360 Office Management 3 Bus.Ed. 595 Materials and Teaching Procedures in Office Education 3 Electives: (Select any two of the following courses) O.Adm. 209, 253, 505. *For vocational certification a student needs 18 semester hours of technical in­ struction which includes a minimum of 12 hours in O.Adm. courses. Six hours may be in related courses, such as accounting, business law, and economics. In addi­ tion, there is a requirement of one year of approved employment in the office field or an occupational experience approved by the State Supervisor.

BACHELOR OF ARTS General Requirements: See pages 75-77. ECONOMICS: 36 hours. Required: Econ. 285, 286, 385, 386, 464, 473; G.B. 221, 222; Fin. 311; 9 hours from Econ. 346, 445, 483,486, 593; G.B. 306.

MINOR PROGRAMS BUSINESS MINOR: 21 semester hours, including Dapr. 120; Acct. 157, 158; Econ. 180; Mgt 300; Mktg. 333; Fin. 311. Econ. 180 may be taken as part of the liberal studies program in which case 3 additional hours are available for business electives.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 194 THE CURRICULA

BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING MINOR: 18 semester hours, including Dapr. 120, 250, 251, 360. Electives in Business or Mathematics: 6 semester hours. BUSINESS TEACHING MINOR: 24 semester hours, including O.Adm. 209, 309; Econ. 285, Bus. Ed. 355, Educ. 430. Plus 6 semester hours in O.Adm. 315, 316 or Acct. 157, 158; 3 hours electives from Mktg. 333; G.B. 305; O.Adm. 322, or Bus. Ed. 456. ECONOMICS: 18 semester hours, including Econ. 285, 286, 385, 386, Fin. 473, G.B. 306. SECRETARIAL STUDIES: 18 semester hours including O.Adm. 209, 309, 215, 315, 253, 322, and 254 or 360.

TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM

The two-year secretarial curriculum is designed for those who wish to attend college two years and become secretaries. The degree of Associate in Science is awarded to those meeting the requirements in this curriculum. Required: G.B. 100, 305; Eng. 101, 102, 103; Dapr. 120; Acct. 157; P.E. 171, 172; Econ. 285; O.Adm. 109*. 115*, 125, 209*, 215*, 253, 254, 309,315,316,322. Business Electives: 8 semester hours. * Courses may be waived by examination and more advanced course taken.

Graduate Programs

Graduate programs of this College are described in the Graduate Bulletin.

Description Of Courses ACCOUNTING Acct. 157 Principles of Accounting—Financial (3) Basic framework for the function, construction, and interpretation of books of record based upon the accrual concept of accounting and the double entry systems. Acct. 158 Principles of Accounting—Managerial (3) Introduction to the uses of accounting information for managerial planning and control. Accounting 157 and 158 are prerequisites to all upper division courses in the College of Business Administration. Acct. 228 Managerial Accounting (3) Underlying principles of financial statements and the double entry system. Financial and cost analysis and interpretation for effective management. Application of accounting information for management decision-making, forecasting, and administrative controls. An intermediate level course designed for the non-accounting major only.

Prerequisites: Acct. 157-158.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 195

Acct. 257-258 Intermediate Accounting (3) Analysis of individual items on the balance sheet, income statement, manufacturing statement with the purpose of clarifying accounting theory, using compound interest formulas, comprehending acceptable accounting practice, and developing understanding of the use and interpretation of accounting data. Prerequisites: Acct. 137-158.

Acct. 302 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) Principles and techniques of compiling and interpreting cost records, and the recognition and analysis of the elements of direct and indirect costs, and items of fixed and variable overhead, with emphasis on the management aspects rather than vocational techniques. Acct. 357 Advanced Accounting 1(3) Application of accounting theory to special areas of partnership capital structure, present value and annuity concept, joint ventures, installment sales, consignments, governmental and non-for-profit organization and fiduciaries. Prerequisite: Acct. 257-258 or permission of instructor.

Acct. 370 Income Tax Accounting (3) Provisions of the Federal and State Income Tax Laws, and their application. Preparation and use of individual and small business tax forms. Acct. 403 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) A study of budgets and of estimated cost and standard cost systems; the analysis of costs and profits in managerial decision-making. Prerequisite: Acct. 302.

Acct. 457 Advanced Accounting II (3) Application of accounting theory to special fields and activities, with particular emphasis on analysis and interpretation of records and statements relating to consolidations, business combination, and home office and branch accounting system. Prerequisite: Accounting 257-258 or permission of instructor.

Acct. 471 Advanced Taxes (3) Special problems in reporting, research, planning and accounting for taxes. Preparation of partnership, trust and corporate returns, assessment, collection, and reporting of income, social security estate and gift taxes. Prerequisite: Acct. 370.

Acct. 498 Auditing Theory and Practice (3) Qualifications, duties, and responsibilities of an auditor; the standards and procedures of auditing; preparation of working papers and reports. Prerequisite: Acct. 257-258 and Acct. 302.

Acct. 508 CPA Review Course (3) An intensive study of both objective and subjective problems and questions which have appeared on prior uniform examinations prepared by the AICPA with special emphasis on the Theory and Practice sections of the CPA exam. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Acct. 519 Controllership (3) The function of controllership; duties and responsibilities of a controller; basic techniques; interpretation; coordination, and utilization of information reports; control planning and policy problems and methods; integration between accounting, economics, finance, govern­ ment, employer, owners, and the public in the responsibilities of effective business management. DATA PROCESSING Dapr. 120 Introduction to Data Processing (3) This course presents the basic concepts of punched card data processing and computer data processing. Fortran IV programming will be presented in sufficient depth to enable the student to use this programming language as a tool in future courses. Special consideration will be given to the managerial implications of modern data processing systems.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 196 THE CURRICULA

Dapr. 250 Micro Programming (3) Elements of programming electronic digital computers with particular emphasis on machine and assembler languages. Skills in problem formulation, flow charting, coding, check-out and documentation are developed through required written programs and computer use. Prerequisite: Dapr. 120 or consent of instructor.

Dapr. 251 Macro Programming (3) This course is devoted to an in-depth study of some compiler-level computer language such as FORTRAN, COBOL, or PLI Skills in problem formulation, flow charting, cod­ ing, testing, and documentation are developed through required computer programs.

Prerequisite: Dapr. 120 or consent of instructor.

Dapr. 360 General Systems Concepts (3) This course emphasizes general systems theory as a theoretical framework upon which to base the study of management information systems. Systems design, logic and methodology are included. Prerequisite: Dapr, 120. Dapr. 361 Accounting Systems (3) The business system and the accounting system are treated as a unified whole. Cases in business data processing are studied and their solutions within the limitations of available computer capability are emphasized. Prerequisites: Dapr. 251,360.

Dapr. 425 Advanced Programming Systems Seminar (3 ) Additional micro and macro languages and special systems applications. Prerequisite: Dapr. 250, 251.

Dapr. 445 Data Processing Management (3) This course is concerned with management problems peculiar to the area of data processing. Discussion is centered around topics related to four major decision areas: organization of the data processing department, project selection and scheduling, staffing a data processing department, selection of equipment, software, and processing methods. Prerequisite: Dapr. 361. Graduate Courses Dapr. 550 Data Processing For Teachers (3) A study of basic concepts in data processing with special emphasis upon their application to subjects taught at the secondary and junior college levels. Manual, mechanical, and electronic data processing systems are examined; an introduction to computer program­ ming is given. No previous background in data processing is required. Dapr. 551 Computer Programming For Graduate Students (3) A study of the structure and use of the computer and the FORTRAN programming language as a research tool. No computer background is required.

ECONOMICS

Econ. 180 The Economic Environment of Man (3) A broad study of the area of economics dealing with problems of the U.S. economy and comparisons with other economic systems. This course covers both macro and micro economics without including much of the technical detail of a typical principles of economics course. Note: Econ. 180 is a lower division, liberal studies course and is an alternative to P.S. 160, Political and Economic Institutions. Econ. 180 is for non-business majors only and assumes no background in economics.

Econ. 285 Principles of Economics—Macro (3) Introduction to the economizing problem; a description of the four sectors of our economy; national income determination; money and banking monetary and fiscal policies; economic growth.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 197

Econ. 286 Principles of Economics—Micro (3) Role of prices in economics; problems of allocation; market structure; the farm problem; labor economics; economic development; collective versus individualistic allocation systems. Prerequisite: Econ. 285 and 286 are prerequisites to all upper division courses in Business Administration and Economics.

Econ. 292H Economic Theory and Western Development (3 ) An introduction to several great writers in the field of economics and their infiuence on the course of Western history. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Econ. 346 Development of the American Economic System (3) Background of our modern capitalistic system; the industrial revolution international influences; innovations and their effects. Econ. 385 Intermediate Economics Theory Macro (3) Theories of income and employment; Classical, Keynesian, and Neo-Keynesian eqlilibrium theories; growth analysis. Econ. 386 Intermediate Economics Theory Micro (3) Nature of economic analysis; theories of demand, production, and supply; market structures, price and output determination in product and factor markets; managerial economics. Econ. 445 Public Finance (3) Theories of government financing and functions; studies of taxation and expenditures. Models, inter-governmental fiscal relations and government and private debt. Econ. 464 Labor Economics (3) History of the labor movement; theories of the demand for and supply of labor; union structure; collective bargaining; legislation; union security; current problems in labor relations. Econ. 473 Money and Banking (3) History and functions of money; monetary theory and policy in a dynamic economy; international finance. Econ. 483 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Analysis of comparison criteria; study of different allocation systems; Great Britain. U.S.S.R., Red China, India, Yugoslavia, United States; differences in planning and flexibility; future trends. Econ. 486 International Economics (3) International trade theory; balance of payments; exchange rates; new concepts in inter­ national cooperation. Graduate Courses Econ. 593 Natural Resource Economics (3) See For. 593. Prerequisite: Econ. 386, For. 431, or consent of instructor.

Econ. 610 The Teacher and the Modern Economic World (3) Designed especially for the experienced person who wishes a better understanding of the characteristics of our modern economic system, and the problems of production, con­ sumption, money and credit, value and price, price levels, purchasing power, inflation, taxation, labor management relations and government in business and industry. Econ. 680 Current Economic Problems (3) Problems of employment, prices, finance, economic growth, monopoly, controls and information as to current levels of economic activity. Econ. 684 History of Economic Thought (3) . Ideas, concepts theories of the most influential writers on economic subjects, Emphasis on Smith, Ricardo, Mill, Marx, Marshall Veblen, and Keynes. Econ. 693 Economic Analysis (3) Economic theory. Individual projects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 198 THE CURRICULA

FINANCE Fin. 275 Mathematics of Finance (3) Financial problems involved in the organization management and operation of business and public enterprises. Such topics as simple and compound interest, amortization, annuities, installment buying, stocks and bonds. Fin. 311 Principles of Finance (3) Survey of the major areas of financial operations in business; study of internal financial activities, sources of funds, and the firm's involvement with money and capital tunas markets. Emphasizes the development of skill in the selection and use of basic techniques of financial analysis, and their application to financial decision-making. Prerequisite: Acct. 157, 158. Fin. 380 Risk Management and Insurance (3) Risk management in business and the home; principles of insurance; major insurance contracts discussed including auto, fire and marine. Prerequisite: fin. ill. Fin. 390 Real Estate Development and Management (3) Theory and practices; contracts; finance; management; selling; titles, legal concepts, real estate as an investment. Prerequisite: Pin. ill. Fin. 410 Security Markets and Analysis (3) . Intensive study of the stucture and practices of markets for corporate stocks, major debt instruments, and commodity transactions. Use of analytical tools for the study or firms and industries; investment plans; portfolio managemenr of individual, institutional ana inter-corporate investors. Prerequisite: Fin. ill. Fin. 420 Money and Capital Markets (3) Analysis of the principles governing operations of money and capital markets and their relations with the firm. Comprehensive review of various types of money market instru­ ments including sources of short, intermediate and long-term financing; small business financing; leasing and franchising as sources of funds; and the role of the Federal Reserve in monetary policy formulation and control. Prerequisite: Fin. ill.

Fin. 450 Problems In Corporation Finance (3) Intensive practice in the application of techniques and concepts of financial analysis to problems of funding and investment alternatives faced by the firm. Investigation or the short and long-run effects of various sources and uses of funds in working and fixed capital mixes, and capital budgeting. Prerequisite: Fin. 410, 420. Fin. 480 Senior Seminar In Finance (3) Practical exercise in the development and implementation of financial policies through the use of case studies drawn from business experience. Further individual experience in financial decision-making provided through a dynamic computerized financial simulation of a business. Prerequisite: Fin. 450.

GENERAL BUSINESS COURSES G.B100 Introduction to Business (2) Overview of marketing, management, economics, finance, and accounting. Concepts of government and business, business ethics and international trade. Introduction to case studies. G.B. 221 Quantitative Methods I (3) Basic course in business statistics, including the collection, tabulation, and analysis of business and economic data. Included will be averages, dispersion, and statistical inference. Other areas TO be covered are statistical decision-making, correlation and regression, index numbers, time series analysis, and business forecasting.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 199

G.B. 222 Quantitative Methods II (3) Areas covered will be probability concepts, conditional and expected value and utility as a basis for decision-making, game theory, queueing theory, and basic principles of linear programming. Prerequisite: G.B. 221.

G.B. 305 Business Law (3) Law of contracts, agency, sales, negotiable instruments, business organizations, real and personal property, securities. G.B. 306 Government and Business (3) Social controls of economic activity, their purpose, development, legal basis, function and effects in the developing concepts of the American economy.

G.B. 321 Intermediate Business Statistics (3) Further training in quantitative analysts and business problems; probability, unrestricted and stratified sampling, statistical estimation, statistical decision-mating, test of hypothese, analysis of variance, introduction to linear programming and operation research. Stress will be on the uses of techniques in production, personnel, and marketing management. Lecture and lab. Prerequisite: G.B. 221.

G.B. 350 Business Communication (3) Theories of communication; emphasis on business. Practical oral and written experience. Concepts of group and individual communication in all areas of business activity.

G.B. 497 Independent Study in Business Administration (1-3) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research. Consent of Dean of the College of Business required.

G.B. 499 Business Senior Seminar (1) A series of lectures on the subjects of social responsibilities of business, the role of the business executive in the community, and business administration alumni responsibilities. Career objectives and opportunities are discussed and interviewing techniques are examined. Term paper required. MANAGEMENT

Mgt. 300 Management of Business Organizations (3) Survey of the structure, processes, and human behavior, in organizations with emphasis on the business organization. The student should develop an elementary ability to recognize, analyze and predict typical patterns of organizational problems and leadership styles.

Mgt. 310 Operational Management (3) Application of the systems approach to the solution of operational problems of business organizations. The use of models for decision-making, planning and control of the operational input, process, and output. Prerequisite: Mgt. 300.

Mgt. 311 Organizational Behavior and Leadership (3) In-depth analysis of the interpersonal behavior of people in dynamic organizations. In­ vestigation of research of such factors as conflict structure; political, social, and psy­ chological influence; identification and functioning of leadership in organizational roles. Prerequisite: Mgt. 300.

Mgt. 325 Small Business Management (3) Study of the particular problems in the formation, operation and management of small business enterprises; opportunities and satisfaction of small business management. Prerequisite: Mgt. 300.

Mgt. 335 Industrial Relations (3) An intensive study of collective bargaining and other labor-management relationships. Analysis of laws regulating labor-management relations, such as Taft-Hartley. Landrum- Griffen, Civil Rights Acts, etc. Prerequisite: Mgt. ill.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 200 THE CURRICULA

Mgt. 410 Operations Measurement and Control (3) Analysis of decision-making in planning and controlling the allocation of manpower, materials, and machine utilization. Emphasis is placed on process design, the develop­ ments of standards and performance measurement. Prerequisite: Mgt. 310.

Mgt. 425 Maanagement Planning Systems (3) A quantitative approach to the conceptualization, acquisition, and communication ot managerial decision-making data through model building. The modeling approach seeks to integrate the functional disciplines and to study the impact of changes in managerial policy on the operation of the firm. Prerequisite: Mgt. 310 or permission of instructor.

Mgt. 430 Manpower Management (3) Study of the availability, recruitment, training, and supervision of manpower in the American business system. Establishment and management of compensation systems and performance appraisal. Prerequisite: Mgt. ill.

Mgt. 435 Organizational Decision-Making (3) Intensive study of the role and techniques of decision-making in organizational systems. Emphasis on the integration of applicable behavioral research findings and quantitative techniques to the problems of optional decision-making. Prerequisite: Mgt. 310, 311, and one course from list of Management course options.

Mgt. 450 Business Policy (3) Practical exercise in integrating specialized functional knowledge in business around complex situational cases drawn from corporate business experience. Prerequisite: Senior standing in Business Administration.

MARKETING

Mktg. 333 Bask Marketing Management (3) Describes and analyzes marketing from a managerial, systems viewpoint. Emphasizes principles, concepts, and strategies relative to customer selection and satisfaction via the right product, distribution channels, promotion, price, and physical distribution system. Prerequisite to all upper division marketing courses.

Mktg. 334 Intermediate Marketing Management (3) Describes and analyzes consumer motivation and buying behavior from a managerial viewpoint. Emphasizes perception, attitudes, group influence, and decision process. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333.

Mktg. 335 Promotional Management (3) Management of the overall promotional effort as part of the marketing mix. Special emphasis on the inter-relationship and coordination of advertising, personal selling, and sales promotion activities in the firm. Detailed examination of techniques and procedures used in advertising and sales promotion. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333 or by permission of instructor.

Mktg. 340 Retailing Management (3) Organization and management of modern retail enterprises: buying, selling, advertising, merchandise control, personnel management, budgets and accounting procedures, store location and policy. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333.

Mktg. 430 International Marketing (3) Presents a conceptual viewpoint of internaticmal marketing from an environmental, com­ parative systems approach. Emphasizes the significance of cultural, social, political, and economic factors in world marketing; multinational market groups; and the organization and management needed for international marketing.

Prerequisite: Mktg. 333.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 201

Mktg. 434 Sales and Sales Management (3) Principles and techniques in the management of the sales effort; management of the sales force; sales forecasting; sales budgets; relationship of selling to advertising and sales promotion. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333.

Mktg. 450 Marketing Research (3) Principles, procedures, and techniques involved in planning research studies and in the gathering, analysis, interpretation, and presentation of research data used in the solution of marketing problems. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333, Mktg. 334.

Mktg. 490 Advanced Marketing Management (3) An intensive analytical case method course dealing with the problem solving and decision-making activities of the marketing executive. Particular attention is given to planning and organizing marketing strategy and understanding important marketing concepts. Prerequisite: Mktg. 333, Mktg. 334, Mktg. 450.

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION O.Adm. 109 Elementary Typewriting (3) Theory and practice of beginning touch typewriting. Emphasis on the development of basic speed and skill rather than on job market requirements. Fee S2.00. Students who present one year of credit in high school typewriting are not permitted to register for O.Adm. 109 Elementary typewriting for credit. O.Adm. 115 Elementary Shorthand (3) Reading and writing techniques in beginning Gregg Shorthand. Typewriting must be taken concurrently with shorthand unless the typewriting _ requirement is waived by proficiency examination. Students who present one year credit in high school shorthand are not permitted to register for O.Adm. 115 with credit.

O.Adm. 125 Records Management and Filing (2) Management of records systems; analysis and application of vatious filing systems in the business office.

O.Adm. 209 Intermediate Typewriting (2) Application of basic skill to typewriting problems. Speed development. May be waived by proficiency examination. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: High School typewriting or OAdm. 109-

O.Adm. 215 Intermediate Shorthand (3) Continuation of O.Adm. 115. Emphasis on speed building. Introduction to transcription. May be waived by proficiency examination. Prerequisite: High School shorthand or OAdm. 115.

O.Adm. 253 Office Machines (2) Operation of duplicating machines, transcribing machines, and proportional-spaced typewriters. Fee $3.00.

CAdm. 254 Business Machines (3) Operation of rotary, key-driven and printing calculators, ten-key and full bank adding machines and the IBM key punch. Fee $3.00.

O.Adm. 309 Office Typewriting (3) Development of speed and accuracy. Practice in the preparation of business papers. Fee $2.00. Prerequisites: O.Adm. 109, 209. O.Adm. 315 Dictation and Transcription (3) Advanced dictation, speed building, and development of skill in transcription.

O.Adm. 316 Dictation and Transcription (3) Continued speed building including office-style dictation. Emphasis on transcription.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 202 THE CURRICULA

O.Adm. 322 Secretarial Practice (3) Lecture, reading, laboratory work and individual studies concerning problems, procedures, and organization of office work. O-Adm. 360 Office Management (3) Principles and practices in office management. Relationship of the office function to the business enterprise including selection and training of employees, direction and control or office activities, office layouts and equipment, and problems of supervision of personnel. PROFESSIONAL COURSES FOR TEACHERS OF BUSINESS EDUCATION

Bus.Ed. 355 Business and Office Machines (3) Combination of O-Adm. 253 and 254. Includes the operation of duplicators, transcribing machines, proportional spacing machines, calculators. Attention will be given to the organization, use of teaching materials and techniques in the presentation of material. Bus.Ed. 430 Business Education High School Teaching Methods ( 3) Methods of teaching business subjects in the secondary school. Includes resource materials, unit lesson planning, presentation and evaluation of classroom teaching. Bus.Ed. 456 Principles of Vocational and Business Education (3) Principles, practices, problems, and trends in vocational and business education. Emphasis on the philosophy and aims of the vocational work experience programs and on the development of functional business education programs. Graduate Courses

Bus.Ed. 505 Organization and Administration of Office Education (3) The objectives, operation and coordination of vocational Office Education programs; including classroom instruction, on-the-job training and youth activities.

Bus.Ed. 561 Distributive Education in the Secondary School (3) Meaning and scope of distributive education, provisions for it in the Federal Vocation Acts, the philosophy and aims of distributive education in the secondary school.

Bus.Ed. 595 Materials and Teaching Procedures in Office Education (3) The development of teaching procedures and instructional aids for the classroom instruction in an Office Education program. Emphasis on units to be studied as well as coordinating group and individual activities in the classroom,

Bus.Ed. 607 Business Curriculum (3) Nature, objectives, scope and trends of Business Education. Emphasis on problems in the evaluation and construction of the business curriculum in the secondary school.

Bus.Ed. 610 Directed Observation Job analysis, job description, work experience reports, human relations problems, and job training techniques coordinated with problems related to student's work.

Bus.Ed. 612 Improvement of Instruction in Shorthand (3) Evaluation of system changes and standards of achievement. Teaching procedures basic to the development of vocational proficiency.

Bus.Ed. 613 Improvement of Instruction in the Teaching of Typewriting (3) Designed for experienced teachers. Current teaching materials and techniques, testing, visual aids, courses of study and problems of skill develoment.

Bus.Ed. 614 Improvement of Instruction in Bookkeeping (3) Objective, subject matter, and methods of presentation. Evaluation of texts and tests. Planning units of work.

Bus.Ed. 615 Improvement of Instruction in Basic Business (3) A study of objectives, methods, and materials for courses such as general business, eco­ nomics, and business law. Development of units of work.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION THE CURRICULA 203

Bus.Ed. 654 Content and Materials in Office Machines and Office Practice (3) Selection of machines for various kinds of office work, course-of-study preparation, scheduling, and techniques of teaching, Bus.Ed. 661 Techniques of Coordination in Business Education (3) Planning, organizing, and administrating work-experience programs in office occupa­ tions. Business community school relationships, occupational surveys, job analysis, and guidance in business education. Bus.Ed. 670 Evaluation of Current Problems in Business Education (3) Survey of current trends in business education. Analysis of research studies and related literature. Bus.Ed. 692 Teaching Personal Finance Concepts Designed for teachers who include any phase of money management in their teaching. Current teaching materials and techniques for integrating personal and family finance into the business curriculum. Bus.Ed. 697 Independent Study in Business Education (1-2) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research. Bus.Ed. 699 Thesis (4) Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

BUREAU OF BUSINESS SERVICES The Bureau of Business Services was established in 1965 as an integral part of the College of Business Administration. The Bureau is the external arm of the College, providing various business and economic services to both individuals and to private and public organizations. These services are basically advisory in nature and consist of research, training, and consultative-oriented activities. The work of the Bureau is coordinated by the Assistant Dean for Develop­ ment and is under the direct responsibility of three directors: Director of Business and Economic Research, Director of Training Programs, and Director of Com­ munity Research and Development. Each of these individuals is charged with the responsibility for activities within their respective area.

Moller Center in Use Entertainment—An Integral Function of the College COLLEGE OF CREATIVE ARTS

ART • HUMANITIES • JOURNALISM • MUSIC RADIO AND TELEVISION • SPEECH • THEATRE College Has A Variety of Activities 207 College Of Creative Arts

ELDON A. ARDREY Dean

PURPOSE The College of Creative Arts embraces fields of communication and areas of major concern in the fine and performing arts. Included in the administrative structure of the College of Creative Arts are art, humanities, journalism, music, speech and theatre. Humanities serves the broad interests of liberal education for the entire university.

This college has several very specific functions. The prime aim is to serve as an administrative structure to shelter, promote, integrate, and coordinate cultural activity for the university. Implied in this purpose is the responsibility to provide activities, programs and further training for students possessing creative interests and talents. This college also offers creative experiences and courses that are required in programs of other colleges.

Art PROFESSOR: Tewari; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Browne ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gibson, Hopkins, Jacobson, iambson, Williams INSTRUCTORS; Beasley, Spitzer, Davidson, Webster

OBJECTIVES The objectives of the art program are threefold; to allow the integration of art with a general education program; to provide an adequate program for students wishing to prepare for teaching art in the elementary and secondary schools; to give a sound background in fundamentals and techniques followed by specialization in one or more areas of art for those who are planning for professional careers in art.

Art Majors BACHELOR OF ARTS See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. Major, minimum of 45 hours in art (related art minor may be taken with a maximum total of 63 hours in art)

CREATIVE ARTS 208 THE CURRICULA

ART HISTORY MAJOR Requited courses: Art 101, 122, 240, 241, 340, 341, 346, 440, 443, 497, 597, plus electives. Suggested minors: Related — Art History, Studio Art, World Literature, Music History, Humanities, History. Language requirement: 2-year college level proficiency, demonstrated through course work or test (emphasis should be on reading knowledge). Since the student will be going on for an M.A. and Ph.D. in Art History, French or German will fulfill this requirement. Suggested Electives: Hist. 320, 330, 341, 390, second semester of Art 497, 597, Mus. 335, 336, Eng. 252, 253, or studio courses approved by adviser.

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS The BFA Degree is proposed to meet the needs of very talented art students in training them for professional careers in art or in the teaching of art in higher education. The BFA student will upon graduation either take a career art position or go on to his MFA in a chosen field of art to qualify him to teach in higher education. Liberal Studies _ 42 Art History and Analysis: An 240, 241, 340, 440 12 Art Studio courses in area of specialization: Painting, Sculpture, Commercial, Crafts 62 General Electives (one speech course recommended, one literature course recommended, one language course recommended) 9 Total Units for Graduation „ 125

SCULPTURE MAJOR Art: 120, 121, 122, 130, 131, 150, 151, 160, 170, 220, 221, 252, 253, 255, 330, 331, 332, 333, 430, 431, 490. Electives in Studio Courses or Art History...... 10 Total Studio Courses...... 62 Suggested Electives: Art 231, 351, courses in Jewelry and Silversmithing, courses in painting.

COMMERCIAL ART MAJOR

Art: 120, 121, 122, 130, 131, 150, 151, 220, 221, 252, 253, 255, 256, 321, 322, 350, 351, 355, 450, 454, 458, 490. Electives in Studio Courses or Art History ...... 5 Total Studio Courses...... 62 Suggested Electives: Art 250, 251, 223, 224, 257, 423, 424, 497, Marketing 335.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 209

PAINTING MAJOR Art 120, 121, 122, 130, 131, 150, 151, 160 or 170, 220, 221, 223, 224, 252, 320, 321, 324 or 326, 420, 421, 423, 424, 490. Electives in Art 8 Total Studio Courses 62 Suggested Electives: Art 322, 324 or 326, 422, 497.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION (Secondary Teaching Emphasis) See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements.

Major, minimum of 35 hours in art: Art 101, 240, 241, 120, 130, 150, 160, 170, 220, 252, 315. Plus a minimum of 9 units in upper division work approved by adviser. Art Minors BACHELOR OF ARTS Art History Minor: Minimum of 18 hours Required Courses: Art 240, 241, 340, 341, 440. Suggested Electives: An 101, 294, 346, 443, or Studio An to make a total of 18 hours minimum.

BACHELOR OF ARTS OR SCIENCE Minor: Minimum of 18 hours in Art. Required of all B.A. or B.S. Minors: Art 101,440. Plus specialization in one of the following areas: 1. Painting and Drawing: Art 120, 220, 221, 320, 321. 2. Sculpture: An 130, 131; 4 units from 230, 231, 330, 331, 332, 333- 3. Commercial Art: Art 120, 150, 252, 350, 351, 352. 4. Design: Art 150, 151, 250, 251, plus electives to total 18 hours. 5. Crafts: Art 160, 161, 260, 170, 171, 270, 261 or 271. 6. General Art: Art 120, 130, 150, 160, 170, 220. 7. Individually planned Related Art Minor: Courses selected with help of adviser.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Minor, Secondary Teaching Emphasis: Minimum of 24 hours in an. Art 101, 120, 130 or 160, 150, 220, 252, Ed. 430, An 440, plus electives to total 24. Minor, Elementary Teaching Emphasis: Minimum of 15 hours in art. Art 101, 120, 150, 130 or 160, 440; plus a minimum of 4 units selected from upper division art courses.

CREATIVE ARTS 210 THE CURRICULA Description Of Courses GENERAL Art 101 Introduction to Art (2) A study of art elements and principles as applied to present-day consumer art and the fine arts. (Available also for L.S.) ART EDUCATION Art 210 Crafts Design (2) Design in copper and silver, weaving, and some use of native materials. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Art 150. Art 310 Art in the Elementary School (3) Art education theory and methods for students planning to teach in elementary grades. Some observation in the elementary schools. Educ. 430 Art in the Secondary School (3) Art education theory and methods for students planning to teach at secondary level. Art 410 Art Activities for the Young Child (3) Construction of art materials to be used as an integrated part of the educational activities in the primary and intermediate grades. Art 497 Individual Problems in Art Education (2-3) PAINTING - DRAWING Art 120, 121, Beginning Drawing (2-2) Composing drawings in a variety of media including pencil, chalk, charcoal, brush, and pen. Some study of anatomy and perspective. Fee $1.00. Art 122 Techniques and Materials in Painting (2) Lecture-demonstration course concerning the materials of painting, the application of these materials to a two-dimensional surface and the preparation of grounds. One class session of two hours per week. Prerequisite: Art 120.

Art 220 Beginning Painting (3) Composing paintings in various media. Some study of color theory and mixing. Prerequisites: Art 120,150. Art 221 Intermediate Painting (3) Composing paintings in water, oil, and synthetic painting media using various subject matter. Practice in drawing. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 223, 224, Graphic Arts (3-3) Design experience in linoleum, wood-block, silk screen printing; etching and lithography. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Art 120. Art 320 Outdoor Painting (3) Painting of outdoor subjects in various media. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 321 Life Drawing and Painting (3) Drawing and painting from the model in various media. Review and further study of anatomy. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Art 120.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 211

Art 324 Life Painting (3) Painting from model. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 326 Portrait Painting (3) Painting of portraits in various media. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 420-421 Advanced Painting (3-3) For advanced students composing paintings in media and subjects of their choice. Prerequisites: Art 221, 320, 321. Art 422 Mural and Stained Glass Design (3) Problems connected with painting on large surfaces in architectural settings. Developments and application of cartoons for murals. Fresco, tempera and lacquer techniques. Introduction to composition in glass. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Art 221.

Art 423-424 Watercolor Painting (3-3) Painting in transparent watercolor. Prerequisite: Art 220. Art 490 Senior Exhibition in Studio Arts, Drawing and Painting, or Printmaking (2) For seniors to gain experience organizing and setting up an exhibit of their own work before graduation. Art 497 Individual Problems in Art (2-3) SCULPTURE

Art 130 Clay Modeling (2) Principles of volume design in clay with introductory projects ranging from representa­ tional to non-objective. Fee $5.00. Art 131 Anatomy for Artists (3) Study of the human skeleton and muscle structure by construction in wire and wax. Fee $2.00. Art 132 Figure Modeling (3) Sketches in day from the live model both male and female. Fee $8.00.

Art 230, 231 Portrait Sculpture (3-3) Sketches in clay from the human head. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Art 130. Art 330 Wood Sculpture (3) Carving and construction in wood. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Art 130. Art 331 Stone Sculpture (3) Carving in marble and other various types of stone. Fee $1.00. Prerequisite: Art 130.

Art 332 Welded-Metal Sculpture (3) Constructions in metal with both arc and oxy-acetylene torch. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Art 130.

Art 333 Cast-Metal Sculpture (3) Casting of metal sculpture and foundry procedures involved. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 130.

CREATIVE ARTS 212 THE CURRICULA

Art 430, 431 Advanced Sculpture (4-4) Concentrated work toward students' personal goals in sculpture. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 130, 131, 132, 330, 331, 332, 333, and consent of instructor. Art 440 Senior Exhibition in Studio Arts, Sculpture (2)

Art 497 Individual Problems in Sculpture (2-3)

ART HISTORY

Art 240 History of Art to 1500 (3) A chronological arrangement of works of art of western world from antiquity to the Renaissance with emphasis placed on the society out of which the works grew. Art 241 History of Art from 1500 (3 ) Study of art of the western world from early Renaissance through the present for a fuller appreciation of contemporary works of art as an expression of our society. Prerequisite: Art 240. Art 294. Aesthetics of the Visual Arts (2) Designed to familiarize the student with basic attitudes toward styles, techniques and iconology in painting, architecture, and sculpture of all periods- See listing under Liberal Studies. Art 340 Asian Art History: South Asia (3) A chronological arrangement of Asian works of art with an emphasis on art of India, Ceylon, Islamic world, and Southeast Asia. Art 341 Asian Art History: East Asia (3) Chinese and Japanese art styles from Tang Dynasty through Ch'ing Dynasty. Art 346 Latin American Art (3) Art of early Mexican and South American Indian Cultures, of colonial latin America, of Mexican Renaissance, and contemporary Central and South America.

Art 440 Contemporary Art (3) Historical factors leading to the development of 20th Century art. Discussions of controversial art subjects in the contemporary world.

Art 443 Art History of the Renaissance (3) Tracing the development of painting, architecture, and sculpture from 1200-1560 A.D. Emphasis placed on Italy with references to Northern Europe as pertinent.

Prerequisites: Hum. 231, Art 240-241, Eur. Hist, or permission of instructor.

Art 497 Individual Problems in Art History (2-3) COMMERCIAL ART AND DESIGN

Art 150 Basic Design (2) Elementary principles of design: theory and use of color and form.

Art 151 Basic Design (2) Continuation of work in design with emphasis on three dimensional design. Prerequisite: Art 150.

Art 250,251 Intermediate Design (2-2) Design applied to 2-dimensional and 3-dimension3l objects. Prerequisite: Art 150,151.

Art 252 Hand Lettering (2) Study of basic letter forms, letter spacing and ink rendering techniques. Some work with freehand scripts and world design.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA. 213

Art 253 Typography (2) Study of letter forms, type style relationships and type composition. Emphasis on designing with type. Fee $4.00. Prerequisite: Art 252.

Art 255 Product Illustration (2) Basic procedures in advertising illustration. Some perspective study. Renderings of manu­ factured products in opaque grays, watercolor washes and India ink. Fee $3.00. Prerequisite: Art 120, 150, 252.

Art 256 Commercial Art Reproduction (3) Preparing art work for reproduction. Includes ad paste-ups, working with type. Fee $10.00. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Art 257 Cartooning (2) Principles and techniques of cartooning for advertising and editorial. General humor uses. Prerequisite: Art 120. Art 350 Air Brush Techniques (3) Learning to use the airbrush. Rendering airbrush drawing and retouching photographs for advertising use. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 255.

Art 351 Advertising Layout (3) Techniques of layout rendering. Problems in layout and design of advertising materials. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 120, 150, 252.

Art 355 Figure Illustration (3) Rendering the advertising figure in various media. Fee $2.00, Prerequisite: Art 132, 255, 321. Art 450 Advanced Commercial Art (Illustration) (4) Further work in product and figure illustration with emphasis on more complex compo­ sitions. Some work in color. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 355. Art 454 Advanced Commercial Art (Design) (3) Study of the principles of effective visual communications and its place in advertising and public relations. Studio work in designing for the total concept. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 255, 355, 454. Art 458 Visual Communications Concepts (3) Study of the principles of effective visual communication and its place in advertising and public relations. Studio work in designing for the total concept. Prerequisite: Art 255, 355, 454.

Art 490 Senior Exhibition in Studio Arts (Commercial Art) (2) Preparation of a job portfolio with emphasis on instructor-directed but mainly unsuper­ vised work. Matting and hanging the work for exhibition in a Universtry gallery.

Art 497 Individual Problems in Commercial Art (1-3)

CRAFTS Art I60-I6I Beginning Ceramics (2-2) Hand building and throwing on the potters wheel. Fee $12.00. Art 260-261 Intermediate Ceramics (2-2) Further experimentation in pottery design. Glaze composition. Fee $12.00. Prerequisite: Art 161.

CREATIVE ARTS 214 THE CURRICULA

Art 170-171 Beginning Jewelry Design (2-2) Fabrication of jewelry from sheet and wire. Lost-wax centrifugal casting. Fee $2.00. Art 270-271 Intermediate Jewelry Design (2-2) Further work in jewelry design. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 170 or 171. Art 280-281 Fabrics Design (2-2) History and application of textile design, emphasizing weaving and including stitchery. spinning, dyeing, and screen printing. Prerequisite: Art 150.

Art 311 Lapidary (3) See IE 311

Art 490 Senior Exhibition in Studio Arts, Crafts (2) Note: Arr 497 individual Problems in Art (2,3) may be taken in any of the areas of emphasis. Graduate Degrees

The Art Department offers an art major or minor on a Master of Arts in Education. See Graduate Bulletin. Graduate Courses

Art 510 Arts and Crafts in the Elementary Schools (3) Theory and practice in art methods for experienced and prospective elementary teachers. Art 515 Arts and Crafts in the Secondary Schools (3) Theory and practice in art methods for experienced and prospective secondary teachers. Art 516 Print Making (3) Print making processes for students to further their own expression, and for teachers to adapt processes to teaching needs. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Course in Drawing.

Art 520 Advanced Outdoor Painting (3) Advanced work in landscape and other outdoor painting. Prerequisite: Art 320 or consent of instructor.

Art 570 Advanced Jewelry ( 3) Further experience in jewelry design. Fee $2.00. Prerequisite: Art 170 or consent of instructor.

Art 597 Individual Problems in Art (1-2-3) Advanced work in art education, drawing and painting, sculpture, art history, or crafts. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

Art 600 Graduate Studio Performance (3) Intensive study in ceramics, painting, or sculpture. Ceramics fee, $12.00. Sculpture fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Art 351 in ceramics, Art 421 in panting, Art 451 in sculpture, or consent of instructor.

Art 625 Current developments in the Visual Arts (3) Discussion and lecture on recent developments in all areas of art. (See liberal studies)

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 215

Art 630 Advanced Sculpture (3) Projects to advance the student toward his chosen goals in sculpture. Fee $5.00. Art 640 Period Art History (3) (May be repeated for credit) Advanced research in one era or area of art history: Primitive, Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque and Rococo, Asia, the Americas, Contemporary. Art 660 Advanced Crafts (3) Further experience in design and craftsmanship in assigned areas. Ceramics fee $12.00; Jewelry 12.00. Prerequisite: Art 250, or consent of instructor. Art 697 Independent Study in Art (1-2) Independent study in art education, drawing and painting, sculprure, art history, or crafts. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Art 699 Thesis (4) Humanities PROFESSOR Mansure (Dept. Chr.); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Merchant, Smallwood, Robert Smith, Wenstrand; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Elesch, Atkin, Bensusan, Goyette, Robert Hall, Palumbo, Revard; INSTRUCTOR Cole.

OBJECTIVES The Department of Humanities serves the whole University by providing interdisciplinary courses designed to help students' graduation programs prepare them for lives of meaningful, constructive values. In addition, professional minors are offered for Elementary Education and Secondary Education candidates, and an interdisciplinary Humanities Minor can be fitted flexibly to meet the needs and goals of other students. The B.A. degree in Humanistic Studies provides an ideas and values core, a world arts and peoples sequence, and a choice of nine alternative humanistic foci. The Humanities programs are a creative nexus implementing the University's concern to advance human values and personal growth in the con­ temporary world.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS Liberal Studies: 42 hours, including Anthro. 301, Geog. 440, Hum. 231 (or both Art 294 and Mus. 293), Hum. 353, and Hum. 481. Ideas and Values Core: 15 hours, including Hum. 350, 370, 420, 430, and 440. World Arts and Peoples Sequence: 18 hours of approved selections from inter­ disciplinary list published by the department. Humanistic Focus: 18 hours of approved selections in African, American, Asian, Latin American, Russian, Southwest, or Western European Studies; Compara­ tive Religious Studies; or Epochal, Conceptual, or other Humanistic Concerns. Approved Electives: 32 hours. See pp. 75-77 for general degree requirements.

CREATIVE ARTS 216 THE CURRICULA

HUMANITIES MINORS

Content Emphasis in Humanities for B.S. in Education (Elementary Education), 15 hours: Hum. 350, 370, 420, 430, and 440; or nine hours from that core plus six hours selected from one of four elective sequences published by the College of Education and the Department of Humanities.

Teaching Minor in Humanities for B.S. in Education (Secondary Education), 24 hours: Written authorization of distribution of courses must be secured in advance from the Chairman of the Department of Humanities. 12 hours selected from Hum. 350, 370, 420, 430, and 440; plus 12 hours of approved selections from specified sequences in Art, Literature, Music, or Social Studies.

Interdisciplinary Minor in Humanities (non-teaching), 18 hours in arts, ideas, and values. Courses in Humanities plus a selection of other humanistic en­ richment studies, fitted by written authorization in advance from the Chairman of the Department of Humanities to the needs and goals of the student.

Description Of Courses

Hum. 231 Man and the Arts (4) A study of aesthetics and the principles underlying all of the fine arts in order to develop in the student an understanding of the nature of the fine arts, of creative experience, and of the need for conscious formulation of artistic values. Hum. 350 The Search for Meaning (3) Exploration in perceiving relationships among ideas and values, seeking a coherence through which study, personal identity, and participation in society may be meaningful. Hum. 353 Great Issues in Western Culture (3) An examination, through primary readings, of significant attitudes and problems of Western culture as reflected in social institutions, pholosophy, and the arts. Hum. 360 African Ideas and Values (3) An integrative study of ideas and values of contemporary Africa; their expression through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, and religious and philosophical developments; and their contributions to life in the United States. Hum. 361 Asian Ideas and Values (3) An integrative study of ideas and values of contemporary Asia; their expression through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, and religious and philosophical developments; and their contributions to life in the United States. Hum. 362 Latin American Ideas and Values (3) An integrative study of ideas and values of contemporary Latin America; their expression through music, literature, drama, the visual arts, and religious and philosophical develop­ ments; and their contributions to life in the United States. Hum. 370 Foundations of Freedom (3) Investigation of the meaning and sources of freedom and responsibility, with application to free enterprise, intellectual freedom, political freedom, religious liberty, and other concepts of freedom. Hum. 419 Problems in Comparative Literature (3) Set Using under English 419. Hum. 420 Current Conflicts in American Humanistic Values (3) Consideration of humanistic value conflicts in America today as illustrated in contemporary art forms, in current ethical dilemmas, in personal and group alienation and in other present-day developments. Hum. 430 Comparative Religious Values of Mankind (3) Analysis of comparative religious values of mankind as sources of the humanity of man and of his obligations to his fellow-man.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 217

Hum. 440 World Perspectives in the Arts and Literature (3) Research in humanistic values found in significant examples of the arts and literature of selected peoples of the world. May be repeated for credit. Hum. 481 Recent Trends (3) Designed to acquaint the student with the most recent developments in scientific thought and methodology, social science, philosophy, education, technology, and the arts, and the impact of these on contemporary life. Hum. 482H Honors Colloquium (3) Consideration of selected humanistic issues and problems in understanding the develop­ ment of contemporary cultures. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Hum. 492H Studies in Intercultural Relations (3) Music, literature, the visual arts, religious concepts, and other idea presentations of societies undergoing cultural confrontations. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Hum. 497 Independent Reading (1-3) An individual approach to selected humanistic topics by guided reading and critical evaluation. May be elected only with special permission. Graduate Courses

Hum. 701 Recent Cultural Trends Affecting Education (3) Implications for educators of recent developments in the humanities areas. Journalism

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Bostrom; INSTRUCTORS Borg, Winston; Cooley (Dept. Chr.)

OBJECTIVES A broad program of educational experiences is demanded of potential majors in journalism in order to report events of our time. With this in mind, major emphases in broad communications programs have been designed to cultivate atti­ tudes, habits, and understandings that contribute to accurate, yet precise reporting.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (Journalism)

An interdisciplinary major with four special areas of concentration designed to prepare the student for professional work in the mass media and/or teacher education. It is the purpose of the Journalism Program to develop students with 1. A well-rounded knowledge and understanding of man and society and of the institutions, arts, sciences, and technology which affect man and society; 2. A prac­ tical and working knowledge of the philosophies and the fundamental techniques used in the specialized areas of mass communications; 3. An appreciation of the increasing importance of mass communications in our democratic society; 4. The advanced knowledge and understanding of at least one subject area outside but related to a specialized area of mass communication.

CREATIVE ARTS 218 THE CURRICULA

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION

(See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements)

News Editorial Journalism (33 semester hours) 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 312, 320, 321, 330, 480, and choice of one 408, 410 or 485. Interdisciplinary Background (18 semester hours) Hist. 140-141 or Hist. 291-292, P.S. 240, three hours in international government, and six hours literature.

Public Relations Journalism (33 semester hours) 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, 314, 480, 485, Spch. 101, and minimum of six hours from Spch. 123, 124, 220, 320, 322, or 232. Interdisciplinary Background (18 semester hours) Same as for News Editorial.

Newspaper Management-Advertising Journalism (33 semester hours) 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 312, 320, 321, 411, 480, and three hours of approved electives. Interdisciplinary Background (18 semester hours) Same as for News Editorial.

Journalism Education (Secondary) Journalism (33 semester hours) 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 312, 320, 321, 411, 480, and 485. Education Block (19 semester hours) Educ. 200, 225, 322, 330, 430- Journalism, and 495. Minor: See individual department requirements for minor in education.

MINOR IN RADIO-TELEVISION

This interdisciplinary program in Journalism, Speech, Radio-TV, and English is available through the Speech and Theater Department. See Speech and Theater Department for derails.

MINORS IN JOURNALISM

Minors in Non-Education Journalism (18 semester hours) 101, 102, 201, 202, 320 or 321, and 480.

Minors in Journalism Education (Secondary) Journalism (18 semester hours) 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and 321, plus adviser approved electives (6 semester hours). Three hours of work must be at the upper division level.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 219 Description Of Courses JOURNALISM THE LUMBERJACK, the college newspaper, is the laboratory for work in journalism, and all students registering for courses in journalism are required to participate in its activities.

Jlsm. 101-102 Introduction to Mass Communications (3-3) Introductory course to writing for newspapers, radio and television. Prerequisite for journalism courses.

Jlsm. 150 Yearbook Production (1-1) Actual practice in yearbook planning. Jlsm. 201-202 Staff Reporting (3-3) A laboratory course designed to give students practical experience in newswritinng. Jlsm. 301 Public Affairs Reporting (3) Advanced Reporting with emphasis on municipal, county and state government and on education reporting. Jlsm. 302 Editorial (3) Advance study of editorial, opinion, and feature writing. Jlsm. 312 Typography and Mechanical Processes (3) Study of typefaces and uses, compatible types, layouts. Introduction to letterpress and offset printing with emphasis on new role of offset in newspaper production. Jlsm. 314 Magazine Writing (3) Basic principles of article writing and sale of articles to different types of publications. Jlsm. 320 History of Journalism (3) The development of the profession of journalism in America. Jlsm. 321 Ethics and Law of Press and Radio (3) A study of the laws rhat govern mass communications, including the press and radio; and of codes of ethics as controlling factors and as good business and social procedures.

Jlsm. 330 Copyreading (3) Active work in copyreading materials to prepare them for print or broadcast. Laboratory work on Lumberjack.

Jlsm. 408 Interpretative Reporting (3) Advanced reporting class with emphasis on new trends in news reporting and writing. Jlsm. 410 The Community Newspaper—Editorial Aspects (3) Study of the techniques of news display of the newspaper as a communications service to the community and of its responsibility as force affecting the social and economic pattern.

Jlsm. 411 Advertising (3) Advertising campaigns and layout for the mass media.

Jlsm. 480 Photojournalism (3) Fundamentals of photography and their application to the newspaper, the magazine, and other publications. Limited to juniors and seniors who are majoring or minoring in journalism.

Jlsm. 481 Teaching Journalism in Secondary School (3) Prepares teacher education candidates to teach in high school jounralism classroom and introduces problems involved in sponsoring school newspapers and yearbooks. Student may take Educ. 430-Journalism (3) as an alternate course.

Jlsm. 485 Public Relations (3) A general course in public relations, including school commuaity relations.

CREATIVE ARTS 220 THE CURRICULA Graduate Courses

Jlsm. 580w Photography and the School (2) A workshop on the principles of photography adapted for the teacher, the sponsor of newspapers, yearbooks, and camera clubs. Use of photography for visual aids in the classroom and for public relations. Jlsm. 581 Advising Student Publications (3) Problems of editorial policy, finance, school and community relationships. Jlsm. 582w High School Publications Workshop (2) Designed for high school journalism teachers who sponsor newspapers and yearbooks, jointly sponsored by the university and the Arizona Interscholastic Press Association. Accom­ panies a workshop for high school student leaders in publications. Jlsm. 585 Radio and Newspaper in Public Relations ( 3 ) Of special interest to teachers, supervisors and administrators. Emphasis on the use of these media in interpreting various phases of the school program to the community. Organization of programs; preparation of scripts.

Music

PROFESSOR: E. Ardrey (Dean, College of Creative Arts); ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: P. Curry (Dept. Chr.), M. Short, C. Warren; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: R. Arbizu, J. Gould, M. Kinney, T. Kirshbaum, C. Shaw, D. Wolf; INSTRUCTORS: S. Oveteen, D. Wakeling.

Undergraduate Programs

OBJECTIVES

It is the purpose of the music program to provide educational experiences for students who (1) are interested in attaining a more thorough understanding of music; (2) have the desire to increase their musicianship, scholarship, and technical proficiency; (3) wish to learn how to make sound aesthetic judgments in evaluating musical literature and performances; (4) wish to become artistic performers and/or creative teachers of music; (5) wish to increase their com­ petency to achieve success in graduate study in the field of music.

SPECIAL POLICIES

1. Recognition is given to students on the advanced level so that they may receive advanced placement through examinations. 2. Two-year Junior College graduates transferring to Northern Arizona University directly from Junior College, are required to complete fifty per cent (50%) of the semester hours listed under the following pro­ grams, with the exception of the Bachelor of Music Degrees. Special examinations will be required on the Bachelor of Music Degree.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 221 Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF MUSIC Instrumental Major

Violin, viola, piano, clarinet, trombone, trumpet, french horn. (Other instruments as performing staff becomes available).

See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. 73 semester hours in music. Instrument 121-422; Recitals 101 (8 semesters) Ensemble (8 semesters) 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 231, 241, 242, 251, 252, 335, 336, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 453, 454, 460, 498.

Voice Major See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. 67 semester hours in music. Voice 121-422; Piano 101-302; Recitals 101 (8 semesters) Ensemble (8 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 231, 241, 242, 251, 252, 335, 336, 340, 343, 344, 451, 452, 498. Equivalent of 16 hours in an acceptable foreign language is required, but may be waived by proficiency examination.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION (Secondary) Instrumental Major See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. 53 semester hours in music. Instrument 111-412; Voice 101-201; Recitals 101 (8 semesters) Ensemble (8 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 335, 336, 337, 341, 342, 343, 345, 346, 347, 348, 451, 453, 460, 488 or 498. Music 511 and Education 430 required for certification. Elect three hours from the following: Piano 101-202, Music 204, Choral Ensemble. No outside minor necessary. (Pno., Voc, Vln., Clar., Tpt. may be waived by proficiency examination).

Vocal Major 53 semester hours in music. Voice 111-412; Piano 101-201; Violin 101; Clarinet 101; Trumpet 101; Recitals 101 (8 semesters); Ensemble (8 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 335, 336, 337, 341, 342, 343, 348, 451, 453, 461, 488 or 498. Music 511 and Education 430 required for certification. Elect three hours from the following: Music 344, 345, 346, 347, Instrumental Ensembles. No outside minor necessary. (Pno., Voc., Vln., Clr., Tpt., may be waived by proficiency examination.)

CREATIVE ARTS 222 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF ARTS Music History and Literature Major See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. 53 semester hours in music. Recitals 101 (8 semesters) Ensemble (8 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 231, 241, 293H, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 460. Piano 111-311. Electives: 3 hours.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Secondary Education Major with a Music Emphasis Instrumental Music See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. 35 semester hours. An outside minor of 24 hours is required. Major Instrument 111-312; Piano 101, Voice 101, Violin 101, Trumpet 101, Clarinet 101. Recitals 101 (8 semesters); large Ensemble (8 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 336, (or 230 and 231), 343, 345, 346, 347, 348, 453, 460, 488 or 498. Music 511 and Education 430 required for certification. Academic minor necessary. (Pno., Voc., Clr., Tpt. may be waived by proficiency examination).

Vocal Music 35 semester hours plus outside minor of 24 hours. Voice 111-312; Piano 101-202; Violin 101, Clarinet 101, Trumpet 101. Recitals 101 (8 semesters) Vocal Ensemble (8 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251, 336, (or 230 and 231), 343, 451, 488 or 498. Music 511 and Education 430 required for certification. Academic minor necessary. (Pno., Clr., Tpt. may be waived by proficiency examination.)

Elementary Education Major with a Music Emphasis See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. Emphasis in Vocal Music: 28 semester hours. Recitals 101 (4 semesters) Ensemble (4 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 335, 336, 451. Music 511 required for certification. Voice 111-312; Piano 101-302. Emphasis in Instrumental Music: 28 semester hours. Recitals 101 (4 semesters) Ensemble (4 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 335, 336, 451. Music 511 required for certification. Instrument 111-212. Piano 101-202. Voice 101-202. Emphasis in Piano: 28 semester hours. Recitals 101 (4 semesters) Ensemble (4 semesters); 141 142 151 152 335, 336, 451. Piano 111-312; Voice 101-202.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 223

Teaching Minors in Music See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. For Secondary Education Majors: 24 semester hours. Major Instrument or Voice 111-212. Recitals 101 (4 semesters) Ensemble (4 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 451, 453 plus additional electives to complete 24 hours. For Elementary Education Majors: 24 semester hours. Major Instrument or Voice 111-212. Minor emphasis: Instrument or Voice 111-112; Recitals 101 (4 semesters) Ensemble (4 semesters); 141, 142, 151, 152, 230, 451, 453 plus additional electives to complete 24 hours.

Academic Minors in Music See pages 75-77 for degree requirements. For Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Students: Minor in Music History and Literature: 18 semester hours. Recitals 101 (4 semesters) Ensemble (4 semesters); 141, 151, 335, 336, 343. Elect 6 hours from the following: Music 337, 338, 339, 340. Minor in Performance: 18 semester hours. Instrument or Voice 111-211. Recitals 101 (4 semesters), Ensemble (4 semesters); 141, 151, 336. Electives to complete 18 hours from: Music 335, 337, 338, 339, 340, 343. Graduate Programs The Department of Music offers programs leading to the Master of Music and the Master of Music Education degrees. For further information consult the Graduate Bulletin. Description Of Courses PRIVATE LESSONS (See fees following Graduate Courses) Voice, piano, organ, violin, viola, violoncello, string bass, all single and double reeds, all brasses and percussion may be used as a performing emphasis on a Bachelor of Music Education; a Bachelor or Science in Education, a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Arts Degree. BACHELOR OF MUSIMUSIC EDUCATIONEDUCATOW,

ARTS R BACHE LOR MUSIC ARTS OR° SCIENCESieLn s*BACHELORp OF OV MUSIC Cass Privat(w/mastee lessonr classes s Privat(^eSe lesson^s LessonLessonss (w/master*^7^ classes (w/ master> classes^nr^^ded ) when recommended) when recommended) Freshman 101-102 (1) 111-112 (1-1) 121-122 (3-3) Sophomore 201-202 (1) 211-212 (2-2) 221-222 (3-3) Junior 301-302(1) 311-312 (2-2) 321-322(3-3) Senior 411-412 (1-1) 421-422 (3-3)

CREATIVE ARTS 224 THE CURRICULA

*Majors on Bachelor of Music; Piano, Voice, Clarinet, French Horn, Trombone, Violin and Viola. Other areas will be announced when performing faculty are available. Note: Each semester hour of credit implies not less than 6 hours practice per week. One hour credit implies one half-hour lesson pet week. Two and three hours credit implies two half-hour lessons per week. All private lesson enrollments subject to staff approval. Courses of study for applied music are published separately and may be had on request. Note: Prefixes for private lessons are as follows: Vln., Vla., Vcl., St.B., Flt., Obo., Clr., Sax., Bsn., FHn., Tpt., Trb., Tba., Prc, Voc, Pno., Org.

CLASS LESSONS Piano 101-102 Class lessons in piano (offered each year) ....(1) (1) Fee $8.00 Piano 201-202, 301-302. Master Class lesson in piano (1) (1) (1) (1) Fee $13.00 Voice 101-102 Class lesson in voice (offered each year) (1) (1) Fee $8.00 Voice 201-202, 301-302. Master Class lesson in voice (1) (1) (1) (1) Fee $13.00 Violin 101 Class lessons in violin (offered each fall) (1) Fee $8.00 Clarinet 101 Class lessons in clarinet (offered each fall) (1) Fee $8.00 Trumpet 101 Class lessons in Trumpet (offered each fall) (1) Fee $8.00 Percussion 101 Class lessons in percussion (1) Fee $8.00

COURSES Mus. 100 Exploring Music (2) Designed to increase the student's general knowledge and affective response to music. Open to non-music majors or minors. Music 101 Recitals (Cr) Eight semester attendance required of music majors; four semesters of music minors. Mus. 109 University Orchestra (Cr or 1) Membership in the orchestra open to all qualified students after consultation with the director. An annual _ tour of the Southwest supplements a regular concert series in the performance of literature from all periods. Mus. 111Symphony Orchestra (Cr or 1) Membership in the Flagstaff Symphony Orchestra open to all qualified students after consultation with the director. Mus. 112 University Bands (Cr or 1) Marching Band—Symphonic Band The Marching Band performs at football games, parades, and other outdoor events. The Symphonic Band, maintains a. well-balanced, symphonic instrumentation and performs the finest in traditional and contemporary band literature. A spring tour is included in its activities. Membership in University Bands is open to ail qualified students. Mus. 113 University Chorale (Cr or I) This organization of selected voices has made a national reputation as the "Shrine of Ages Choir" through the Easter Sunrise Service held at the Grand Canyon. An extended tour of the Southwest is also an annual event. Auditions are open to all students.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 225

Mus. 114 University Singers (Cr or 1) Designed to give training for those who desire membership in the University Chorale. Performs in campus concerts and musical organizations. Auditions open to all students.

Mus. 115 Oratorio Choir (Cr or 1) Performs major choral works with orchestra. Open to all students. Mus. 116 Men's Chorus (Cr or 1) Performs in campus concerts and musical productions. Membership open to all men students. Mus. 141-142 Harmony I and II (3-3) Progresses from music fundamentals to diatonic harmony. Emphasis on four-part writing. Prerequisites: One year of piano study or concurrent registration in Piano 101. Mus. 151-152 Sight Singing, Dictation and Keyboard I and II (1-1 ) Sight singing of diatonic progressions. Dictation and keyboard coordinated with Music 141-142. Mus. 201 Small Vocal Ensemble (Cr or 1) Performs madrigal literature from the Renaissance through the present. Open to approved students concurrently registered in University Chorale or University Singers. Mus. 204 Opera Theatre (Cr or l) Production of operas. Open to all qualified students after consultation and audition with the director. For music students and others interested in any or all phases in production of opera. Mus. 214 General Music for the Classroom Teacher (Cr or 2) Development of basic music skills, and familiarity with music materials necessary to teach music in the elementary classroom. (Students with background in music may elect Music 310 as a substitute. Either Music 214 or 310 fulfills the elementary music requirement). Mus. 218 Small Instrumental Ensemble (Cr or 1) Open to approved students who are concurrently registered for band, orchestra, or piano. Mus. 230-231 Introduction to Music Literature (2-2) Designed as a listening and basic analysis course of music essentially from the seventeenth century to the present. Non-music majors may enroll with permission of the instructor. Mus. 241-242 Harmony III and IV (3-3) A comprehensive course in chromatic harmony including some twentieth century practices. Mus. 251-252 Sight Singing, Dictation and Keyboard III and IV (1-1) Sight singing of chromatic progressions. Dictation and keyboard coordinated with Music 241-242. Mus. 293 Aesthetics of Musk (2) Designed to acquaint the student with basic concepts of styles, techniques and forms of music of all periods. See listing under liberal Studies. Mus. 293 Aesthetics of Music (Honors) (2) An intensive study and application of major writings in the aesthetics of music. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council.

Mus. 309 Music in the Primary Grades (2) Materials and procedures for the lower elementary grades. Mus. 310 Music in the Elementary School (2) Philosophy and objectives of Music Education in the Elementary Schools. Materials and classroom procedures emphasized. Prerequisite: Basic background in Music. Mus. 335 Music History and Literature to 1750 (3) Evolution of music from primitive man, development of ihurch music, early standard- ization of symphony orchestra and opera. Mus. 336 Music History and Literature from 1750 (3) Music and musicians from mid-eighteenth century to the present.

CREATIVE ARTS 226 THE CURRICULA

Mus. 337 Contemporary Music Literature (3) Study of music literature since 1900; solo, symphony, chamber and vocal music. Individual projects, outside leading and listening encouraged.

Mus. 338 Symphonic Music Literature (3) Symphonic music of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries covering the symphonies, concertos, symphonic poems and other orchestral forms. Mus. 339 Chamber Music Literature (2) Survey of eighteenth and nineteenth century chamber music. Prerequisite: Music 336 and/ or permission of instructor.

Mus. 340 Vocal Music Literature (3) Concerned with vocal literature as found in the various concert forms: Song literature. Oratorio and Opera. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 341 Twentieth Century Techniques (3) Stresses harmonic structure of contemporary music. Form integrated with listening and analysis.

Mus. 342 Counterpoint (2) Sttesses eighteenth century counterpoint and proceeds to develop insights into modern uses of counterpoint. Prerequisites: 141, 142, 151, 152, 241, 251. Mus. 343-344 Form and Analysis (2-2) A study of eighteenth and nineteenth century compositions in regard to phrases, parts and movements; methods of structural control and variation through aural and visual analysis. First semester is devoted to a discussion of the various forms. During the second semester specific works are analyzed. Mus. 345 String Skills (1) Techniques and courses of study for teaching string groups. Fee $8.00. Instruments furnished. Offered each spring.

Prerequisite: Violin 101 or equivalent.

Mus. 346 Brass Skills (1) Techniques and courses of study for teaching brass groups. Fee $8.00. Instruments furnished. Offered each spring. Prerequisite: Trumpet 101 or equivalent. Mus. 347 Woodwind Skills (1) Techniques and courses of study for teaching woodwind groups. Fee $8.00. Instruments furnished. Offered each spring. Prerequisite: Clarinet 101 or equivalent.

Mus. 348 Percussion Skills (1) Techniques and courses of study for teaching percussion groups. Fee $8.00. Instruments furnished. Offered in fall semester. Mus. 350 Instrumental Repair (2) Designed for future teachers. Stressing knowledge and techniques for repair of instruments. Mus, 351 Fundamentals of Marching Band (2) Fundamental techniques of teaching marching band including instrumentation. Arranging, marching, preparing halftime football shows and general rehearsal procedures. Mus. 451-452 Choral Conducting Techniques and Literature (2-2) Emphasizes conducting fundamentals and techniques, organization, materials and in­ terpretation of traditional and contemporary choral literature. Mas. 453-454 Instrumental Conducting (2-2) Emphasizes conducting techniques, materials and interpretation for large instrumental groups.

CREATTVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 227

Mus. 460 Orchestration (2) Stresses orchestration and practical arranging for orchestra, band, and instrumental ensembles. Prerequisite: Advanced standing in music theory.

Mus. 461 Choral Scoring and Arranging (2) Theoretical and practical study of scoring for vocal groups. Mus. 488 Studio Recital (Cr) Open only to students registered currently in Applied Musi: 411-412. Mus. 498 Public Recital (Cr) Open to students registered currently in Applied Music 411-412, or 421-422.

Applied Music PRIVATE LESSONS

All degrees except Master of Music Candidates: Applied Instrument 511-512 Private Lessons (1-1) Applied Voice 511-512 Private Lessons (1-1) Applied Instrument 611-612 Private Lessons (2-2) Applied Voice 611-612 Private Lessons (2-2)

For Masters of Music Degree Candidates: Applied Instrument 621-622 Private Lessons (3-3) Applied Voice 621-622 Private lessons (3-3)

COURSES Mus. 505 Major Performance Literature (3) A study of the literature of the student's major performance areas. Mus. 508 Small Ensemble (1) Woodwinds, Brass, String, Percussion, Piano, Voice, etc. May be repeated for credit. Research paper required. Mus. 509 Large Ensemble (1) University Band, University Orchestra, Optra Theatre, University Chorale, Symphony, etc. May be repeated for credit. Research paper required. Mus. 511 Elementary Music Education (3) Stresses materials, procedures, and philosophy appropriate to the elementary school. For music majors and minors only. Will be substituted for Music }10 in Elementary Teaching Major or Minor programs when music emphasis is selected. Mus. 513 Music for the Kindergarten and Primary Teachers ( 3 ) Stresses special problems and experiences with a wide variety of techniques and materials for creative music expression. Mus. 514 Intermediate Elementary Classroom Music (3) Reading and conference of individual problems, creative music correlated with the arts. audio-visual aids, and the piano keyboard. Mus. 522 String Techniques (3) Stresses pedagogical problems associated with the teaching of strings. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: One year of string study or equivalent.

CREATIVE ARTS 228 THE CURRICULA

Mus. 523 Woodwind Techniques (3) Stresses pedagogical problems associated with the teaching of woodwinds. Fee $8.00. Prerequisite: One year of woodwind study or equivalent. Mus. 524 Brass Techniques (3) Stresses pedagogical problems associated with the teaching of brass. Fee 58.00. Prerequisite: One year of brass study or equivalent. Mus. 531 Music in the Secondary School (3) Philosophy, objectives, materials, and procedures for instrumental and vocal music in grades seven through twelve. Includes a study of all secondary music activities.

Mus. 603 Acoustical Construction and Maintenance of Instruments (3) Acoustical principles in construction of musical instruments and techniques to adjust and repair. Prerequisite: Music emphasis on the undergraduate level.

Mus. 604 Techniques and literature for Large Groups (3 ) Stress given to procurement and management of library and equipment for large per­ forming groups along with program building and period interpretation.

Mus. 605 Administration and Supervision of Music in the Public Schools (3) Emphasizes organization and management of school music programs and direction of edu­ cational music experience. Prerequisite: Music emphasis on the undergraduate level.

Mus. 606 Curriculum Materials in Music Education (3) Elementary, Junior High and Senior High. Evaluation of band, orchestra, choir, and classroom materials for music education purposes. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 607 Opera Production Techniques (3) Scenic and Costume Design, Stage Direction, and Repertoire. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 608 Small Ensemble (1) Woodwinds, Brass, String, Percussion, Piano, Voice, etc. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 609 Large Ensemble (1) University Band. University Orchestra, Opera Theatre, University Choir, Symphony, etc. May be repeated for credit. Research paper required.

Mus. 620 Music in American Culture (3) See listing under Liberal Studies—For non-Music majors only.

Mus. 623 Recent Music in Western Civilization ( 3) See listing under Liberal Studies — For non-Music majors only.

Mus. 630 Advanced Conducting (3) Choral, Instrumental, Opera, etc. Stresses techniques and interpretation of literature. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Music emphasis on graduate level.

Mus. 639 Introduction to Music Research (3) Study of research techniques in music.

Mus. 640 Period Music History (3) Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic and Contemporary. Concerned with develop­ ment of music in the various historical periods. May be repeated for credit.

Mus. 641 Pedagogy (3) Designed for each major in applied music areas. Concerns reaching materials and methods applicable to the candidate's applied emphasis.

Mus. 642 Composition ( 3) Writing in both instrumental and vocal forms. May be repeated for credir.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 229

Mus. 643 Stylistic Practices in Music (3) Instrumental, Choral, Opera, etc. May be repeated for credit. Mus. 644 Scoring and Arranging ( 3) Band. Orchestra, Chorus, etc. May be repeated for credit. Mus. 697 Independent Study in Music (1) or (2) For students capable of developing an independent study. Mus. 698 Public Recital (2) or (3) Required of all candidates with emphasis in performance. Fees PRIVATE MUSIC LESSONS (Regular Sessions)

Regular University Students: Students paying full University registration fees. B.M.E., B.A., B.S. in Educ, & M.M.E.: One credit hour (One half-hour lesson or one-hour Master Class lesson per week) ...... $20.00 per semester B.M.E., B.A., B.S. in Educ, & M.M.E.: Two credit hours (Two half-hour lessons or one-hour Master Class lesson per week) $40.00 per semester B.M. &M.M.: Three credit hours (Two half-hour lessons per week, w/Master Classes as necessary) $40.00 per semester Note: Refunds on incomplete terms of lessons will be figured at the percentage rate stated under fees and expenses.

SPECIAL STUDENTS TAKING MUSIC LESSONS ONLY Students who are eligible for University entrance (as Music majors), and who register for credit in music lessons only, will pay the regular auditors fee to the University, plus $3.00 per lesson to the instructor. No other University fees will be charged. Such students will not be eligible for student activity cards or other privileges extended to students paying regular registration fees.

RENTALS (Includes Locker) Practice room and/or piano (One hour daily per semester) $4.00 Practice room and/or piano (Two hours daily per semester) $6,00 Practice Organ (One hour daily per semester) ...... $6.00 Charges will be charged automatically at the time of registration for music lessons unless waived by tie Chairman of the Music Department.

CREATIVE ARTS 230 THE CURRICULA Fees (Summer Sessions) 5-week Term For individual instruction in voice or instrumental music, a fee is charged in addition to the credit hour fee. Refer to the Summer Bulletin. Practice room fee for music students taking private lessons is $1.00 per one hour per day, 5 days per week for a five-week period. College students and others not registered for credit will be permitted to register for practice room privileges with approval of the Chairman of the Music Department. (Refer to the Summer Bulletin). Practice Rooms: (one hour per day, five days per week for five-week term)....$3.00 Practice Organ: (one hour per day, five days per week for five-week term)....$5.00

ABSENCE FROM PRIVATE LESSONS Regular and Summer Terms A lesson missed because of an assembly, institutional excuse, school or legal holiday, as authorized by the administration, will be counted as a lesson taken. No more than one unexcused absence will be accepted on one lesson-per-week enrollments. No more than two unexcused absences will be accepted on two lessons-per-week enrollments. PRIOR NOTICE of anticipated absence must be given the instructor, three hours in advance, or the absence will be adjudged unexcused. Credit may be withheld unless lessons can be accounted for under the above rules. Speech And Theatre PROFESSOR Bauer; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Larson, Mayfield, White (Dept. Chr.); ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Julien, Reynolds; INSTRUCTORS Andrle, Baker, Rybacki. OBJECTIVES The function of the areas of Speech and Theatre is to assist all university students preparing themselves to become active participants of a world in which oral communication plays a major role. Thus there are speech and theatre courses which are basic for students readying themselves for any profession. Courses in Public Speaking, Argumentation and Debate, Discussion, Oral Interpretation of Literature, Stage Production, Radio and Television, Problems in Communication and Voice and Diction are disciplines which offer theory and practice important to all who would communicate well in their chosen field. Majors and minors are offered in Speech, Theatre and Mass Communication. (See separate listing under Journalism for other listings in the communications area.) There are a number of combinations of courses that will offer an area of concentration for speech and theatre majors including the preparation of students interested in teaching speech and theatre on the secondary level. la addition, the Speech and Theatre Department offers activities which are open to the entire university community: play productions, forensics and debate, radio broadcasting and readers theatre. It will

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 231

be noted that no required courses are listed under degree requirements. They have purposely been omitted in order that students might, from their freshman through senior years, be given individual direction in course selection. Several tracts have been developed so that a student desiring a particular program suited to his own needs might, through his adviser's help, select a tract and present it to the depart­ ment chairman for approval.

Degree Requirements BACHELOR OF ARTS See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. Major 35 hours (minimum requirement) A student wishing to major in Speech, Theatre, or Speech-Theatre may select his courses from several possible tracts designed to fit his particular needs through the counsel of his adviser. Electives must be approved by adviser. Extended Major Students wishing to, may merge their major and minor hours extending the major to 53 hours. Minor 18 hours A minor in Speech, Theatre, or Radio and Television may be selected from several possible tracts through the counsel of the student's adviser.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. To be accepted under this program the student must receive written approval from the chairman of the Speech and Theatre Department. Major 35-63 hours Basic requirements for the Speech, Theatre or Speech-Theatre major are the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree and vary with the selection of tracts offered. The distinct difference is the extended major re­ quirements. Of the 28 extended credit hours, 15 hours must be selected from courses numbered 300 and above. Electives must be approved by adviser. Minor 18 hours Students wishing to minor in Speech, Theatre or Radio and Television may select their courses from several possible tracts through the counsel of their minor adviser. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Journalism See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. Interdisciplinary major in mass communication (Public Relations). See Bachelor of Science, Journalism under JOURNALISM.

CREATIVE ARTS 232 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION (Secondary)

See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. Major 20 hours plus a minimum of 16 electives. A special tract of required courses has been designed to help the student desiring to teach Speech, Theatre, and/or Radio and Television at the secondary school level. All students preparing to teach in any subject area are urged to take Speech 203 in place of Speech 101. Through the cooperation of other departments, such as English, special tracts have been designed in order to offer a minor with courses which students most likely will be called on to teach as speech teachers. Electives must be approved by adviser. Minor 20 hours A student planning to be a secondary school teacher and wishing to minor in Speech, Theatre or Radio and Television may select his courses from several possible tracts through the counsel of his minor adviser. (Elementary) See pages 75-77 for general degree requirements. Minor 15 hours (minimum) A student planning to be an elementary school teacher and wishing to minor in Speech, Theatre or Radio and Television may select his courses from several possible tracts through the counsel of his minor adviser. Description Of Courses Speech Spch. 101 Public Speaking (3) Preparation and delivery of speeches, developing confidence and poise, attaining body and voice control, selecting and organizing material. (It is recommended that students preparing to teach in any subject area take Speech 203 in place of Speech 101.) Spch. 102 Voice and Diction (3) Devolping ease, naturalness and flexibility in the speaking voice. Analysis of individual voices through recordings. Instruction in: the sounds of English; standards of speech; tune, force, pitch, and quality of voice; and precision, correctness, and strength of diction. Spch. 103 Forensic Workshop (Cr-1) Preparation of students to participate in intercollegiate forensic activities. May be taken four times for one credit hour each time and repeated for credit (Cr) as often as the student wishes. Spch. 123 Radio Workshop (Cr-1) Practical work on the various phases of the campus broadcasting system. May be taken tour times for one credit hour each time and repeated for credit (Cr) as often as the student wishes. Spch. 124 Radio and TV Announcing (3) An introduction to modern broadcasting operations, with particular emphasis on the theory and practice of radio speaking, including voice and articulation improvement, pronunciation, and delivery of copy.

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or consent of instractor.

CREATIVE ARTS THE CURRICULA 233

Spch. 126 Introduction to Radio and TV (3) Historical and economic development of broadcasting, regulations, and the implications of the media. This is a fundamental course for those wishing to concentrate in the area of broadcasting. Spch. 150 Problems in Communication (3) A broad study of how and why people communicate. Interdisciplinary in nature, drawing from, language arts, psychology, philosophy, sociology, and communication theory. A Liberal Studies course for those not majoring in Speech and Theatre. Spch. 200 Oral Interpretation (3) Discovering the emotional and intellectual meanings of poetry, prose and drama, and the study and practice of techniques of presenting literature orally. Spch. 202 Phonetics (3) The study of the sounds of American speech which occur when those sounds are combined into meaningful words, phrases and sentences. Spch. 203 Communication in the Classroom (3) Specifically designed for prospective teachers in all fields. Practice in speech situations found in the typical classroom. Spch. 204 Parliamentary Procedure (2) Study of the philosophy and the practical rules of parliamentary procedure; practice in their application to the conducting of meetings. Spch. 220 Radio Production and Direction (3) Theory and practice in the planning, writing, directing and producing of a wide variety of broadcast programs. Instruction in the effective use of studio equipment. Prerequisite: Speech 126 or consent of instructor.

Spch. 291 Linguistic Phonology (3) See listing under Modern Language.

Spch. 300 Persuasion (3) Preparation and presentation of speeches with emphasis on understanding the psychology of audiences. Prerequisite: Speech 101 or consent of instructor.

Spch. 301 Principles of Group Discussion (3) Development of attitudes and skills necessary for effective participation and leadership in discussion. Practice in conference techniques. Spch. 302 American Public Address (3) Study of American orators 1600-1929: historical-critical emphasis.

Spch. 303 Contemporary Public Address (3) Study of orators 1930 to present: historical-critical emphasis.

Spch. 304 Argumentation and Debate (3) The study of argumentation through the theory and practice of debate. Prerequisite: Speech 101 or consent of instructor.

Spch. 310 Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) Development of criteria for analysis and criticism, of literature. Theory and practice in arranging and cutting material, reading, and critiquing performances. Prerequisite: Speech 200 or consent of instructor.

Spch. 320 Radio and TV Production II (3) Advanced work in script preparation and presentation. Prerequisite: Speech 220 or consent of instructor.

Spch. 322 News Writing for Radio and TV (3) Study of the news story; extensive training in reporting for radio add TV. Prerequisite: Speech 126 or consent of instructor.

CREATIVE ARTS 234 THE CURRICULA

Spch. 323 Continuity Writing for Radio and TV (3) Analysis and writing for broadcasting, including commercial and public service copy, documentaries, and drama. Prerequisite: Speech 126 or consent of instructor. Spch. 397 Individual Problems (1-3) Independent study and research for approved students. Spch. 400 Rhetorical Traditions (3) A survey of the development of rhetorical theory from 500 B.C. to the present. Spch. 401 British Public Address (3) Study of British orators 1550-1930: historical-critical emphasis.

Spch. 420 Television Directing (3) Theory and techniques of directing; experience in directing laboratory productions. Prerequisite: Speech 126 or consent of instructor.

Educ. 430 High School Teaching Methods (Speech-Theatre) (3) See listing under Education. Graduate Courses

Spch. 503 Speech Criticism (3) Study and practice in the rhetorical criticism of speeches. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

Spch. 568 Speech Problems in the Classroom (3) Current trends in teaching speech. Prerequisite: Speech 101 or 203 or consent of instructor.

Spch. 597 Research and Directed Study (1-2) Independent study and research for approved students.

Spch. 598 Practicum in Radio and TV (1-2) Station management and operation for the advanced student. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.

Spch. 630 Communication in the Modern World (3) An analysis of communication. Emphasis on the srudy of semantics, propaganda, and persuasion. A Liberal Studies course for those not majoring in Speech and Theatre.

Spch. 635 Modern Speech Problems (3) Studies in classical, medieval, renaissance and modern rhetoric applied to modern communication. Prerequisite: Speech 400 or consent of instructor. Theatre Thtr. 130 Arizona Playmakers (Cr-1) Campus play-producing organization offering membership to all students. May be taken two times for one credit hour each time and repeated for credit (Cr) as often as the scudent wishes. (Students accepted as actors or production workers enroll for credit (Cr) or for one credit hour for the entire semester.)

Thtr. 131 Arizona Playmakers (Cr-1) Same as Theatre 130.

CREAT1VE ARTS THE CURRICULA 235

Thtr. 132 Introduction to the Theatre (3) Reading of plays and the study of dramaturgy to gain an appreciation of the theatre. General discussion of the elements of the play and the theatre.

Thtr. 133 Stage Makeup (2) Theories and practice in makeup for the actor.

Thtr. 134 Introduction to Contemporary Theatre (3) Lectures and discussion of modem and contemporary drama from Ibsen to the present. Prerequisite: Theatre 132 or content of instructor.

Thtr. 232 Stagecraft (3) Basic techniques and practical application in building, painting, rigging of scenery. (This course may be repeated once for additional credit for further study, i.e. properties, special effects, etc., with permission of instructor, adviser, and Dean of Instruction.)

Thtr. 234 Theatre Drafting (3) Fundamental theatre drafting techniques needed for stage scenery and lighting design. Prerequisite: Theatre 232.

Thtr. 235 Theatre Management (3) Aspects of theatre relating to managemenr, finance, publicity, and personnel.

Thtr. 332 Acting (3) Training in stage poise, movement, characterization, pantomime, interpretation of lines. (This course may be repeated once for additional credit for further study, i.e. theory and principles of acting in laboratory, etc., with permission of instructor, adviser, and Dean of Instruction.) Prerequisite: Theatre 132 or consent of instructor.

Thtr. 334 Directing I (3) Principles and techniques of play direction through lecture, demonstrations, and exercises. (This course may be repeated once for additional credit for further study, i.e. laboratory experience with actors in scenes and one-act plays, with permission of instructor, adviser, and Dean of Instruction.) Prerequisite: Theatre 132 or consent of instructor.

Thtr. 336 Stage Lighting (3) Basic theories of stage lighting leading to the practical planning of light plots for stage productions. Prerequisite: Theatre 234.

Thtr. 337 Scene Design I (3) Elements of design as they apply to practical application of rendering stage settings. Prerequisite: Theatre 234 or consent of instructor.

Thtr. 361 History of the Drama (3) See listing under English.

Thtr. 432 Creating Characterizations (3) Theories and practical experience in creating characterizations, emphasizing development of the acting skills. Prerequisite: Theatre 332 or consent of instructor.

Thtr. 434 Directing II (3 ) Advanced directorial problems in dramatic values, style, mood, composition, and approach to play production. Prerequisite: Theatre 334 or consent of instructor.

CREATIVE ARTS 236 THE CURRICULA

Thtr. 436 Modern Theories of Lighting (3) Advanced study of line, form and color as defined by stage lighting. Prerequisite: Theatre 336 or consent of instructor. Thtr. 437 Scene Design II (3) Line, mass, and color as related to scene design through interpretation of scripts. Prerequisite: Theatre 337 or consent of instructor.

Thtr. 438 Dramatic Criticism (3) Analysis and utilization of the theories of dramatic criticism as seen in the history of dramaturgy. Thtr. 497 Individual Problems (1-3) Independent study and research for approved students. Graduate Courses

Thtr. 536 Problems in the School Theatre ( 3 ) Production problems encountered by directors and/or producers of school and community theatre. Thtr. 561 Shakespeare's Comedies (3) See listing under English. Thtr. 562 Shakespeare's Histories (3) See listing under English. Thtr. 563 Shakespeare's Tragedies (3) See listing under English. Thtr. 597 Individual Problems (1-2) Independent study and research for approved students. Thtr. 667 Modern Drama (3) See listing under English.

LABORATORY COURSES Spch, 103 Forensic Workshop (Cr-1) See prior listing. Spch. 123 Radio Workshop (Cr-1) Set prior listing. Thtr. 130 Arizona Playmakers (Cr-1) See prior listing. Thtr. 131 Arizona Playmakers (Cr-I) See prior listing. Thtr. 204 Opera Workshop (Cr-1) See Music 204. Thtr. 509 targe Ensemble (Opera Theatre) (I) See Music 509. Thtr. 609 Large Ensemble (Opera Theatre) (1) See Music 609. CREATIVE ARTS COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

EDUCATION • LIBRARY SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY GUIDANCE • SPECIAL EDUCATION • MEN'S PHYSICAL EDUCATION • WOMEN'S PHYSICAL EDUCATION Teacher Education Is A Personal Thing 239 College Of Education

CHARLES E. FAUSET Dean

PURPOSE The College of Education has as its major purpose the selection, preparation and improvement of teachers and school personnel who are adequate personally and professionally to develop youth for participation in a free democratic society. The College also provides service to community schools and to the profession through conferences, in-service programs, and studies of various organizations, methods, aad techniques of teaching.

OBJECTIVES The College has accepted the/following objectives: (1) to enable the student to develop his role as a teacher; (2) to prepare the student ro be a leader and a participating citizen in the community; (3) to assist the student in acquiring an enriched background, depth of specialization and breadth of knowledge necessary for teaching; (4) to promote in the student an understanding of the purposes and func­ tions of public schools in our society; (5) to provide the student with a knowledge of child growth and development and an appreciation of its implications for learn- "ig; (6) to familiarize the student with different curricula, content and instructional materials common to public schools; (7) to assist students in obtaining knowledge of and improvement in techniques of guiding learners; and (8) to encourage loyalty and service to the teaching profession and a desire for continuous self-improvement.

EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY PROFESSORS Biglin, Boothe, Eauset (Dean), Foster, Frederick, Hagelberg, Hud- dleston, Lloyd, McDonald, Mullens, Rambeau, Sage, Shutt, Thweatr, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Casto, Duncan, Fedder, Huitt, King, McGill, Pehlke, Stitt, Stout, Tyson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Amberg, Beals, Cunningham, Day, Feeney. Hamson, Harrison, Hunt, Johnson, Jones, McClanahan, Moore, Odle, Seamons, Sidles, Sjoberg, Windes; INSTRUCTORS DriscoII, Fuller, Hall, McAlister, Ponr, LECTURER Bradford; TEACHER CORPS Petersen; HIGHLANDS OF AMERI­ CA'S EDUCATION Lee.

CHOICE OF PROGRAM Students who intend to qualify for certificates to teach in the public schools of Arizona should select a program in Teacher Education at the beginning of their second year in college. Students transferring to a program in Teacher Education from other programs or colleges at a later time must meet all of the requirements of any teacher education program. The college gives no assurance that such students can complete the program in the usual amount of time.

EDUCATION 240 THE CURRICULA Teacher Education Program Teacher Education students whose goal is secondary teaching must prepare themselves to teach in areas or subjects commonly taught in the public schools in addition to meeting the general requirements for the degree as listed. Teaching majors consist of a minimum of 30 hours; teaching minors of at least 20 hours. In some fields the requirements exceed these numbers. An extended major, rather than a major and a minor, is available in most teaching areas. In all cases the student must secure the approval of his adviser before pursuing an extended major. Education is the major for students following the elementary curriculum. In addition to the major in education, the student will, by nature of the program as outlined in the catalog, complete a planned and extensive program in the various departmental areas. This program is geared in such a manner as to permit the srudent to obtain a rich background of breadth and lends itself to the subject areas offered in the elementary school. Also, a minor is required in order to provide for depth in a subject area. Temporary certification to teach in Arizona's public schools may be obrained by earning the Bachelor of Science in Education degree. The program of instruction for either the elementary teaching or high school teaching is a five-year program. Students who desire to do so, and who qualify for the first Arizona teaching certificate, may leave the program temporarily at the end of four years and begin their teaching career. It is normally expected that these students would rerurn during summer sessions or during some subsequenr academic year ro continue in the program. Graduate Degrees The Master of Arts and Educational Specialist are two of the graduate degrees offered at Northern Arizona University. For further information, see the Graduate Bulletin.

ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM All students who plan to follow the program for the Bachelor of Science in Education degree, and all others who are planning to teach, must make application for admission to the Teacher Education Program. Application for admission is made in the College of Education office by the student during the first three weeks of the second semester of the applicant's sophomore year. Students who have not been admitted to the Teacher Education Program may be denied admission to professional education courses at the upper division level. Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program is contingent upon acceptable scholastic performance on all previous college course work; a health history and/or records adequate to meet the demands of the profession; English and speech pro­ ficiency; mathematics proficiency; demonstration of desirable traits of character; satisfactory performance on the freshman and on the sophomore testing programs. The Teacher Education Committee reserves the right to deny admission to the College of Education those applicants who fail to fulfill the aforementioned requirements.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 241

ENGLISH AND SPEECH PROFICIENCY

All candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education should note the English proficiency section under "Scholastic Regulations."

Students who are candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and all others who are planning to teach must be certified as having demonstrated adequate skill in oral and written communication either through their work in courses or through proficiency tests, before they are to be admitted to teacher education.

CERTIFICATION

The college offers five-year curricula leading to full certification for teaching in the public schools of Arizona. The curricula are designed so that a bachelor's degree, which is required to begin teaching, may be obtainable after four years of study. A master's degree may be obtained as a result of five years of study. Thus, the five-year curricula are so designed that the graduates can meet in the minimum period of time the requirements for certificates authorizing them to begin teaching in the public schools of Arizona. 1. The curricula in elementary education lead to Elementary Certification which authorizes the holder to teach in the elementary schools. A bache­ lor's degree is required to begin teaching with a Temporary-Elementary certificate. Thirty additional semester hours (the fifth year) or a master's degree are required for the Standard Elementary certificate. Students may emphasize the kindergarten-primary curriculum (kindergarten, 1st, 2nd and 3rd grades), or the regular elementary curriculum (grades 1-8). In addition to the master's degree program the state permits a fifth year program composed of 30 semester hours of approved undergraduate and/or graduate course work. Students interested in this certification pro­ gram should see the Dean of the College of Education.

2. Curricula in secondary education lead to' the Temporary-Secondary cer­ tificate which authorizes the holder to teach in grades 7 to 12 inclusive. A bachelor's degree is required to begin teaching with a Temporary- Secondary certificate. A fifth year is required for the Standard Secondary certificate. If the fifth year follows a prescribed pattern of graduate level courses, a master's degree may be earned. In addition to the master's degree program the state permits a fifth year program composed of 30 semester hours of approved undergraduate and/or graduate course work. Students interested in this certification program should see the Dean of the College of Education.

The College of Education believes that young men and women who are training to become public school teachers should have a rich background in the various academic areas and professional courses specifically related to their fields of teaching. Therefore, the College Dean reserves the right to withhold credit in student teaching until these requirements have been met. He may also require course work following the student teaching experience, it such is deemed necessary.

The Director of Certification, State Department of Public Instruction, Capitol Building, Phoenix, Arizona, may be contacted regarding certification programs in Arizona.

EDUCATION 242 THE CURRICULA

LABORATORY EXPERIENCES Courses marked lab. exp. require certain professional laboratory experiences. If the student is to build an action-picture of the role of the teacher in the classroom, there must be opportunity to experience the work of the teacher. The experience of the student must go beyond the phase of building verbal concepts. He must learn to interpret educational concepts and psychological principles in terms of child behavior. Wherever possible the laboratory experience should provide: 1. Opportunity for the student to make practical application of principles, theories, and ideas presented in college classes and to observe the results of such application. 2. Situations which will reveal to the student his personal and professional strengths and weaknesses and indicate areas in which he needs further study. 3. Opportunity for the student to solve specific teacher-pupil problems.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: Elementary Education PROFESSORS Hagelberg, Lloyd, Rambeau, Sage; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Duncan, Fedder, Huitt, Stitt, Tyson; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Beals, Feeney Harrison, Odie; LECTURER Bradford; INSTRUCTORS Driscoll, Hall, McAlister, Pont; LIBRARIAN Downum; COORDINATOR Lee. The program leading to certification in the elementary teaching fields is ac­ tually a 5-year program, which is considered necessary for the adequate preparation of an elementary teacher. The program is arranged so that a candidate may begin teaching at the conclusion of the B.S. in Education degree and complete his fifth year after some experience in the field. The 125 semester hours requited for the bachelor's degree include 42 hours of liberal studies courses (see page 82 for institutional-wide liberal studies requirements), 28-32 hours of supporting subject content courses, 27 hours of professional courses, 15 hours of a selected content emphasis, and 9-13 hours of elective courses, depending upon the student's background of training. During the fifth year the student adds to his pteparation in all of the aforementioned areas. In addition to the 42 semester hours of liberal studies found on page 82 the typical elementary program includes: Academic Areas: 28-32 semester hours English and Speech 6 English 330 Modern English 3 One course selected from: Speech 101 Public Speaking 3 Speech 200 Oral Interpretation of Literature ...... 3 Speech 203 Communication in the Classroom ...... 3 Social Science 6 One course selected from: History 291 United States 1492-1865...... 3 History 292 United States Since 1865...... 3 History 494 Recent United States History ...... 3 Political Science 300 Federal and State Constitutions ...... 3

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 243

Behavorial Science 3 One course selected from: Anthropology 151 Origin and Antiquity of Man ...... 3 Sociology 151 Introduction to Sociology...... 3 Sociology 300 Social Problems...... 3 Natural Science 4 Four hours selected from: Biology 111 General Zoology...... 4 Biology 112 General Borany ...... 4 Biology 307 Field Biology...... 2 Geology 121 Physical Geology ...... 4 Geology 122 Historical Geology ...... 4 Geology 305 Earth Science ...... 4 Mathematics 2 Math. 105 Fundamentals of Math...... 2 (unless Math. Proficiency demonstrated) Health and Physical Education 2-3 One course selected from: P.E. 200 Health Principles ...... 3 P.E. 430 School and Community Health ...... 2 Fine and Functional Arts 7-8 Art 310 Art in the Elementary School...... 5 One course from the following: Music 214 Classroom Music Fundamentals ...... 2 Music 310 Music in the Elementary School...... 2 One course selected from the following: Art 101 Introduction to Art ...... 2 I.E. 301 Industrial Arts for the Teacher 2 Mus. 310 Music in the Elementary School 2 P.E. 240 Elementary Games and Activities ...... 3 P.E. 370 Physical Education for the Elem. Sch...... 3 Education Courses: 27 semester hours Educ. 200 Introduction to Education...... 2 Educ. 303 Reading in the Elementary School ...... 3 *Educ. 321 Elementary School Curriculum ...... 3 Educ. 330 Evaluation of Learning ...... 2 One course selected from: Educ. 302 Childrens Literature ...... 2 Educ 306 Science in the Elementary School...... 2 Educ. 307 Social Studies in the Elementary School ...... 2 Educ. 403 Audio Visual Education ...... 2 Professional Semester *Educ. 300 Arithmetic in the Elementary School...... 2 *Educ 304 Language Arts in the Elementary School ...... 2 *Educ. 324 Growth and Learning ...... 2 *Educ. 490 Student Teaching (Elementary) ...... 9 *Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education

EDUCATION 244 THE CURRICULA

Electives: 9-13 semester hours An area of content emphasis of 15 semester hours constitutes a patt of the Bachelor of Science in Education degree. The following areas of content emphasis have been approved for Elementary Education Majors: Anthropology; Anthro. 401. 12 hours from the following areas: (Select one course from Ethnology, one from Archaeology, and two from the Topical section.) Ethnology: 301, 371, 372, 373, 375, 430, 515, 516, 530, 531; Archaeology: 281, 282, 325, 518; Topical: 250, 260, 369, 490, 510, 535, 536, 538, 545, 570.

Art: Art 101, 120, 150, 130 or 160, 440. Four hours selected from upper division courses in Art.

Biological Science: Biol. 111, 112, 255. One upper division Biology course for which student has prerequisites.

Earth Science: Geol. 121, 122, and 306. One course selected from the following: Geol. 350, 410, 411, 430.

Geography: Geog. 250, 251, and 303. Six hours selected from upper division courses in Geography.

Health: P.E. 202, 304, 364, 366, 435, and 490. One course selected from P.E. 200, 430.

History: A candidate for a minor in history may select one of the following alternatives: Plan A: Hist. 291; 12 hours of upper division U.S. History; two 500 or 600 courses selected with approval of adviser. Plan B: Hist. 140, 141; 9 hours of upper division World History; two 500 or 600 courses selected with approval of adviser.

Home Economics: H.E. 112, 136, 145, 267. Five hours selected from upper division courses in Home Economics.

Humanities: Hum. 350, 370, 420, 430, 440 or 9 hours from those previously listed plus 6 hours from one of the following elective sequences: Art 240, 241, 340, 341, 346, 440, 443; literature: Engl. 257, 258, 361, 372, 373, 374, 383; Music 335, 336, 337, 340; Soc. Studies: Hist. 140, 141, 291, 292; Pol. Sci. 363, 364.

Industrial Arts: IE. 111, 121, 131, 150, 301.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA. 245

Language Arts: Engl. 250; Engl. 201 or Spch. 202; one course from Spch. 200, Engl. 301, Thtr. 332, Thtr. 334, Jlsm. 481; Two courses from Engl. 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 361, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 383. Mathematics: Math. 135, 136, 137. One course selected from Math. 238, 270, 340, 365. Music: A candidate for a minor in music may select one of the following plans: Plan A: Voice or Piano 111, 112, 211, Music 141, 142, 151, 152, 231, 451, 453, and two hours of electives in music. Plan B: Music 141, 142, 151, 152, 336, 451, 453. Select one of the fol­ lowing emphases: Vocal: Voice 111-312, Piano 101-202; Piano 111-312, Voice 101-202; Instrumental: Solo Instrument 111-212, Piano 101-202, Voice 101-202. Physical Education: P.E. 210, 230, 240, 370, 381. Three hours from P.E. 100, 110, 114, 115, 120, 131. Psychology: Psyc. 200, 275- Select a minimum of nine hours from the following: Psyc. 245, 300*, 310, 335, 340*, 380*, 500, 510. *Prerequisite: Psyc. 245. Sociology: Soc. 151. Select 12 hours from 200, 300, and 400 level Sociology courses. Spanish: Span. 201, 202, 303, 304. Two hours selected from upper division courses in Spanish. Prerequisite for Span. 201 is Lang. 101-102 or equivalent. Special Education: Educ. 380, 423, 450, 470, 491, 560, Spch. 568. Students interested in minoring in Special Education should see a Special Education adviser for course and sequence advice. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION (Secondary Education) PROFESSORS Boothe, Huddleston, Mullens; ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR Stout; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Cunningham, Jones, McClanahan. Programs leading to certification to teach in grades 7 to 12 inclusive require a teaching major and a teaching minor or an extended teaching major. See the department which offers the major and the minor for descriptions of the programs. The typical secondary education program includes: Liberal Studies ...... 42 hours Professional Courses...... 19 hours Teaching Major...... at least 30 hours Teaching Minor...... at least 20 hours Electives ...... 6-12 hours

EDUCATION 246 THE CURRICULA

Graduate Programs The College of Education cooperates with other colleges and schools to offer the master's degree in several teaching areas. Students should refer to the Graduate Bulletin for complete descriptions of these programs.

The various master's degree emphases are: Art Education The Teaching of Biology Business Education The Teaching of Chemistry Elementary Education The Teaching of Earth Science Guidance and Counseling The Teaching of English Home Economics Education The Teaching of English as a Second Language Industrial Education The Teaching of Mathematics Music Education The Teaching of Physics Physical Education The Teaching of Physical Science School Psychology The Teaching of Social Science Secondary Education The Teaching of Spanish Special Education

Work beyond the master's degree, leading to the Educational Specialist Degree (Ed.S.) is also available. The areas of emphases for this degree are: Curriculum-Supervision Guidance and Counseling School Administration:

Superintendence Elementary Principalship Secondary Principalship

Post Degree Curricula The holder of a degree from an accredited institution may follow at Northern Arizona University a program of preparation for teaching in either the elementary or secondary schools of Arizona. The completion of either post degree program enables the candidate to meet certification requirements of the state. The following blocks of requirements are designated for the different levels of teacher preparation: Elementary:

1. The candidate must apply for admission to the College of Education at Northern Arizona University. 2. The candidate must either have or complete a minor of 15 hours in one of the following areas: Anthropology, Art, Biological Science, Earth Science, Geography, Health, History, Home Economics, Humanities, Industrial Arts, Language Arts, Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, Physical Education, Psychology, Sociology, Special Education.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 247

3. The candidate must either have or complete the following requited hours and courses in the areas as listed: English 12 hours (Must include Public Speaking) Science 12 hours Social Science 12 hours (Must include American History) Mathematics 4 hours Music 214 or 310 2 hours An 310 3 hours I.E. 301, Art 101, P.E. 370 2-3 hours 4. The candidate must have or complete an approved block of professional courses. (See Education Courses, page 243) 5. The candidate must have or complete the following required certification courses: P.S. 300 Federal and State Constitutions ...... 3 P.E. 200 or P.E. 430 2-3 Secondary: 1. The candidate must apply for admission to the College of Education. 2. The candidate must either have or complete an acceptable teaching major and teaching minor in fields normally taught in the public secondary schools. In some cases additional work in the major or minor may be required. 3. The candidate must either have or complete the following required hours and courses as listed: A. The following is a recommended program of professional courses for post degree students. Required: Educ. 330 Evaluation of Learning 3 Educ. 430 High School Teaching Methods...... 3 Educ. 495 Student Teaching 6

12 Since a minimum of 18 hours in education is required for secondary certification the following sequence is recommended to make up the additional hours: Educ. 200 Introduction to Education 2 Educ. 225 Educational Psychology . 2 Educ. 322 Secondary School Curriculum 3 Alternatives to the above recommendation would be: Educ. 200 Introduction to Education 2 Alt. 1 Educ. 225 Educational Psychology ...... 2 Educ. 666 Problems of Secondary School Curriculum 3 Educ. 322 Secondary School Curriculum 3 *Alt. 2 Ed.Ps. 605 Advanced Education Psychology ...... 3 or Ed.Ps. 685 Psychology of Adolescence Correspondence courses will not fulfill the above named requirements. B. Required certification courses for an Arizona secondary teacher's certificate: P.S. 300 Federal and State Constitution 3

EDUCATION 248 THE CURRICULA Description Of Courses EDUCATION Educ. 100 Study Methods (1) Course emphasizes methods of textbook study, note-taking skills, test-taking techniques, listening skills, locational skills, research report writing, and library usage. Educ. 101 Reading Improvement (1) Course concentrates upon the development of a flexible reading rate, improved rate of comprehension, comprehension skills, habits of perception, and an understanding of the reading process. Educ. 102 Vocabulary Development (1) Course emphasizes the skills needed for the development of an extensive, precise vocabulary. Educ. 200 Introduction to Education (2) Designed to acquaint the student with the function of education in our society and to give him understanding of the duties and qualifications of those who teach in the public schools. (Lab. Exp.) Educ. 300 Arithmetic in the Elementary School (2) A course for teachers of arithmetic in the elementary and junior high school. Opportunity will be given for the development of instructional materials and procedures. (Lab. Exp.) Educ. 302 Children's Literature (2) Literature for children as a basis for the appreciation, selection, and presentation of the most suitable stories for kindergarten and elementary grades. (Lab. Exp.) (Satisfies 2 hrs. required in Library Science.) Educ. 303 Reading in the Elementary School (3) Designed to aid the elementary teacher with the problems of teaching reading. (Lab. Exp.) Educ. 304 Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) To provide guidance in coping with problems to be met in the teaching of reading, oral and written language, penmanship, and spelling in the elementary school. Study includes curriculum placement the selection of effective methods and materials for teach­ ing, and the use of tests. Educ. 306 Science in the Elementary School (2) The objectives of elementary science, the relation of science experience to other areas. the construction ana use of equipment, the effective use of environmental resources and the use of texts and supplementiry materials. (Lab. Exp.) Educ. 307 Social Studies in the Elementary School (2) Development of an understanding of the role, objectives, and content of the Social Studies curriculum; development of skills in effective methodology, selection of materials, and evaluation of Social Studies learnings. Educ. 311 Play Education (3) Theories of play with emphasis on utilization of play interests in rhythm, plays, and games.

Educ. 315 Library Practice (2) A library course designed to aid the teacher who has charge of a school library. Educ. 320 Kindergarten Primary Curriculum (3) Curriculum content, organization and construction for the kindergarten-primary grades, including literature and story telling, reading and language, play education, and the construction of play materials. (Lab Exp.) Educ. 321 Elementary School Curriculum (3) The modern elementary school curriculum, organized to care for needs of children at varying levels of maturation. Includes study of content, organization, method, and materials. Section A emphasizes kindergarten and primary grades curriculum; Section B emphasizes 4th through 6th grade curriculum. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 322 Secondary School Curriculum and Principles (3) Philosophy, aims, principles, practices, curriculum, outcomes, and evaluation of sec- ondary education. (Lab. Exp.)

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 249

Educ. 330 Evaluation of learning (2-3) A basic course dealing with principles and techniques of evaluation of achievement in education at either the elementary or secondary school level, (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 380 Introduction to the Education of Exceptional Children (3) Introduction to the philosophy and psychology of teaching exceptional children for the classroom teacher. This course is recommended as a prerequisite to Educ. 581-582c.

Educ. 403 Audio-Visual Education in the Public School (2) Designed to acquaint teachers with theories (methods) which underly the utilization of instructional materials in the classroom. Development of skills needed for use of audio-visual aids. Fee $2.00.

Educ. 410 Construction and Play Materials (2) Theory of play and construction of materials used in connection with classroom play activities in primary and intermediate grades.

Educ. 420 History of Education (3) Traces development of formal education from the Hebrew family to present American schools with emphasis upon European systems which heavily influenced American education.

Educ. 423 Special Education Curriculum (3) Consideration will be given to the curriculum needs of special education students in light of their various exceptionalities.

Educ. 430 High School Teaching Methods (3) General methods involving resource materials, unit and lesson planning, ptesentation, and evaluation of classroom teaching. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 450 Methods and Materials for Teaching Special Education (3) Instruction in the application of specific methods and materials when teaching the exceptional child.

Educ. 470 Current Problems in Special Education (3) Student reviews of research, programs, and problems in selected areas of special education. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of the instructor.

Educ. 483H Comparative Educational Systems (3) A comparative study of educational systems in the modern world and philosophic foun­ dations for these systems. Prerequisite: Permission of the Honors Council. Student teaching prerequisites: Admission into the College of Education, fulfillment of all requirements for admission into student teaching. Approval of the College Deans of major and minor teaching fields.

Educ. 488 Supervised Teaching—Kindergarten-Primary (6-9) Directed teaching in the Kindergarten-Primary grades, focused on classroom teaching through directed preparation, teaching and conferences. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 489 Supervised Teaching—Kindergarten-Primary (3-6) A more advanced program of directed reaching at the Kindergarten-Primary level. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 490 Supervised Teaching—Elementary (6-9) Directed teaching in the elementary grades, focused on classroom reaching through directed preparation, teaching and conferences. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 491 Supervised Teaching—Special Education (Elem.) (6-9) Directed teaching in special education classes, focused on direcred preparation, teaching, and conferences. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ 493 Internship Teaching on Indian Reservation (4-6) Students interested in careers as teachers on the reservations undergo foil-rime teaching experiences for a period of five weeks under the direction of well-qualified supervising teachers in Hopi and Navajo schools. (Lab. Exp.)

EDUCATION 250 THE CURRICULA

Educ. 494 Supervised Teaching, Elementary (J) To accommodate a limited number in the summer session who have not attended college during the regular session. Directed observation and supervised teaching in the elemen­ tary school. Helps fulfill the certification requirements. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 495 Supervised Teaching, Secondary (3-6) Student teaching in all junior and senior high school subjects. Conferences are arranged with the classroom supervisor and with the college supervisor. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 496 Supervised Teaching—Special Education (Sec.) (6) Directed teaching in special education classes, focused on directed preparation, teaching, and conferences. (Lab. Exp.) Graduate Courses EDUCATION

Educ. 503 Instructional Audio-Visual Materials (3) The planning and production of audio-visual materials for the classroom. Basic tech­ niques of graphic arts applied to problems of educational communication. Fee, $2.00.

Educ. 508 Problems of Teaching Literature in the Intermediate and Upper Elementary Grades (3) Especially designed for experienced teachers. Recent uends in children's literature. Aids in evaluating current literature for children. Influence of mass media of commu­ nication on children's reading habits. Techniques for stimulating interest in recreational reading. Sources and use of audio-visual materials. Each member of the class will have an opportunity to work on a problem of special significance to him.

Educ. 531 Secondary Science Education (3) Objectives, content, and methods of high school science. Planning, equipping, and maintaining science classrooms and laboratories. Evaluation of texts and reference materials.

Educ 541 Corrective and Remedial Reading (3) A consideration of the crucial problems to be solved in remedial reading, (Lab. Exp.)

Educ 544w Materials and Techniques for Teachers of Indian Children (2) A workshop designed to acquaint the student with problems specific to the teaching of Indian children. Materials and methods are evaluated.

Educ 545 The Classroom Teacher and the Indian Child (3) Principles of cross-cultural education and investigation of problems confronting teachers of Indian students.

Educ 549 Curriculum for the Elementary School (3) Advanced study of modern curricular practices at the elementary school level. This course cannot be applied toward the Master's degree,

Educ. 550 Educational Programs for Gifted Students (3) Considers provisions for identifying, guiding, and motivating talented students. Discusses the rationale for organizing and carrying but appropriate educational programs.

Educ. 551 Clinical Practice in Reading (3) Clinical experience with children possessing reading disabilities. (Lab. Exp.)

Educ. 560 Consultative Techniques in Special Education (3) Study and practice in techniques for organizing and disseminating information con- cerning exceptional children. Prerequisites; Educ. 380 and Educ. 423 or their equivalents.

Educ 570 History of American Education (3) A concentrated study of the development and history of education in America.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 251

Educ. 581 Comprehensive Study of the Exceptional Child (3) Such areas as medical and neurological handicaps; adjustment of the orthopedically handi­ capped; the mentally subnormal; the mentally gifted; the hard of hearing; the poorly sighted; the socially maladjusted; and the speech defective will be treated by a number of specialists in the field.

Educ. 582 Clinic in Speech Problems (3) The course is concerned with sounds of English, anatomy and physiology of the vocal mechanism, language development, delayed speech, articulation disorders, voice disorders, stuttering, cleft-palate, hearing disorders, asphasia and emotional aspects of speech correction.

Educ. 600 Principles and Techniques of Research (3) An introduction to the major methods of gathering, organizing, evaluating and inter­ preting data. Special emphasis on methods and function of research in education. The student is expected to apply the principle to his own research problem.

Educ. 611 Human Relations in the Public Schools (3) Useful techniques and practices in public relations.

Educ. 630 School Law for Teachers (3) Licensing and contracting, teacher rights, responsibilities and liabilities; emphasis upon legal principles supported by court decisions and case histories.

Educ. 641 Modern Reading Instruction (3) The identification and concentrated study approach to the real basic problems faced in the field of reading. Practical approach through depth study of research involving current trends. Acceptable individual research emphasis required. Prerequisite: Educ. 303 or equivalent,

Educ. 642 Modern Language Arts Instruction (3) The identification and concentrated study approach to the real basic problems faced in the field of language arts. Practical approach through depth study of research involving current trends. Acceptable individual research emphasis required. Prerequisite: Educ. 304 or equivalent. Educ. 643 Modern Elementary School Mathematics (3) The identification and concentrated study approach to the real basic problems faced t in the field of arithmetic. Practical approach through depth study of research involving current trends. Acceptable individual research emphasis required. Prerequisite: Educ. 300 or equivalent. Educ. 644 Modern Elementary School Social Science (3) The identification and concentrated study approach to the real basic problems faced in the field of social science. Practical approach through depth study of research involving current trends. Acceptable individual research emphasis required. Educ. 645 Modern Elementary School Science (3) A practical course in the teaching of science for the elementary teacher. Evaluation of texts and reference material in science; the development of laboratory experiences by the use of homemade and commercial equipment; and extension of subject matter concepts in both the physical and biological fields. Educ. 649 Problems in Elementary School Curriculum (3) Identification of the basic curriculum problems facing educators. Research techniques applicable toward the solving of problems in curriculum. Practical problems faced by schools and the depth approach toward the future outlook. Acceptable individual study required. Prerequisite: Educ. 321 or 549 or equivalent.

Educ. 650 Methods and Materials in Special Education (3) Attention will be given to selection of appropriate methods and materials to meet the collective and individual needs of the students in special education. Educ. 651 Controversial Issues in Reading (3) A course dealing with highly current and controversial issues of pertinence in the field* of reading and language instruction in public schools.

EDUCATION 252 THE CURRICULA

Educ. 660 Advanced Audio-Visual Production Techniques (3) Applies basic concepts of communication to theories of applied production techniques through the principles of selection, organization, and treatment. Opportunity to produce films, television programs, etc., through the development of production skills. Two hrs. lect and one two-hour lab. per week. Fee $2.00 cover charge plus $5.00 Lab Card.

Educ. 661 New Approaches to Reading Instruction (3) Course content will focus upon new and highly experimental approaches to beginning reading instruction as well as well-tried traditional programs. Educ. 666 Problems in Secondary School Curriculum (3) Identification of basic curriculum problems existing at the junior high school and high school levels. Approaches to practical problems faced by the schools arc considered. Individual study of a problem is required. Educ. 670 Philosophy of Education (3) Educational aims, values, and criteria of education in a democracy. Stresses different systems of educational philosophy, the nature of thinking, methods, and subject matter. Educ. 672 Comparative Education (3) Foundations course dealing with those educational problems requiring an understanding of the relationship of education to a particular society. Educ. 673 International Education (3) Analysis and appraisal of America's role in international education, the place of education in technical assistance and national development, programs of overseas educational service in modernizing nations, and the contribution of American education to international organization and emerging world culture. Educ. 675 Principles of Curriculum Construction (3) An appraisal of theories and practices of curriculum making, and the presentation of a modern functional philosophy of curriculum construction. Educ. 677 Educational Sociology (3) The analysis of major problem areas in American culture with the purpose of defining the social objectives of the school's curriculum. Educ. 684 The Principal at Work (3) Special emphasis on the principal's duties (elementary or secondary) as he administers a program in keeping with modem concepts of school management. Educ. 685 Public School Administration (3) The state as the fundamental educational unit, local administration units, duties and powers of the superintendent, and the administration of the personnel and the budget.

Educ. 693 Public School In-Service Workshop (3) Course content to be determined by conference with interested school administrators. Instructor travels to the community. Educ. 695 Internship in Special Education (3) In a variety of settings and in one-to-one or small group relations, the student learns a practical application of his theoretical concepts regarding the exceptional child. Educ. 696 Professional Problems of Teachers (3) A course designed for the experienced teacher. Individual and group problems facing educators will be dealt with on a professional level. Educ. 697 Independent Study in Education (1-2) For students who wish to carry on independent study or research. Educ. 698 Practicam—Maximum Credit (2) Arranged.

Educ 699 Thesis—Maximum Credit (4) Arranged.

Soc. 703 Sociological Foundations of Education (3) (See Sociology)

Anth. 704 Anthropological Foundations of Education (3) (Set Anthropology)

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 253

Educ. 711 Philosophical Foundations of Education (3) A philosophical approach to factors involved in the educative process. The place of the school and the American traditional concepts. Educ. 720 Directed Readings in Administration and Supervision (1-2) Adviser will direct the student, Educ. 721 Techniques in Administrative Leadership (3) Administrative planning and policy making; current issues and problems in the work of the chief school executive. Open only to experienced administrators or Ed.S. candi­ dates in administration. Educ. 722 Legal Aspects of School Administration (3) Functions, relationships, and responsibilities of school districts, with interpretations of legal status as shown by statutes and court decisions. Educ. 723 School Publicity and Public Relations (3) The administrator's responsibilities in maintaining satisfactory public relations, including general policies, organization of school publicity and agencies for reaching the public. Educ. 724 City School Administration (3) Consideration will be given to the problems, duties, and changing role of chief school administrators. Educ. 726 Elementary School Supervision (3) Principles and practices of supervision and methods of evaluating instruction. Educ. 727 Elementary School Administration (3) The administration of modern elementary school with emphasis on public relations. Educ. 728 Secondary School Supervision (3) Problems of supervision in the secondary school. Educ. 729 Secondary School Administration (3) Special emphasis on the administrative problems involved in secondary school manage­ ment. Educ. 730 Arizona School Laws (5) A study of the authority, organization, operation, and records of the public school system of Arizona. Educ. 735 School Finance (3) Fundamental principles and techniques of public school finance. Special emphasis given to the problems of public school finance in Arizona. Educ. 736 School Surveys (3) Data collecting and processing, projections, evaluations, and reporting procedures for immediate and long-term planning of facilities, finances, curriculum, pupil services and administrative structure of educational institutions.

Educ. 737 Budget Control (3) The use of the school budget in implementing the goals and the philosophy of the school program. Recent trends in school budgeting are studied. Educ. 738 School Building Problems (3) The responsibility of the school administrator for the planning, construction, operation and maintenance of school buildings. Educ. 740 Directed Readings in Guidance and Counseling (1-2) Adviser will direct the student. Educ. 760 Directed Readings in Curriculum (1-2) Adviser will direct the student. Educ. 761 Advanced Seminar in Curriculum Problems (3) Problems of curricula, grades kindergarten through 12. Educ. 762 Leadership in Instructional Planning (3) A study of methods of implementing desirable curricula.

EDUCATION 254 THE CURRICULA

Educ. 764 The Curriculum and Activity Program (3) A study of the total school program as reflected in curriculum and the activity program. Problems relating to organi2ation, development and control of activities are studied. Educ. 770 Seminar in Special Education (3) Review of significant research in the field of special education. Consideration is also given to petsonal needs and problems relative to special education. Educ. 780 The Junior College in America (3) A study of the philosophy, purpose, objectives and curricula of junior colleges. Educ. 798 Advanced Research Project (3-6) Arranged. Educ. 799 Internship (3-6) Arranged. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Ed.Ps. 225 Educational Psychology (2) Psychology translated into sound teaching . principles for elementary and secondary teachers through lectures, reading, and observation. (Lab. Exp.) Ed.Ps. 324 Growth and Learning (2) Physical, social, and intellectual growth and development from conception through adulthood. (Lab. Exp.) Graduate Courses EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Ed.Ps. 550 Mental Retardation (3) Investigation of the concepts of retardation, including physical, neurological, perceptual, social, educational and cultural. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Ed.Ps. 601 Principles and Practices of Guidance (3) A basic course, for counselors stressing personal, academic and occupational guidance, interview techniques, and occupational classification. Ed.Ps. 605 Advanced Educational Psychology (3) Investigation of the etiology and remediation of school learning problems, including physical, emotional, perceptual, organic and cultural phenomena. Ed.Ps. 630 Group Testing I(3) Critical examination of test theory and construction. Evaluation of selected group intelli­ gence, achievement and aptitude tests. Prerequisite: Psyc. 245 or 695. Ed.Ps. 631 Group Testing II (3) Critical evaluation of selected personality and interest tests. Prerequisite: Psyc. 630. Ec.Ps. 657 Techniques of Counseling ( 3) Experience in the dynamics of the counseling relationship. Study of the basic therapeutic approaches to counseling. Prerequisite: Permission of adviser. Ed.PS. 680 Personality Adjustment (3) Survey of the dynamics of personality development, motivation, defenses and pathology. Ed.Ps. 685 Psychology of Adolescence (3) Study of the concepts of adolescent development with emphasis on emotional, intellectual, social and cultural factors.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 255

Ed.Ps. 690 Child Psychology (3) Study of the concepts of child development from the pre-natal period to adolescence. Includes analysis of emotional, intellectual, social, cultural and perceptual factors in the formation of the child. Ed.Ps. 695 Statistical Methods (3) Introduction to descriptive statistics and inferential theory. Study oi the basic elements of research design, collection of data in behavioral science and education. Ed.Ps. 697 Independent Study (1-2) An in-depth study of an area of psychology culminating in a critical research report of the area of concern. Prerequisite: Permission of the Dean of the College.

Ed.Ps. 699 Thesis (4) Arranged. Ed.Ps. 712 Psychological Foundations of Education (3) Critical examination of the interrelationships between psychological concepts and educa­ tional practice. Ed.Ps. 730 Individual Mental Testing; Wechsler (3) Study and practice in the administration and interpretation of the Wechsler scales. Survey of related research with the Wechsler intelligence tests. Prerequisites: Psyc. 630, Psyc. 245, or Psyc. 695 and permission of the instructor.

Ed.Ps. 731 Individual Mental Testing: Stanford-Binet (3) Study, administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet intelligence tests. Survey of related research with the Binet scales. Prerequisites: Psyc. 730 and permission of instructor.

Ed.Ps. 732 Individual Mental Testing (3) Study and practice in administration and interpretation of selected scales other than the Wechsler and Binet. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Ed.Ps. 740 Occupational and Educational Information (3) An evaluation of techniques and sources for vocational and educational guidance. Ed.Ps. 741 Administration of the Guidance Program (3) This course provides a background for the establishment and the carrying on of the various aspects of student personnel programs. It stresses the developmental point of view, which means that student personnel programs grow and develop according to the needs of a given situation. Ed.Ps. 742 Career Development Theory (3) A study of the concepts on career development theory.

Ed.Ps. 751 Psychology of Remedial Instruction (3) Study of the factors producing retardation, and oi techniques to overcome the effects of these factors. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Ed.Ps. 757 Advanced Counseling and Psychotherapeutic Techniques (3) In-depth study of selected contemporary counseling and psychotherapeutic theories. Prerequisites: Psyc. 657 and permission of instructor. Ed.Ps. 758 Group Processes (3) Methods of group leadership, group effectiveness, communication within groups, and evaluation of outcomes. Prerequisite: Psyc. 657.

EcLPs. 760 Internship in Clinical Procedures (3-6) Intern experience in a clinical setting under supervision. Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures emphasized. Prerequisites: Psyc. 739, Psyc. 757 and permission of instructor.

EDUCATION 256 THE CURRICULA

Ed.Ps. 780 Professional Problems of the School Psychologist (3) Assessment of the problems experienced by the practicing school psychologist. Study of the role training, interpersonal relationships and professional expectations and ethics of the psychologist in the schools. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Ed.Ps. 790 Supervised Experience in Counseling (3-6) Selected counseling cases under the supervision of the instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Ed.Ps. 793 Group Testing in the Public Schools (3) A study of characteristics of group tests common to public schools. Problems of selec­ tion, administration, scoring, and interpreting. Prerequisite: Psyc. 695 or permission of instructor. Ed.Ps. 799 Advanced Research Project (3-6) Arranged. Psychology PROFESSORS Biglin, Fredrick, Shutt (Dept. Chr.), Thweatt; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS McGill, Pehlke; ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Amberg, Day, Hunt, Moore, Seamons, Sidles, Sjoberg, Windes; INSTRUCTOR Fuller.

Purpose The major purpose of the Psychology curriculum is to develop within the student an understanding and appreciation of the lawfulness of behavior. To this end the Psychology Department offers training programs for (1) the under­ graduate student who plans to enter graduate professional programs in psychology; (2) the undergraduate who plans to enter other professional areas and who desires a scientific understanding of human behavior; and, (3) the graduate student who needs a basis of scientific psychology for the pursuit of other graduate professional programs. An undergraduate major consists of a minimum of 36 semester hours in psychology. A minor in Psychology consists of a minimum of 18 semester hours. The Psychology major or minor is developed after consultation between the adviser and the student. Both the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are offered the student. The following graduate degrees are offered in Psychology: Master of Arts in Education in School Psychology; Master of Arts in Education in Guidance and Counseling; Educational Specialisr in Guidance and Counseling. For details see the Graduate Bulletin. Description Of Courses Psyc. 150 General Psychology (liberal Studies) (3) Introduction to the science of Psychology. Areas of study include personality development, adjustment, maturation, motivation and learning. Not open to Psychology majors or minors. Psyc. 151 Introduction to Psychology (3) Introduction to the science of Psychology for the major or minor. Areas of study include perception, learning, thought processes, motivation, emotion and maturation.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 257

Psyc. 200 Analysis of Behavior (3) Analysis of the methods, principles and concepts which relate learning to behavior. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent.

Psyc. 245 Psychological Statistics (3) Study of the basic elements of research design, collection, treatment and interpretation of psychological data. Introduction to descriptive statistics and inferential theory.

Psyc. 250 Experimental Psychology (3) Laboratory course dealing with procedures and techniques for the study of behavior. Prerequisites: Psyc. 151 and 245.

Psyc. 255 Physiological Psychology (3) Study of the physiological and neurological bases of behavior. Prerequisites: Psyc. 151 and 4 hours of Biol.

Psyc. 275 Dynamics of Behavior (3) Examination of the dynamics of personality development, growth and deterioration. Emphasis is placed upon the principles of motivation, maturational processes, anxiety defenses and psychopathology. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent.

Psyc. 300 Human Learning (3) Laboratory course dealing with experimentally established behavior principles of complex human learning. Prerequisite: Psyc. 250.

Psyc. 310 Sensation and Perception (3) Laboratory course dealing with the sensory and perceptual bases of behavior. Prerequisites: Psyc. 250 and 255.

Psyc. 315 Motivation and Emotion (3) A laboratory course dealing with physiological bases of motivation and emotion. Prerequisites: Psyc. 250 and 255.

Psyc. 335 Social Psychology (3) Study of social and group factors affecting individual behavior. Introduction to group dynamics. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent.

Psyc. 340 Developmental Psychology (3) Study of the development and behavioral characteristics of the human from infancy through the senile years. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent.

Psyc. 346 Industrial Psychology (3) Study of the psychological aspects of the problems in industry, including selection, training and placement of personnel. Introduction to human factor concepts, motivation, leadership styles and organizational theory. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent.

Psyc 347 Personnel Psychology (3) A study of the application of psychological principles and method) to problems of business and government. Includes concepts of selection, placement, training and evaluation of personnel. Prerequisite: Psyc. 346.

Psyc 380 Psychological Testing (3) Analysis of test theory and construction with a qitical study of contemporary psychological assessment techniques in intelligence, aptitude, interest and personality reasurement. Prerequisites: Psyc. 151 and 245.

EDUCATION 258 THE CURRICULA

Psyc. 400 History of Psychology (3) Analysis of the emergence of psychological concepts in the history of Western civilization and the philosophical background of current issues in psychology. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent.

Psyc. 410 Systems of Psychology (3) A study of the development of the contemporary systems and theories in psychology. Prerequisite: Psyc. 151 or equivalent. Psyc. 460 Readings in Psychology (3) Independent study in depth of some psychological area culminating in a critical research paper in the area of concern. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Psyc. 494 Comparative Psychology (3) Laboratory course dealing with the comparative study of animal behavior. Investigation of behavioral phenomena found in selected animals. Prerequisites: Psyc. 250 and 255. Psyc. 495H Principles of Behavior (3) An analysis of psychology as a science of behavior with emphasis upon experimental findings. Not open to psychology majors or minors. Prerequisite: Permission of Honor's Council.

Psyc. 496 Principles of Leadership in Organizations (3) Study of group dynamics, general systems theory, motivational theory and leadership styles. Prerequisite: Psyc. 346.

Graduate Courses

Psyc. 500 Abnormal Psychology (3) Investigation of the antecedents, symptomatology and treatment procedures dealing with organic and functional behavioral disorders. Prerequisites: Psyc. 275 and permission of instructor.

Psyc. 501 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) Introductory study of the clinical methods used in the diagnosis and treatment of emotional problems including basic projective theory and interview techniques. Prerequisite: Psyc. 500.

Psyc. 510 Theories of Personality (3) Critical investigation of the historical and contemporary concepts in personality theory. Includes the study of theory formation and psychoanalytical, organismic and behavioral personality theories. Prerequisites: Psyc. 275 and permission of instructor.

Psyc 520 Theories of Learning (3 ) Comprehensive study of the major theories of learning, including those of historical importance and those prominent in contemporary psychology. Prerequisites: Psyc. 300 and permission of instructor.

Psyc 525 Advanced Psychological Statistics (3) Study of advanced descriptive and inferential statistics, including analysis of variance, covariance and advanced correlational analysis. Prerequisite: Psyc. 245. Psyc 530 Advanced Experimental Psychology (3) Laboratory course dealing with complex research design and advanced techniques for behavioral analysts.

Prerequisites: Psyc. 250, 525 and permission of instructor.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 259

Psyc. 670 Current Issues in Psychological Measurement (3) Critical investigation of contemporary issues in psychology. Evaluation of current research in selected areas of psychology.

Psyc. 682 Advanced Behavior Theory (3) The theory and application of behavior modification principles to the solution of learning and behavior problems. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Psyc. 683 Advanced Psychopathology (3) Advanced study of the concepts of abnormality in behavior systems. Prerequisites: Psyc. 500, Psyc. 501 and permission of instructor.

Psyc. 684 Motivation and Personality Seminar (3) Critical evaluation of contemporary theories of motivation and personality. Prerequisites: Psyc. 510 and permission of instructor.

Psyc. 691 Seminar in Developmental Psychology (3) Critical analysis of the concepts, theories and issues in the development of the human organism. Investigation of the major behavioral variables influencing man's development from the prenatal period to senility. Prerequisite: Psyc. 340.

Psyc. 737 Psychodiagnostics 1(3) Introduction to the clinical interview and projective psychology. Emphasis placed on thematic apperceptive concepts. Prerequisites: Psyc. 501, Ed.Ps. 730 and permission of instructor.

Psyc. 738 Psychodiagnostics II (3) Study of the Rorschach and other ink blot techniques in the psychodiagnostic procedure. Prerequisites: Psyc. 737 and permission of instructor.

Psyc. 739 Psychodiagnostic Practicum (3-6) Supervised experience in a clinical setting. The student will assume responsibility, under supervision, for a clinical case from initial contact through staffing, treatment and follow-up. Course can be repeated up to 6 semester hours. Prerequisites: Psyc. 737 and permission of instructor.

Psyc 753 Neurological Assessment (3) Study of psychological techniques in evaluation and diagnosis of organic and perceptual dysfunction. Prerequisites: Psyc. 738 and permission of instructor.

Psyc 796 Statistics II: Application and Interpretation of Statistical Problems (3) Advanced study of inferential statistics including statistical design of psychological research. Prerequisites: 695 and permission of instructor.

Psyc 797 Computer Statistics (3) Computer applications in descriptive and inferential statistics. Designed to give the graduate students in psychology minimum practice in programming research projects.

GRADUATE MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY

By special permission of the Graduate Dean and upon recommendation of the Dean of the College of Education, students may be permitted to minor in Psychol­ ogy at the graduate level.

EDUCATION 260 THE CURRICULA

LIBRARY COURSES

The area of library service has as its purpose to provide training leading to certification of teachers in Library Science. Specific professional preparation is required for all librarians working in the public schools. The latest manual explain, ing the requirements for certification for librarians should be examined by any school librarian interested in meeting the latest requirements. Such a manual is available from the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

Undergraduate courses to be given during regular school session.

US. 300 Library Practice (2) A library coarse designed to aid the teacher who has charge of a school library.

LS. 301 Library Service to Children and Adolescents (2) Management of elementary, junior and senior high school libraries.

Educ. 302 Children's Literature (2) Literature for children as the basis for the appreciation, selection and presentation of the most suitable stories for kindergarten and elementary grades.

LS. 302 Introduction to Classification and Cataloging (2) A consideration of efficient means of arrangement and processing of books in small libraries, elementary and secondary.

L.S. 303 Introduction to Reference Materials (2) A study of basic reference materials and their use for students and teachers. Graduate Courses L.S. 500 Introduction to School Library Materials (3) To provide the teacher or school librarian with an understanding of and an appreciation for the materials which the school library should provide.

LS. 501 Reference and Bibliography (3) A survey of reference books and bibliographies in smaller libraries for reference work, book selection and ordering.

LS. 502 Cataloging and Classification (3) Principles of classifying books in the smaller libraries by means of the Dewey Decimal Classification and a study of Library of Congress and Wilson card arrangement in drawing the card catalog and the shelf list.

L.S. 508 Problems of Teaching Literature in the Intermediate and Upper Elementary Grades (3) See Educ. 508.

LS. 529 Literature for Adolescents (2) See Eng. 529.

LS. 600 Administration and Organization of School Libraries (3) Includes a study of the functions functions, organization, control, and equipment of the school library; the relation of the librarian to the administration and to the instructional program of the school.

LS. 601 Principles of Book Selection (3) A study of the chief aids in selecting books for all types of libraries; a comparison of editions and translations; and a critical consideration of reviews.

LS. 602 Teaching the Use of the Library (3) Methods and devices in teaching children from the early grades' through high school how to make use of the library.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 261

Division Of Athletics And Physical Education PROFESSORS: Keck (Division Director), Pederson; ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Cronk (Chairman, Women's Physical Education), Presson. ASSISTANT PRO­ FESSORS: Badorek, Gregg, Gregory, Johnson, Oswalt, Rasmussen. INSTRUC­ TORS: Alvarez, Doughty, Dudek, Flitcraft, Haberlack, Hamer, McHan, Pallas, Sanders, Sauntry, Symank, Trigg. ASSISTANT INSTRUCTORS: Ayer, Murray.

PURPOSES The major purposes of the Health, Physical Education and Recreation program are: (1) to provide for the preparation of skilled health teachers, of physical education teachers, of recreation leaders, and of coaches; (2) to provide a mean­ ingful instructional program, both curricular and extra-curricular, in health, physical education and recreation for all students; (3) to provide professional leadership for the athletic and recreational activities of the students.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All students of the university are required to complete two hours of credit in physical education. Normally this requirement is met in the freshman year through participation in a selective program of sports, rhythms, fitness and exercise, and individual self-testing. On the basis of the required physical examination, the student is classified for regular or restricted activity. Men and women approved for regular activity may meet this requirement by the successful completion of P.E. 171 and 172. Adaptive activity courses are provided for students who have been approved for restrictive activity. RECREATIONAL ADVANTAGES The university is located in the heart of a great forest and mountainous recreational area which provides the finest opportunity for hiking, big game hunt­ ing, lake and stream fishing, and winter sports. Just 14 miles from the campus is located the famous Arizona Snow Bowl, with skiing that will challenge the best skiers as well as slopes that are admirably fitted for beginners. The health and physical education program has a working agreement with the management of the Snow BowL Srudenrs may enroll in the ski program which is provided during the spring semester. There is a nominal fee attached to this program. The gymnasiums and pool are open at various times during the week for recreational activities. Intramurals for men and women are held throughout the year in various sports. An extensive inside activity area is available in the new Activity Center.

EDUCATION 262 THE CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: Physical Education (Men) P.E. 100 or 102, 103 or 104, 120, 122 or 124, 130, 151, 152, 154, one course from P.E. 100-117, and one elective activity course; P.E. 200, 210, 230, 334, 379, 470, and four hours of elective theory courses; Biol. 255.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Minor: Physical Education (Men) P.E. 100 or 102, 120, 122 or 124, one course from P.E. 110-117, and two courses from 130, 151, 152, 154; P.E. 200 or 430, 210, 230, 379 and four hours of upper division elective theory courses.

Field Work and Participation Requirements for Men All majors and minors must assist in the organization and administration of meets, tournaments and events sponsored by the division to meet the requirements of field work in physical education. Majors and minors must also score above the 60th percentile in a Motor Fitness Test administered by the division during the first year of entrance into the program and again in the semester prior to their student teaching. To meet the activity participation requirements a major must participate for a period of three years in certain combinations of athletics such as varsity sports or intramurals, or Physical Education Club, etc., as deemed necessary by his adviser. A minor must participate for a period of two years to meet this requirement.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Major: Physical Education (Women) P.E. 100-199 (five credits of activity courses), P.E. 200, 210, 230, 334, 342, 360 or 362, 370, 374, 375, 379, 470; Biol. 255.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION Minor: Physical Education ( Women) P.E. 100-199 (three credits of activity courses), P.E. 210, 230, 360, 372, 374, 379. Suggested electives: P.E. 100-199, 200, 273, 334, 340, 341, 362, 370, 375, 380, 470. Students will be required to take as many activity classes as necessary to develop proficiencies in team sports (four for majors and three for minors), individual and dual sports (four for majors and three for minors), swimming, and three areas of rhythms (folk, square, modern, social). Such proficiencies must be shown as pre­ requisites to P.E 372 and 374. The selection of these activity courses is based upon proficiency tests and counseling with the physical education adviser.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR FOR ELEMENTARY MAJORS P.E. 210, 230, 240, 370, 381; Select two hours from P.E. 100, 110, 114. 115, 120, 131.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 263

HEALTH EDUCATION Minor P.E. 202, 304, 364, 366, 430, 435, 490; Select 5 to 6 hours from P.E. 408, 446, 548; Home Ec. 136, 295.

Minor for Elementary Education Majors P.E. 202, 304, 363, 366, 435, 490; Select one course from P.E. 200, 430.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Extended Major: Recreational Leadership (Men or Women) P.E. 220*, 230, 240, 250*, 273, 326, 352, 380, 381. Ten hours in two areas of rhythms, aquatics, sports, or outdoor recreation. Four hours of P.E. activity courses. Recommend electives in Sociology, Psychology, and Health. Recommended minor fields for recreation majors are Art, Business Admin- instration, Literature, Music, Psychology, Science, Social Science, and Theater.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Minor: Recreational Leadership (Men and Women) P.E. 220*, 326, 352; one of P.E. 372, 374, 375; P.E. 380 or 381; four or five hours in related fields of Art, Drama, English, Music, Journalism, Speech, and Industrial Education. Students will be required to take as many professional activity courses as necessary to develop proficiencies in a minimum of rwo team sports, two individual and dual sports, two areas of rhythms (folk, modern, social, square). The selection is based upon counseling with the physical education adviser. *P.E. 220 is a prerequisite for P.E. 326, 352, 381. *P.E. 250 is a prerequisite for P.E. 380.

Description Of Courses P.E. activity courses are for one unit credit whether taken as a required or elective course. Each class includes development of basic fundamentals, knowledges and demonstration skills. Aquatics: P.E. 113 Modern Dance (Advanced) P.E. 100 Swimming (Beg. and Inter.) P.E 114 Square and Social P.E. 102 Swimming (Advanced) p.E. 115 Children's Rhythmic Art. P.E. 103 Life Saving P. E 1l6 Dance Composition P.E. 104 Water Safety Gymnastics: Dance: P.E. 120 Tumbling and Free Exercise P.E. 110 Folk Dance P.E. 111 Modern Dance (Beg.) P.E 122 Apparatus P.E. 112 Modern Dance (Inter.) P.E 124 Gymnastics

EDUCATION 264 THE CURRICULA

Recreational Sports: P.E. 149 Tennis P.E. 130 Indoor and Outdoor Games P.E. 151 Track and Field P.E. 131 Recreational Activity P.E. 152 Wrestling P.E. 132 Skiing P.E 154 Weight Training and Individual and Dual Sports: Phys- Cond-

P.E. 140 Archery Team Sports: P.E. 142 Badminton P.E. 144 Bowling P.E. 160 Basketball and Softball P.E. 145 Fencing P-E. 161 Field Hockey P.E. 147 Golf P.E. 162 Soccer and Volleyball P.E. 170 Adapted Physical Education For those who are medically unable to participate in P.E. 171-172. P.E. 171-172 Freshman Physical Education (Men) (1-1) Promotes physical courage, agility, and over-all physical fitness in men students through prescribed gymnastics, calisthenics, and games. Provides opportunity to gain proficiency in swimming and water safety for self-preservation.

P.E. 171-172 Freshman Physical Education (Women) (1-1) Provides fundamental exercises, rhythms, ream sports and aquatics. The second semester provides a selective program of dance, aquatics, individual, dual, and team sports. P.E. 200 Health Principles (3) Study of physical, mental, and social health. Emphasis on health principles, knowledges, and the school health program.

P.E. 202 Orientation to Health Education (1) Organizational structure of school health programs, health services, healthful school living, interrelationships with community health agencies.

P.E. 210 Orientation to Physical Education (2) Presents the aims, objectives and factors influencing the development and status of physical education. P.E. 220 Orientation to Recreation (1) Philosophy, scope and basic values of recreation; irs organization and relation to other social institutions. P.E. 230 First Aid (2-3) Procedures and techniques in first aid leading to the acquisition of American Red Cross Standard and Advanced Certificates. Techniques and materials for instructor training certification are also presented. P.E. 240 Elementary Games and Activities (3) Analysis of fundamental motor skills; development of skills in rhythms, self-testing activities, games, and recreational activities.

P.E. 250 Camp Crafts (2) Acquisition of skills, techniques and abiliry to teach outdoor arts, crafts, and activities, (lab, Exp.) P.E. 273 Organization of Intramural-Extramural Activities (2) Study of organization, and conduct of intramural and extramural school programs.

P.E. 304 Scientific Foundations of Health Education (3) The sociological, physiological, and psychological bases underlying personal and social health. P.E. 326 Community Recreation (3) Survey techniques to determine needs of a community; areas, facilities, and personnel needed to carry on an effective program.

P.E 334 Kinesiology (3) Stresses the location and action of the principal muscles of the body as applied to the needs of the student of physical education.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 265

P.E. 340 Officiating Fall Sports for Women (2) Study of rules and officiating procedures in sports as field hockey, soccer, volleyball, basketball. (Lab. Exp.) P.E. 341 Officiating Spring Sports for Women (2) Study of rules and officiating procedures in sports as badminton, tennis, Softball, track and field. (Lab. Exp.) P.E. 342 Field Work in Physical Education and Recreation (Cr.) Leadership experience in working with young people. (Required of women physical education majors. P.E. 344 Officiating Football and Basketball (3) Techniques of officiating the sports with an intensive study of the rules. P.E. 352 leadership in Recreation (3) Principles, techniques and materials for leadership in the organization and administration of recreational programs. Field work required. P.E. 360 Body Mechanics (2) Analysis of human motion in everyday life. Procedures in control of atypical deviations. (Additional laboratory experience may be required.) P.E. 362 Corrective Physical Education (2) Detection, procedures in control of atypical deviations, and activities of the adaptive physical education program. P.E. 364 Principles of Safety Education (2) Selection and organization of curricular materials relative to safety problems in the home, school, recreation, highway and work.

P.E. 366 Health Education Curriculum in Public Schools (3) Development of a health instruction program for the public schools. Organization of content, techniques, and curricular materials for health teaching.

P.E. 370 Physical Education for the Elementary School (3) Program in physical education for the elementary school grades.

P.E. 372 Techniques and Materials of Teaching Sports (3) Study of techniques and curriculum materials, and programming of individual, dual, and team sports.

P.E. 374 Techniques and Materials of Teaching Rhythms (3) Study of techniques and curricular materials in teaching folk and square dance, modern dance, children's rhythms, and social dance.

P.E. 375 Techniques and Materials of Teaching Aquatics (2) Study of techniques in teaching swimming strokes, diving, synchronized swimming, and competitive swimming.

P.E. 379 Organization and Administration of Health, Physical Education and Recreation (3) The problems encountered in the organization and supervision of a health, physical education and recreation program.

P.E. 380 Camp Leadership (2) Principles, techniques, and methods of leadership, organization, and administration of camps; the place of camping in the school program. (Field work required.)

P.E. 381 Playground Supervision and leadership (3) . Theory and practice in playground supervision and leadership; planning and calculating the program. (Lab. Exp. required.)

P.E. 408 Trends in Public Health (2) Development of public health in the United States, emphasizing cooperative programs with public schools.

P.E. 430 School and Community Health (2) Organization, methods, and procedures of school and community health problems.

EDUCATION 266 THE CURRICULA

P.E. 435 Field Work in School and Community Health ( 2) Visitation, observation, and study of local school and community health programs.

P.E. 440 Coaching Football (Men) (2) Thorough discussion and field work covering the coaching techniques of the game.

P.E. 441 Coaching Basketball (Men) (2) A course for majors and minors coveting the coaching problems of the game.

P.E. 442 Coaching Baseball (Men) (2) A course for majors and minors who are preparing to coach baseball.

P.E. 443 Coaching Track and Field (Men) (2) A course for majors and minors who expect to coach track and field.

P.E. 446 Driver Education (2) Study and practice of driver training. Fee $3-00.

PJE. 470 Measurement in Physical Education (2) Emphasizes the practical use of tests and measurements in physical education.

P.E. 477-577 a,b,c,d Physical Education Workshop (2) Analysis of teaching progression and skills in physical education programs: adapted, aquatics, rhythms, self-testing, sports.

P.E. 490 Problems in Health Education (2) Individual study and seminar relating to problems of program planning, curriculum development, community relations, current trends, and other aspects of the health program. Graduate Courses

P.E. 514 Physiology of Exercise (3) A study of the physiological effects of exercise upon the various organs and systems of the body and the implications for types of activities to be included in the program for various age levels.

P.E. 540 Current Trends in Sports Instruction (3) Current trends and techniques in instruction and in coaching sports. Organization of meets, special events, officiating, participation and practice.

P.E. 543 Advanced Modern Dance (3) Materials and methods for teaching advanced modern dance.

P.E. 546 Organization, Administration and Supervision of Driver Education (3) Provides the training necessary to qualify students to teach driver training in high schools. Fee $3.00 for both pupil and registrant. P.E. 547 Creative Dance (3) Creative expression, techniques and materials in creative dance. P.E. 548 Treatment of Athletic Injuries (3) Presents the methods employed in the control and care of injuries incurred in athletics. P.E. 552 Outdoor Recreation (3) Presents the recreational opportunities in the state as well as campftre programs, hiking, trails, and exhibits. P.E. 562 Safety Education (3 ) Prepares the specialist ia safety education as it applies to school and community. P.E. 573 Problems in the Organization and Administration of Athletics (3) Problems in the organization and administration of the intencholastic and intercol­ legiate competitive activities.

EDUCATION THE CURRICULA 267

P.E. 574 Problems in the Organization and Administration of Intramurals (3) Problems in the organization and administration of the intramural and extramural programs in the high schools and colleges.

P.E. 578 The Nature and Basis of Motor Skills (3) Presents the neurological basis of motor skills and the theories of motor skill learning relevant to physical education activities.

P.E. 580 Program Planning for Community Recreation (3) Emphasizes the various types of community recreation programs with a study of the principles of general program planning.

P.E. 594 Seminar in Coaching (2) Clinic in coaching high school athletics for those interested in learning new techniques and theories of different sports. Held in conjunction with the All-Star Football and Basketball games.

P.E. 611 History and Philosophy of Physical Education (3) A comprehensive study of the history of physical education with a special emphasis given to the philosophical approach to the profession by outstanding physical educators. The actual formulation of personal philosophy of physical education within a historical context.

P.E. 648 Current Literature and Research in Physical Education (3) A critical review of recent literature and research in the area of physical education. Discussion and lectures on recenr trends and developments as found in periodicals, texts, and recent research.

P.E. 660 Problems in Content and Methods in Health Education (3) Stresses the work and problems of the specialist in health education.

P.E. 662 Corrective Physical Education (3) Principles and practices of modified physical education activities adapted to the needs and abilities of the exceptional child. Practice in evaluating and prescribing specific exercises for handicaps.

P.E. 670 Curriculum in Health and Physical Education (3) Presents the principles and procedures in curriculum development and the place of health and physical education in the modern curriculum.

P.E. 676 Advanced Tests and Measurements in Health and Physical Education (3) Surveys the work in tests and measurements in the field and gives opportunity to select, give and interpret tests.

P.E. 679 Organization and Administration of Physical Education (3) Problems of organization, administration and supervision of the programs in health, physical education and recreation in high schools and colleges.

P.E. 692 Seminar in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (3) Offers an opportunity for the student to apply his research techniques to specific problems in health, physical education and recreation.

EDUCATION

SCHOOL OF FORESTRY

FOREST LAND MANAGEMENT • FOREST SCIENCES FOREST RECREATION MANAGEMENT WOOD INDUSTRY MANAGEMENT

271

School Of Forestry

CHARLES O. MINOR Dean

PROFESSORS Minor (Dean), Avery, iove ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Berry, Kurmes, Thompson, Voorhies, Wommaclc ASSISTANT PROFESSORS O'Keefe, Schulrz

OBJECTIVES Objectives of the School of Forestry are as follows: (1) To provide profes­ sional training in the management and utilization of the nation's forests and related resources; (2) To direct this training toward developing the individual as a man, a citizen, and a professional forester; (3) To insure a balance of basic sciences, liberal studies, and professional training, together with field and laboratory experience that wilt prepare the student for professional employment in federal and state agencies and in private industry; (4) To assist in the development of forestry in Arizona by encouraging proper care and use of the forest resources through demonstration and research. The forestry curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the theory and practice of forestry together with the fundamental aits and sciences necessary for successful modern living and human relations. Degree Program BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY In addition to the core of basic forestry and science courses, specialization in a particular branch of forestry is acquired through choice of technical electives. De­ pending upon the students interest, he may choose to orient his program toward forest management, forest utilization, recreation, or toward future graduate studies. On the following pages are described curricula in Forest Recreation Manage­ ment, Wood Industry Management, and Forest Land Management, and a Forest Sciences option. To receive the Bachelor of Science in Forestry degree the student must: 1. Successfully complete all requirements of the specific curriculum. 2. Demonstrate satisfactory performance on the aptitute test of the Graduate Record Examination. The undergraduate curriculum in Forest land Management is fully accredited by the Society of American Foresters.

FORESTRY 272 THE CURRICULA

Forestry is a growing profession in which many young men are finding satisfac­ tory careers. Opportunities for employment are good. Major employers of forestry graduates are private forest industries, state agencies, federal government (some 12 agencies); other employers include educational institutions, consulting firms, and research agencies. Graduate Degree A graduate program leading to a Master of Science degree in Forestry is available. Consult the Graduate Bulletin for details. FACILITIES FOR STUDY This institution is ideally located for the study of forestry and forest industries. Available facilities include large sawmills, a new modern pulpmill, wood preservation plant, the oldest experimental forest in the United States, and the largest ponderosa pine forest in America. Close at hand are famous recreational areas, outstanding watershed research facilities, and extensive grazing areas. Thus, the field work essential to all forestry training can be included in each technical course. The School Forest includes 4000 acres of forest land situated about five miles west of Flagstaff. Its nearness to the campus makes it readily available for laboratory exercises and field work essential to many forestry courses. In addition to its primary use for educational purposes, it serves a secondary function in the establishment of demonstration and research plots. These are available for student instruction and for use among professional foresters in the Southwest. A variety of past logging methods—clearcutting, seedtree, and selection cuts— has produced considerable variation in sizes and age classes of the ponderosa pine- type. The occurrence of several natural "parks," in addition to heavy stands of grass under the forest cover, facilitates instruction in range management. The presence of both cattle and sheep grazing makes it possible to study firsthand the effects of both types of use by domestic livestock. The natural deer population of the area combined with the livestock use makes it much easier for the student to see the problems and possible solutions to forest and wildland management in the Southwest. FOREST LAND MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM This curriculum is designed for those interested in management of forest lands and resources. Completion of this program qualifies the graduate for federal employment or for positions in state and private organizations. Required Courses: Freshman Sophomore For. 101, 102 Intro, to Forestry Spch. 101 Public Speaking EngL 102, 103 Freshman English Econ. 180 Economic Environment Biol. 111 General Zoology of Man Ch.Ph. 1ll, 112 Chem. Physics Engl. 202 Tech. Report Writing Biol. 112 General Botany For. 211 Dendrology Math. 112 Algebra-Trig. For. 212 Silvics PEM 171, 172 Physical Education Chem. 213 Inorganic Chem. Geol. 221 Physical Geology Dapr. 251 Macro Programming Math. 270 Statistics Tech. 270 Surveying

FORESTRY THE CURRICULA 273

For. 300 Summer Field Program Junior Senior Hum. 231 Man and the Arts Engl. 402 Advanced Tech. Writing Geog. 306 Weather and Climate For. 421 Forest Management For. 311 Silviculture For. 431 Forest Economics For. 312 Forest Soils For. 434 Forest Policy and Admin. For. 321 Forest Measurements For. 441 Forest Products For. 346 Wood Technology For. 451 Forest Insects and Diseases For. 361 Range Plant Ident. For. 452 Forest Fire For. 362 Range Management For. 462 Watershed Management For. 371 Outdoor Recreation Management Elective Courses: All electives must be approved by the adviser and shall include nine hours of professional courses and eight hours of liberal studies (social sciences and humanities).

FOREST SCIENCES OPTION Students who have interest and ability in mathematics or sciences may elect a Forest Sciences Option by starting at an advanced level, or by substituting certain math or science courses for required courses included in the Forest Land Management curriculum. Since individual students vary widely in background, interests, and abilities, the Forest Sciences curriculum will be adapted to the needs of each student by his faculty adviser.

FOREST RECREATION MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM This curriculum is designed for students who wish to become land managers with a special interest in the management of natural resources for recreational purposes. Since this program is more people-oriented than other forestry options, there is more emphasis on the social sciences. By careful selection of elective courses in forestry, the student will be eligible for federal employment both as a forest recreation specialist and as a forester. Required Courses: Freshman Sophomore Engl. 102, 103 Freshman English Spch. 101 Public Speaking For. 101, 102 Intro, to Forestry Psyc. 151 Intro, to Psychology Ch.Ph. 111, 112 Chem. Physics Econ. 180 Economic Environment Biol. 111 General Zoology of Man Biol. 112 General Botany Engl. 202 Tech. Report Writing Math. 112 Algebra-Trig. Soc. 203 Social Psychology PEM 171, 172 Physical Education For. 211 Dendrology Geo!. 221 Physical Geology Math. 270 Statistics Tech. 270 Surveying Mgr. 300 Management of Business Organization

FORESTRY 274 THE CURRICULA

For. 300 Summer Field Program Junior Senior Hum. 231 Man and the Arts Engl. 402 Advanced Tech. Writing Geog. 250 Physical Elements For. 421 Forest Management of Geography For. 431 Forest Economics For. 263 Wildlife Management For. 434 Forest Policy and Admin. Psyc. 275 Personality and Adjustment For. 451 Forest Insects and Diseases For. 311 Silviculture For. 452 Forest Fire For. 312 Forest Soils For. 474 Recreation Resource For. 321 Forest Measurements Development For. 371 Outdoor Recreation For. 571 Landscape Design Management For. 573 Recreation Management For. 372 Recreation Visitor Problems Management Elective Courses: There are 15 hours of electives which must be approved by the adviser.

WOOD INDUSTRY MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM This curriculum is designed to offer basic instruction for students who desire a career in wood industries manufacture or marketing. Business adminis­ tration and wood industry technology are combined to meet the requirements for industry personnel. Selection of elective courses may permit the student to qualify for a government civil service rating, or for graduate study in business administration or forestry.

Forestry Is Not All Work THE CURRICULA 275

Required Courses: Freshman Sophomore For. 101 Intro, to Forestry Spch. 101 Public Speaking Engl. 102, 103 Freshman English Econ. 180 Economic Environment Ch.Ph. 111,112 Chem. Physics of Man Math. 112 Algebra-Trig. Engl. 202 Tech. Report Writing Biol. 112 General Botany Chem. 213 Inorganic Chem. Acct. 157, 158 Prin. of Acct. G.B. 221 Quantitative Methods PEM 171, 172 Physical Education Dapr. 251 Macro Programming Tech. 270 Surveying Mgt. 300 Management of Business Organization For. 346 Wood Technology

For. 340 Wood Industry Field Program Junior Senior Hum. 231 Man and the Arts Mgt. 310 Operational Management For. 311 Silviculture Mgt. 311 Organ. Behavior and Fin. 311 Principles of Finance Leadership For. 321 Forest Measurements Engl. 402 Advanced Tech. Writing Mktg. 333 Basic Mktg. Management For. 421 Forest Management or For. 431 Forest Economics For 541 Wood Products Marketing For. 434 Forest Policy and For. 342 Seasoning and Preservation Administration For. 343 Wood Glues and Adhesives For. 441 Forest Products For. 345 Wood Products Manufacture For. 443 Logging and Engineering

Elective Courses: All electives must be approved by the adviser and should include nine hours of liberal studies. EDUCATION Description Of Courses For. 101 Forestry Orientation (1) F Orientation /or entering freshmen forestry majors. For 102 Introduction to Forestry (I) S An introduction to the forestry academic program and to forestry as a career. For. 211 Dendrology (3) F Study of identification, nomenclature, and classification of commercially important forest trees in U. S. Emphasis on species native to northern Arizona. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Biol. 112. For. 212 Silvics (2) S Study of the nature of forest trees and forest stands; ho»- they reproduce, grow, and develop in relation to their environment. Prerequisites: Biol. 112, For. 211. For. 263 Wildlife Management (3) F Animal ecology and -wildlife management. Prerequisites: Biol. 111 or For. 212.

FORESTRY 276 THE CURRICULA

Admission to For. 300 or For. 340 shall require acceptable scholastic per­ formance on all previous university courses and approval of the faculty.

For. 300 Forestry Summer Field Program (8) Eight weeks of field forestry practices and field trips. Fee $10.00. Prerequisites: Tech. 270, For. 211, Engl. 202. For. 340 Wood Industry Field Program (8) Eight weeks of forestry, logging, and wood-industry operations. Fee $10.00. Prerequisites: Tech. 270, Engl. 202.

ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL COURSES Acceptance into upperclass professional forestry courses is dependent upon successful completion of For. 300 or For. 340.

For. 311 Silviculture (3) F The theory and practice of controlling forest establishment, composition, growth, and quality. Fee $7.00. For. 312 Forest Soils (3) S The study of forest soils, with emphasis on soil factors affecting forest growth and water yield. Fee $5.00. For. 321 Forest Measurements (4) F Measurement of timber volumes, forest growth and yield, forest mapping from aerial photographs, and applied statistical techniques. Fee $7.00. For. 342 Seasoning and Preservation ( 3 ) S Principles and practices of preservation; air and kiln drying of forest products. Fee $3.00. For. 343 Wood Glue, and Adhesives (2) F Theory and practice of bonding wood with glue and synthetic resins. The fabrication of plywood, laminated beams, components, and related items used in wood construction. Fee $3.00. For. 344 Wood Properties (2) S Physical and mechanical properties of wood as related to tree growth; fabrication and end use. For. 345 Wood Products Manufacture (3) F The manufacture of lumber, plywood, and other forest products. Fee $5.00. For. 346 Wood Technology (3) S The structure of commercial woods as related to identification, properties, manufacture and use. For. 361 Rang; Plant Identification (3) F Field identification, floral classification, and collection of grasses, forbs, and shrubs. Study of plants important in range forage production for livestock and wildlife use. For. 362 Range Management (3) S An introduction to the field of range managemenr, evaluation and measurement tech­ niques, range unprovemenr, and management of livestock on rangelands. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: For. 361.

For. 371 Outdoor Recreation Management (3) F An introductory, overall view of managing wildland for recreational use. Fee $5.00. For. 372 Recreation Visitor Management (2) S Visitor needs and preferences. Techniques of wildland management for visitor-related services. For. 405-406 Forest Problems (1-4) F, S Research and survey methods plus individual studies of pertinent forest problems. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: Content of instructor.

FORESTRY THE CURRICULA 277

For. 414 Forest Tree Improvement (3) S Survey of the history, concepts, goals, and methods of forest tree improvement, and the relationship with forest management and wood utilization objectives.

For. 421 Forest Management (3) F Development and management of forest lands for multiple use. Fee $7.00. For. 431 Forest Economics (3) F Economic theory applied to forest resources and their management and utilization.

For. 432 Economic Analysis (2) F, S Advanced analytic techniques applied to forestry problems.

For. 434 Forest Policy and Administration (3) S Forest history and administration. Forest policy seminars. For. 441 Forest Products (3) F Markets and methods of production of mechanically and chemically derived wood products; pulp, plywood, ties, barrels, etc.; utilization of mill residues. Fee $5.00.

For. 443 Logging and Engineering (3) F Methods, equipment, engineering principles, and costs of harvesting the forest crop. Fee $5.00.

For. 451 Forest Insects and Diseases (2) F A study of the natural agencies harmful to forests or forest products and their relation to management, silviculture and utilisation. Fee $5.00-

For. 452 Forest Fire (2) S Forest fire behavior, control, and use. Fee $5.00.

For. 461 Range Techniques (3) F Proper stocking and systems of grazing to improve ranges. Suitability of sites for range revegetation, seeding techniques and management of seeded areas. An introduction to range research techniques. Prerequisites: For. 361, For. 362.

For. 462 Watershed Management (3) S Introduction to techniques of managing forest and range Funds for increases in usable water yields, protection of watershed values and rehabilitation of depleted watershed lands. For. 474 Recreation Resource Development (3) S Recreational planning for national, regional, and local areas. Inventories of recreation resource demand. Fee $5.00. Prerequisite: For. 371.

Graduate Courses For. 506 Special Studies in Forestry (1-4) F, S Student investigation of a specially assigned topic. For. 512 Forest and Range Ecology (3) S The study of physical factors affecting forest and range plants, plant relationships, and the impact of management upon wildland plants. For. 522 Design and Analysis of Experiments (3) S Statistical methods in the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data. For. 524 Airphoto Interpretation (3) S Basic photogrammetric principles; uses of aerial photographs for the identification and mapping of vegetation, physiography, and cultural features; introduction ro remote- sensing systems. Fee $5.00. Prerequisites: Math. 112, Tech. 270, Geol. 221.

FORESTRY 278 THE CURRICULA

For. 541 Wood Products Marketing (3) F Techniques and procedures applicable to the marketing of lumber, plywood, particle board, poles, piling, and miscellaneous solid-wood products. For. 552 Conservation and Management of Natural Resources (3) F Definition and classification of resources; concepts, philosophies, and limitations of management; analysis of resource-management problems. Not open to forestry majors. For. 553 Forest Entomology (3) F A detailed study of important forest insects, their ecology and their control. Prerequisite: For. 451 or consent of instructor. For. 554 Forest Pathology (3) S Detailed studies of forest diseases, their causes and controls. For. 571 Landscape Planning and Design (2) F Principles and theories of landscape composition, design, and development with regard to outdoor recreation facilities. For. 573 Recreation Management Problems (2) F Trends in recreational use and in policies; current and controversial issues in recreation management. Prerequisite: For. 371. For. 593 Natural Resource Economics (3) F The economics of natural resource use. The relationship between natural resources and economic growth—resource scarcity. Same as Econ. 593.

For. 601-602 Forestry Research (3-3) F, S Original research on a specialized problem adapted to the interest and need of the individual student. For. 695-696 Advanced Studies in Forestry (3-3) F, S Directed study in a forestry subject-matter field (area to be specified at registration). For. 698 Seminar (1) F, S Reports on individual research or current literature by faculty and gtaduate students.

For. 699 Thesis (2-9) F, S Prerequisite: Admission to candidacy for the master's degree.

Lummarios Are lighted. Every Year FACULTY New Campus, Bowling Alley, Beauty Contestants 281 Instructional Staff

J. LAWRENCE WALKUP, Ed.D President B.S., BA, State College, Warrensburg, Missouri; M.Ed, Ed.D, University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1948-

ALBERT C. ADAMS, Ph.D Professor of English A.B., M.A., Baylor University; B.D., University of the South; Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

ARTHUR ADEL, Ph.D. Professor of Science and Mathematics A.B., Ph.D.. University of Michigan; NAU, 1948-

CHESTER B. AINSWORTH, Ed.D Dean, School of Applied Science and Technology B.S., John Brown University; M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ed.D, University of Missouri; N.A.U.. 1964-

EUGENE R. ALESCH, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Humanities B.F.A., M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., Ohio University. NAU, 1967-

AGNES M. ALLEN, Ph.D_ Professor of Geography B.Ed.. Illinois University. Normal; MA., Colorado College of Education; MS., Ph.D., Clark University; NAU., 1934-

JOHN M. ALVAREZ, M.Ed Instructor in Physical Education, Trainer B.S., University of Colorado; M.Ed., Colorado State University; NAU, 1968-

VIRGINIA V. ALWIN, Ph.D.. Professor of English and Education B.A, Hamline University; MA., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; NAU., 1955-

WILLIAM F. AMBERG, WLA...... Assistant Professor of Psychology, Acting Director, Institute for Human Development B.S.. Springfield College (Massachusetts); MA. Brigham Young University; NAU, 1968-

J. RICHARD AMBLER, Ph.D.. .Associate Professor of Anthropology B.A-. University of Colorado; MA University of Arizona; PhS)., University of Colorado; NAU., 1967-

BERNARP ERIC ANDERSON, Ph.D...... Associatae Professor of Economics BS.. Northern Arizona Universiry: MA, University of Arizona; Ph-D-. Ohio Stan University; N.A.U., 1964-

GLENN A. ANDERSON, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Biology B.S.. MA, Washington State University; PhJ>., Oregon State University; NAU, 1964-

FREDERICK R. ANDRLE, MA...... Instructor in Speech and Radio A.B.. Canisius College; MA, Stanford University, NAU, 19**-

WALTER P. APPELGREN, PhD...... Assistant Professor of Biology B.S.. Northwestern University; MS, Ph.D., University of Michigan; NAU, 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 282 THE CURRICULA

RAY L. ARBIZU, M.A Assistant Professor of Voice B.A. in Ed., MA. in Ed., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1968- ELDON ALLEN ARDREY, Ed.D Dean, College of Creative Arts Mus.B., Mus.M.. University of Kansas; Mus.D., Yankton College; Ed.D., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1931- ROGER W. ARDREY, Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Music B.S. in Ed., Northern Arizona University; Mus. M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Catholic University of America; N.A.U. 1961-(on leave, 1968-1970) F. MARION ASCHE, M.A Instructor in Industrial Education B.S., M.A., Ball State University; N.A.U., 1968- BARBARA G. ASHLEY, MA Instructor in Women's Physical Education B.S., University of Minnesota; MA., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1965- HOWARD T. ASHLEY, MLS Instructor in Mathematics B.S. in Ed., University of Arizona; M.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966- DENNIS H. ATKIN, M.A Assistant Professor of Humanities B.A., MA., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1967- THOMAS EUGENE AVERY, Ph.D Professor of Forestry B.S.F., University of Georgia; M.F., Duke University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; NA.U., 1968- SALLY L, AYER, BA Assistant Instructor in Women's Physical Education BA., Colorado College; N.A.U., 1968- HAROLD H. BACH, M.A Lecturer in Industrial Education B.S. in Ed., MA., Ohio State University; NAU., 1966- BETTY J. BACHMANN, M.P.H_ Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S., M.P.H., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1964- VERA H. BADOREK, M.S...... Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., University of Oregon; M.S., University of California, University of Arkansas; NA.U., 1960- JOHN ROBERT BAKER, M.A.. Instructor in Drama and Speech AA., East Central Junior College; BA., Delta State College; M.A., University of Ari­ zona; NAU., 1968- RUSSELL P. BALDA, PhX>...... Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Wisconsin State University, Oshkosh; M.S., Ph.D.. University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1966-

CHARLES W. BARNES, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Geology B3, University of Oklahoma; M.S., University of Idaho; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin;

JAMES E. BARTELL, M.A...... Assistant Professor of English BA., Oklahoma State University, MA., Washington University; NAU.. 1967-

MAX L BASEMANN, PkD...... Professor of Modern Languages, Emeritus BA.. Coe College; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U.,

GARY C BATEMAN, PkD...... Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., California State College, Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 283

OTTO G. BATTS, M.A Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Arizona Sate University; N.A.U., 1967- MARVIN G. BAUER, Ph.D Professor of Speech A.B., University of Denver; A.M., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin: N.A.U., 1965- RICHARD S. BEAL, JR., Ph.D Graduate Dean and Coordinator of Liberal Studies, Professor of Zoology B.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1962- MARK G. BEALS, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Special Education B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1966-

KENNETH E. BEAN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Adams Sate College; M.S., Ph.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1962- RICHARD E. BEASLEY, M.F.A Istructor in Art B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School; N-A.U., 1968- THOMAS H. BEDWELL, PhD Professor of Physics A.B., A.M., University of South Dakota; Ph.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1964- ESTHER H. BEHNAM, M.A Instructor in Social Science B.A., Reed College; M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1965- GRAYDON BELL, M.S Instructor in Mathematics B.A., North Dakota State University; M.S., Colorado State University; N.A.U., 1967- TOM O. BELLWOOD, M.A., LL.D Professor of Business Administration, Emeritus B.A., M.A., Colorado College of Education; LL.D., Colorado State College of Education; N.A.U., 1922-

DIANE BENSUSAN, M.A Instructor in English and Humanities B.S., Northwest Missouri State College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

H. GUY BENSUSAN, A.B Assistant Professor of Humanities and Social Studies A.B., University of California at Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1963-

LEON H. BERGER, M.A- Instructor in Sociology B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1968-

ALLEN E. BERGLAND, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., Concordia College; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; NAU, 1966-

REXER BERNDT, PhD...... Executive Vice President B.S., M.B.A.. University of Denver; Ph.D., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1957-

RICHARD WALLACE BERRY, PhD...... Associate Professor of Forestry B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Oregon State University; N-A.U., 1961- FRANK H. BESNETTE, M.B.A...... Assistant Professor of Business Administration- B.B.A., University of Texas ar El Paso; M.B.A., University of Denver; N-A.U-, 1967- BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 284 THE CURRICULA

STANLEY S. BEUS, Ph.D Associate Professor of Geology B.S., M.S., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1962- JJLLIAN L. BIESTER, Ph.D Professor of Business Education, Emeritus B_A., North Central College, Naperville, Illinois; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1949- JAMES E. BIGLIN, Ed.D Professor of Education and Psychology BA., Hastings College; M.A., Ed.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1963- JAMES J. BILLINGS, Ph.D Associate Professor of Physics B.S., University of Arkansas; M.S., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1966- HARTWIG O. BJERG, A.B. in Ed...... Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts, Emeritus Graduate Hjorring Technical School and Hjorring Trade School, Hjorring, Denmark; A.B. in Ed., Northern Ari2ona University; N.A.U., 1925- DAVE H. BIRCH, MS Instructor in Industrial Education B.S.. M.S., Stout State University; N.A.U., 1968- DEREK BLOOMFIELD, M.S Instructor in Mathematics B.S., State University of New York at New Paltz; M.S.. Purdue University; N.A.U., 1968- ROBERT F. BOOTHS, Ed.D Professor of Secondary Education B.S., Central Missouri State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1959- NORMAN R. BORG, MA...... Assistant Director of Public Information Instructor in Journalism BA., MA., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1956- MALCOLM V. BOSSE, M.S„ .. Instructor in Data Processing B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1966- BERT N. BOSTROM, MA Assistant Professor of Journalism B.A., M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1967- ELDON G. BOWMAN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science and Public Administration B.A., Claremont Men's College; MA., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1966- MYRL C. BOYLE, M. Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona Universiry; N.A.U., 1968- H. FRANK BRADFORD, Ed.D...... Lecturer in Elementary Education A.B., Arizona State University; MS., University of Arizona; Ed.D.. Stanford University; N.A.U., 1968- IAN BRALEY, Ph.D...... Professor of Engineering and Technology B.E., Yale University; MAX, Chrysler Institute of Engineering; PhX>., Stanford Uni­ versity; N.A.U.. 1957-1959, 1961- JAMES R. BRATHOVDE, Ph.D...... Professor of Chemistry Chairman, Department of Chemistry B.A. B.A. in Ed^, Eastern Washington College of Education; M.S., PhJJ., Universiry of Washington; NAU., 1967-

A. JOHN BRIEL, MS...... Associate Professor of Business Administration AS., LL.B.. Valparaiso University; M.E., Loyola University (Chicago); NAU., 1946-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 285

ALMA M. BROWN, M.S. in Ed Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., M.S. in Ed., University of Missouri, Columbia; N.A.U., 1966- WESLEY BROWN, JR., MA Associate Professor of Police Science B.S., Northwestern University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; NA.U., 1959-

NORMAN A. BROWNE, Ed.D Associate Professor of Art B.A., Washington State University; M.A., San Francisco State College; Ed.D., Indiana University; NA.U., 1968- JEANETTE M. BRUSH, M.A Library Cataloger B.A., Drake University; MA., University of Denver; NA.U., 1965- BYRD BURTON, Ed.D Professor of Home Economics Chairman, Department of Home Economics B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.S., Colorado State University: Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University; N.A.U., 1943-

J. HARVEY BUTCHART, Ph.D Professor of Mathematics B.S., Eureka College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1945- GERALD CAPLE, PhD Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., Florida State University; N.A.U., 1966- MARGARET CARRIGAN, Ph.D Professor of English, Emeritus B.A., Columbia University; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Cornell University; N.A.U., 1949- CHARLES C. CASE, M.A Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; MA., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1963- LAWRENCE T. CASTO, Ed. Director of Institutional Research Associate Professor of Education B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Kansas; NAU, 1962-

CLAYTON WILLIAM CHANCE, PhD Associate Professor of Engineering and Technology B.S., Bradley University; M.Ed., Ph.D., The University of Texas; N.A.U., 1967- DAVID D. CHASE, M.B.A Instructor in Business Administration B.A., Principia College; M.B.A., Dartmouth College; NAU., 1966-

RAYMOND CHERRY, M.A Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., Parsons College; B.S., Stout State University; MA., University of Missouri; NA.U., 1964- ANTHONY CHOI, PhD., C.P.A. Associate Professor of Accounting B.S., M.S., Utah State University, Ph.D.. University of Utah; C.P.A.. Utah and Arizona; N.A.U., 1965-

DREW CHRISTIE, EdD...... Associate Dean of Student Affairs B.S., New Mexico State University; MA, San Diego State College; Ed.S„ New Mexico State University; Ed.D., University of Arkansas; N.A.U.. 1968-

LLOYD R. COAHRAN, ScDr.(EM£.)....Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S., M.S., Sc.Dr. (E.M.E.). University of Southern California; NAU.. 1968-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 286 THE CURRICULA

LAWRENCE G. COATES, MS Assistant Professor of American History B.S., M.S., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1966-

CARL H. COLE, M.A Instructor in Humanities BA., University of Arizona; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1968- JOHN C. COMER, M.S Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.S., Wayne State University; N.A.U., 1968- RICHARD COOLEY, M.B.A Director of Business Research B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh; N.A.U., 1968- DOROTHEA CORNFORTH Acting Documents Librarian N.A.U.. 1966- AUGUSTUS S. COTERA, JR., Ph.D Associate Professor of Geology Chairman, Department of Geology B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1967- VOIE COY, Ed.S ..Instructor in Business Education B.S.. M.A., Ed.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1968- JOYCE M. CRONK, Ph.D Associate Professor of Women's Physical Education; Chairman, Department of Women's Physical Education BS., Texas Woman's University; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Florida State University; N.A.U., 1966- ROGER J. CUNNINGHAM, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Education and Institutional Research B.S., Iowa Sate University; MA., University of Colorado; Ed.D., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1966- PAT B. CURRY, Ph.D Chairman, Department of Music Associate Professor of Music B.A. in Ed., MA. in Ed., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1960-

SANDRA DANNENFELDT, M.A...... Assistant Professor of Business Education B.A., MA.. University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls; N.A.U., 1965-

JEAN-JACQUES D'AQUlN, M.A Instructor in French BA., University of San Francisco; MA., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1968- WILLIAM K. DAUGHERTY, Ph.D., C.P.A...... Associate Professor of Accounting, Assistant Dean for Operations B.BA.. University of Texas; M.B.A., Texas Technical College; Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1967-

JOHN A. DAVIDSON, M.A Instructor in Art B.S. in Ed., MA., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1968-

RICHARD O. DAVIES, Ph.D _ Associate Professor of History B.A.. Marietta College; MA., Ohio University, PhD., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1963-1968, 1969-

LAWRENCE DAVIS, EdIL...... Assistant Professor of English B.S., M.A., Ed.S., Northern Arizona University; NAU-. 1963-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 287

JERRY DAY, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.S.. M.Ed., West Texas State University; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1967-

EUGENE DECAMP, M.A Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

WILLIAM L. DEGROOT, M.Ed Director of Student Activities A.B., Monmouth College; M.Ed., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

JOHN M. DEKORTE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Hope College; Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1966-

CARLOS H. DE LA PENA, Ph.D Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., M.A., Isleta College; Ph.D., U.D., Universidad Nacional de Mexico; NA.U-, 1968-

ROBERT G. DELPH, M.D University Physician M.D., Hahnemann Medical College; N.A.U., 1965-

KBNNETH E. DERIFIELD, MA Associate Professor of Zoology B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1944-

CECIL DOLLAR, JR., Ph.D.....Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S.C, Texas Christian University; M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Louisiana State University; N.A.U., 1968-

THOMAS A. DONOHOE, Ph.D Associate Professor of English A.B., Saint Ambrose College; M.A., Ph.D, Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1966-

KENNETH RAYMOND DOUGHTY, MA. Instructor in Physical Education, Assistant Coach B.S., University of Missouri; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1964-

GARLAND DOWNUM, Ph.D Professor of History B.A., M.A., University of Kansas; Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1944-

MARJORIE C DRISCOLL, MA. .Third Grade Supervisor B.S. in Ed., M.A. in Ed., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1967-

DOLORES DUDEK, M.S Instructor in Women's Physical Education B.S. in Ed., Northern Illinois University; M.S., Indiana University; NAU, 1968-

MAY M. DUNCAN, ED.S...... Associate Professor of Education Kindergarten Supervisor B.S., Northwest Missouri State College; M.S., University of Wisconsin; EAS.. Colombia University; N.A.U., 1953- JACK I. DYER; Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Sociology Chairman, Department of Sociology B.A., Oklahoma Gty University; MA., North Carolina; Ph.D., Colorado University; N.A.U., 1968-

DARREL S. ENGLISH, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Genetics B.A, Southwestern College; MS., Louisiana Stare University; Ph.D., Iowa State Univer­ sity; N.A.U., 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 288 THE CURRICULA

LEO M. ENSMAN, Ed.D Professor of Industrial Education B.S., M.S., Kansas State College, Pittsburg; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U.. 1959-1962,1964-1966, 1968-

BEATKICE R. EVANS, M.S Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S. NUTS. Ed., University or Utah; M.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1962-

GANO S. EVANS, D.B.A Associate Professor of Business Administration B.A., Colorado State College; M.B.A., Denver University; D.B.A., University of Wash­ ington; N.A.U., 1963-67, 1968-

JOAN E. FAGERBURG, Ph.D Assistant Dean of Student Affairs A.B., MacMurray College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1967- GLADYS M. FAIR, MA Assistant Professor of Education, Emeritus B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1938.

CHARLES E. FAUSET, Ed.D Professor of Education Dean, College of Education A.B., M.A., Indiana State Teachers College; Ed.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1950-

RUTH FEDDER, Ed.D_ Associate Professor of Special Education B-A., University of Illinois; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University; N.A.U., 1964-

ZlTA P. FEENEY, M.A Assistant Professor of Education A3., M.A., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1939-

EZRA CHARLES FITCH, MS. in L.S Head Reference librarian B.A., Harvard University; M.A., Brown University; M.S. in L.S., Simmons College; N.A.U., 1966-

PAUL R. FLINT, III, M.A Instructor in English B.A., St. Martin's College; M.A., University of Detroit; N.A.U., 1966-

ALAN E. FLITCRAFT, M.S Instructor in Physical Education Baseball Coach B.S.. M.S., Florida State University; N.A.U., 1966- F. GORDON FOSTER, Ed.D. Professor of Education Dean of Instruction B.A., Southwest Missouri State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U.,

JAMES R. FREDRICK, Ed.D Professor of Psychology Director, University Counseling Center A.B., Westminster College; M.Ed.. Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

PERSIS T. FULLER, M.A...... Instructor in Psychology B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

ROBERT E. GALLAGHER, PhD...... Associate Professor of English

A.B., DePaul University; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University; N-A.U., 1968-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 289

CAROL L. GARD, M.N. Instructor in Nursing R.N., Sisters of Charity School of Nursing; B.S. in Nnr., M.N., Montana State Univer­ sity; N.A.U., 1968-

LARRY D. GARDNER, M.A Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S., Northwest Missouri State College; M-A., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1965-

ELLERY L. GIBSON, M.A Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A., University of Colorado; M.A., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1954- DON D. GILBERT, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1965-

VIRGIL W. GILLEMWATER, Ed.D Vice President and Provost B.E., M.S., Western Illinois State College; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Illinois; IX.D.. Rider CoUege; N.A.U., 1950-1966, 1968-

ORAZIO GIUSTI, Ph.D Professor of Modern Languages Chairman, Department of Modern Languages Doctorate, University of Padua, Italy; Degre' Soperieur, Sorbonne; Cerrificat de l'lnstitut de Phonetique, Paris; Certificat de Stage, Centre Internationale d'Erudes Pedagogiques Sevres; N.A.U., 1960-

MARJORIE L. GLENDENING, MS Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Arizona State University; M.S., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1947-

JOHN W. GLENN, PhD.. Associate Professor of Industrial Education A.D.T., Southern Illinois Vocational-Technical Institute; B.S., Southern Illinois Univer­ sity; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1966-

SAMUEL GOLDSTEIN, M.A- Instructor in English B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; N.A.U., 1967-

IRVY W. GOOSSEN...... Instructor in Navajo N.A.U., 1967- GEORGE E. GOSLOW, JR., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Humboldt State College; PhD., University of California, Davis; N-A.U., 1967-

JAMES F. GOULD, MM...... Assistant Professor of Low Brass B.M.E., Wichita, State University, MM., University of Southern California: NAU., 1966-

C. EDGAR GOYETTE, JR, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., University of Arizona; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1960-

EUGENE F. GRAPE, PhD...... Associate Professor of Marketing B.A., Brooklyn College; M.B.A.. Ph.D., The Ohio Stare University; N.A.U., 1967- ALLAN B. GRAY, JR., PhD...... Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S.,M.S., Ph.D., New Mexico State University; NAU., 1961-

HERBERT A. GREGG, M.Ed...... Assistant Professor of Physical Education Basketball Coach B.S. in EL, M.Ed, University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1949*

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 290 THE CURRICULA

RUTH GREGORY, M.A Assistant Professor of Women's Physical Education B.S.. MA, Texas Woman's University; N.A.U., 1968- WILLIAM E. GREGORY, M.S.L.S Assistant Reference Librarian Curator of Special Collections B.S., Southern Oregon College; M.S., Mi.S., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1968- CHARLES R. GRIFFITH, Ph.D Associate Professor of Anthropology Chairman, Department of Anthropology BA., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Harvard University; N.A.U., 1967- J. NORMAN GRIM, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology BA, University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., University of California, Los An­ geles; Ph.D., University of California, Davis; NAU., 1967-

LEO W. HABERLACK, M.S Instructor in Physical Education Track Coach B.S., Minot State College; M.S., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1964- RAY R. HAGELBERG, Ph.D...... Professor of Education BA., Cornell College; M.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1957- LOlA M. HALL, Ed.S First Grade Supervisor B.S. in Ed., Black Hills Teachers College; M.S. in Ad., Northern State Teachers College; Ed.S., Northern Arizona University; NAU., 1966- RICHARD C HALL, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Astronomy B.A, Amherst College; Ph.D., Indiana University; NAU., 1965- ROBERT S. HALL, M.A...... Assistant Professor of Humanities BA.. Hope College; MA., Western Michigan University; NAU., 1966-

STEPHEN F. HALLAM, M.S...... Instructor in Business Administration B.S., M.S., Illinois Stare University; NAU., 1967-

FRANCIS N. HAMBLIN, Ed.D...... Academic Vice President A.B.. Amherst College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Harvard University; NAU., 1967- DORIS HAMER, MA...... Instructor in Women's Physical Education B.S., MA. Ball State University, NAU, 1968- DoNALD HAMSON, MS...... Instructor in Audio Visual B.S., Weber State College; M.S., Indiana University; NAU., 1968- KENNETH HARRISON, EdD...... Assistant Professor of Education BA, Whitworth College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Oregon; NA.U., 1968- ELMER C. HAVER, MA.,P.E...... Assistant Professor of Engineering and Technology B.S.C.E., Purdue University; M.A.. Northern Arizona University; NAU., 1964-

JOHN R. HEALY, PhD...... Associate Professor of Geography B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; NA.U.. 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 291

CHARLES D. HEATON, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1964-

WINFRED Ross HENSLEY, M.A...... Registrar B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1944-

RAMON G. HERNANDEZ, M.A...... Instructor in Spanish B.A., West Texas State University; MA., Northern Arizona University; NA.U., 1966- RICHARD H. HEVLY, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Botany B.S., University of Washington; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona; NA.U-, 1966-

JERRY C. HIGLEY, B.A...... Instructor in English B.A., University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1966-

THEODORE A. HOFF, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., Arizona State University; M.S., PhD., Montana State University; N.A.U., 3969- PAUL R. HOLMGREN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Indiana University; M.A., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., North Texas Stare University; N.A.U., 1969- SCOTT HOLZHAUSER, PhD...... Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering B.S., B.A., University of Delaware; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico; N.A.U., 1967- JON H. HOPKINS, M.A.. Assistant Professor of Art Director, Art Gallery A.B.. Williams College; M.A., The Ohio State University; N.A.U., 1962-

JAMES E. HOPPER, M.B.A...... Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., Oregon State University; M.BA., University of Oregon; NA.U., 1967- JERRY HORGESHELMER, MB.A...... Instructor in Business Administration B.S., M.B.A.. Utah State University; NA.U., 1967- EARLE B. HOYT, JR, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A.. Middlebory College; 1V« DeGre, Alliance Francaise; Ph.D., Tufts Universiry; NA.U., 1967-

WILLIAM G. HOYT, B.S...... Public Relations Service B.S.. Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

WAYNE HUDDLESTON, Ed.D...... Professor of Education B.S., Southwest Missouri State College; M.S., Kansas State College of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

ROBERT W. HUFFMAN, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S.. Ohio University; Ph.D., Indiana University; NA.U., 1967-

ATJTHOR E. HUGHES, JR, Ph.D...... Professor of Accounting Dean, College of Business Administration B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.A., Colorado State College; Ph.D., State University of Iowa; NA.U-. 1961- '

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 292 THE CURRICULA

RAYMOND E. HUITT, Ed.D.....Associate Professor of Elementary Education B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; Ed.D., Nebraska University; N.A.U.. 1964-

LESTER J. HUNT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., M.A.. Humboldt State College; Ph.D., University of Nevada; N.A.U., 1967-

MELVIN T. HUTCHINSON, M.A Part-Time Publications and Research B.A., M.A., D. Journ. (honorary), Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1946- RONALD L. IVES, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Geography B.A., M.S., University of Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1968- ROBERT JACOBSON, B.F.A Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1963-

CALVIN E. JAMES, Ed.D Professor of Industrial Education Chairman, Department of Industrial Education B.S. in Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.S., Stout State University; Ed.D., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1960- MAX H. JAMES, Ph.D Professor of English Director of Freshman English B.A., M.A., Bob Jones University; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School and University Center; N.A.U., 1968- NORRIS L. JENSEN, M.S...... Assistant Professor of Business Education B.S., Minor State College; M.S., University of North Dakota; N.A.U., 1968-

ARNOLD R. JOHNSON, M.A Instructor in English B.A., M.A., University of Nebraska; NAU., 1968-

CLARENCE DANIEL JOHNSON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Zoology B.A., Fresno State College; M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., University of Cali­ fornia; N.A.U., 1966-

HARLAN JOHNSON, M.LS...... Instructor in library Science B.S., Dickinson State College; M.L.S., George Peabody College; N.A.U., 1968-

L MURPHY JOHNSON, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.A., Ph.D.. The University at Austin; N.A.U., 1967- MAURICE JOHNSON, M.Ed...... Assistant Professor of Physical Education B5., Minot State College; M.EA, Springfield CoUege; N.A.U.. 1968- OUVER W. JOHNSON, Ph.D...... Professor of Zoology A.B., Fresno State College; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University: N.A.U., 1961-1963. 1964- ANCIL TUPPER JONES, M.S...... Instructor in Mathematics B^ Northern Arizona University; M.S.. Western Washington State CoUege; N.A.U.,

JOHN JONES, Ed.D...... Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Texas Technological College: M.Ed, Ed.D., north Texas State University; N.A.U., 1967

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 293

DANIEL J. JULIEN, JR., MA Assistant Professor of Speech B.A., M.A., Eastern Michigan University; N.A.U., 1967- JANE A. JULIEN, M.SL.S...... Assistant Cataloger B.A., M.S.L.S., Wayne State University; N.A.U., 1967- MICHAEL C KANAN, MA...... Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1967- FLORENCE M. KARLSTROM, MA...... Assistant Professor of Sociology B.S., University of Alberta; M.A., University of Chicago; N.A.U., 1966- THEODORE F. KECK, Ed.D...... Director of Athletics and Physical Education B.S., Minot State College; M.S., Ed.D., University of Oregon; N.A.U., 1963- VENETTA B. KELL, Ed.D...... Professor of Business Education Chairman, Department of Business Education B.S., Oklahoma College for Women; M.Bus.Ed., Ed.D.. University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1961-

EILEEN LOUISE KENNEDY, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.Sc., University of California, San Francisco Medical Center; Ph.D.. University of California, Berkeley; N-A.U., 1969- RICHARD L. KING, Ed.D...... Associate Professor of Secondary Education B.S.Ed., Southwest Missouri State College; M.EL. Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1967- MILLARD KINNEY, M.A...... Assistant Professor of Music Director of Chord Activities B.S. in El., University of Oregon; M.A., Northern Arizona University; NA.U., 1955- JAMES P. KIRK, M.A...... Instructor in Mathematics B.S., MA., University of Kansas; NAU, 1968- THOMAS M. KlRSHBAUM, D.M.A...... Assistant Professor of Music Conductor of the Symphony B M University of Michigan; M.M, Yale University; DMA., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1966- DENNIS L KNOX, M.S...... Associate Professor of Data Processing B.S.. MS., Kansas State College; NA.U.. 1966- VICTOR S. KOBYLIN, MA...... Assistant Professor of Language Rus Giro Kaunas, Lithuania; LD., Lithuanian University; M-A-, Indiana University, N.A.U., 1966- MICHAEL S. KRAMER, MA...... Instructor in English A.B.. MA., University of Missouri; NAU., 1966- ERNEST A. KURMES, PhX...... Associate Professor of Forestry BA., Lehigh University; M.F.. Yale School of Forestry; M.S. Ph.D.. Yale University; NA.U l967- TATIANA KUZIN-LOMSAKOV, M.A...... Assistant Professor of French M.A Charles IV University of Prague: Education Diploma, University of Para: G.I, School of Library Science; NA.U., 1966-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 294 THE CURRICULA

ELINOR D. CLEMONS KYTE, Ph.D Professor of English B.A., Miami University (Ohio); M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1961- GEORGE W. KYTE, Ph.D Professor of History A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of California; N.A.U., 1966- LESLIE L. LAMSON, M.S Assistant Professor of Art BA., B.S., Idaho State College; M.S., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1968-

RICHARD C. LANE, M.S Assistant Professor of Marketing B.S., M.S., Kansas State College; N.A.U., 1965- JESS R. LARA, M.A. Assistant Professor of Music B.A.,. University of Wyoming; M.A., Eastern New Mexico University; N.A.U., 1968-

HAROLD C. LARSON, M.A. Associate Professor of Speech B.S., M.A., University of South Dakota; N.A.U., 1968- RICHARD G. LAYTON Associate Professor of Physics B.A., M.A., University of Utah; Ph.D., Utah State University; N.A.U., 1969-

ARTHUR LEE, Ph.D Director, Arizona Research Coordinating Unit B.A., MA., University of Kansas City; Ph.D., Syracuse University; N.A.U., 1965-

LESLIE LEE, Ph.D Coordinator of Education — Highlands of the Americas BA., M.A., Colorado State College; Ph.D., University of Alabama; N.A.U., 1968- MARCY THOMAS LEWELLEN, M.E Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts, Emeritus B.S., M.E., Iowa State College; N.A.U., 1943- JOSEPH D. LIGGIT, Ed.D Associate Professor of Psychology B.S., M.A., Ed.D., University of Nebraska; N.A.U., 1969-

ALEXANDER J. LINDSAY, JR., M.A Lecturer in Anthropology BA., University of Denver; M.A., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1966-

MlNNIE LINTZ, A.M. Dean of Women Associate Professor of Education, Emeritus A.B., Miami University, Ohio; A.M., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1918-

WILLIAM G. LIPKE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Botany B.S., Purdue Universiry; M.S., University of Nebraska; PhD., Texas A & M University; NAU., 1965-

CHARLES E. LITTLE, Ed.D Professor of Mathematics Education Chairman, Department of Mathematics A.B., University of Kansas; M.S., Fort Hays Kansas State College; Ed.D., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1964- SAMUEL J. LrrZLER, MBA, CP-A...... Assistant Professor of Accounting B-B-A,, MSA., Texas A & M University; CPA.. State of Texas and Arizona; NAU., 1966- RICHARD E. LLOYD, Ed.D...... Professor of Education

B.S., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ed.D., Wayne State University; NAU., 1952-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 295

BRUCE LOCKLING, Ph.D Professor of Economics A.B., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1967- L. DUDLEY LOVE, Ph.D Professor of Forestry B.S.F., Colorado State University; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Uni­ versity of Arizona; N.A.U., 1964- LARRY LOVEN, M.A Instructor in Business Administration Director of Training Programs B.A., Colorado State College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1967- BRADLEY N. LYNN, M.A Assistant Professor of Police Science B.A., Arizona State University; M.A., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1964- WILLIAM H. LYON, JR., Ph.D Professor of History Chairman, Department of Social Science B.S., Central Missouri State College; A.M., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1958- ARTHUR L. MANSURE, Ph.D. Professor of Philosophy and Humanities Chairman, Department of Humanities B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D.. Boston University; N.A.U., 1966- JOHN W. MARTIN, M.A Assistant Professor of Engineering and Technology B.S., M.A., Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1961- NORMAN R. MARTIN, M.A Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S.. M.A., University of California, Davis; N.A.U.. 1965- JAMES O. MASSEY, D.B.A Associate Professor of Business Administration B.S.. Columbia University; M.S., University of Oregon; D.B.A., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1968- C. GLAYD MATHER, M.S Instructor in Engineering and Technology B.S., M.S.. Utah State University; N.A.U., 1967-

FRANK ARNOLD MATTHEWS, MIA...... Instructor in English B.A., McMurry College; BD., Northwestern University; M.A., Northern Arizona Uni­ versity; N.A.U., 1965- HARRY G. MATTHEWS, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Centenary College of Louisiana; M.A., Ph.D., Clareroont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1966- LORA MAXWELL, M.A.. Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus B.S., M.A., Teachers College, Columbus University; N.A.U.. 1923- JAMES L. MAYFIELD, PhJX.... Associate Professor of Speech B.G.E., University of Nebraska-Omaha; M.A., PhD., Michigan State University. N.A-U., 1963- DWIGHT E MAYO, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of History B.S.. University of Maryland; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1967- JUNIA ESTHER MCALISTER, MS...... Associate Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus BS., North Texas State University; M.S., University of Chicago; N.A.U.. 1943-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 296 THE CURRICULA

MARTHA ANN MCALISTER, B.A .Sixth Grade Supervisor BA., Arizona State University; NA.U., 1968- SAM F. MCCLANAHAN, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Education B.S. in Ed., Southeast Missouri State College; M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers; Ed.D., University of Missouri; NA.U., 1967- AARON M. MCCREARY, Dir. of P.Ed Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus B.S., University of Arizona; MA., University of Southern California; Director of Physical Education Degree, Indiana University; N.A.U., 1931-

LEWIS J. MCDONALD, EAD...... Executive Director of University Relations Professor of Education, Director of Placement B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ed.D., University of Southern California; NAU., 1952- LARRY A. McFARLANE, Ph.D Associate Professor of History BA., MA., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U.. 1962-

JUDSON D. MCGEHEE, Ph.D Associate Professor of English B.A., MA., Stanford University; Ph.D., University of Michigan; NA.U., 1961- IDA BELLE MCGILL, Ed.D Associate Professor of Education and Psychology, Emeritus B.A., Drury College; MA, University of Missouri; Ed.D. Teachers College, Columbia University; NA.U., 1946- C LAMAR McHAN, B.S Assistant Coach B.S. in Ed., University of Arkansas; NA.U., 1969-

DENNIS KING MCMACKEN, MA Instructor in Mathematics BA, Washington State University; MA., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1967-

JOSEPH C MEHRHOFF, PhD.... Director of Engineering B.S.M.E, University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.S., Hy.E., Louisiana State University; Ph.D., University of Utah; NA.U., 1968-

VASANT V. MERCHANT, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Humanities BA-, MA., IX.B., T.D., University of Bombay; MA., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Southern California; NAU., 1966-

RICHARD D. MEYER, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University: Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; NAU., 1966- JOHN R. MiCKLlCH, M.S...... Assistant Professor of Mathematics AS., Baker University; MS., Eastern New Mexico University; NA.U., 1963-

JOANNE M MILLER, M.A...... Assistant Professor of Business Education B.Ed, Wisconsin State University. Whitewater; MA., Colorado State, Greeley; NA.U.,

ROBERT MILLER, M.I.E...... Assistant Professor of Industrial Education B.S.E.E., M.I.E., Utah State University; NAU., 1968-

RUTH ELLEN MILLER, B.A...... Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A University of the Pacific; NAU., 1966-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 297

CHARLES O. MINOR, D.F...... Professor of Forestry Dean, School of Forestry B.S.. Iowa Sate University; M.F-, D.F., Duke University; NAU., I958- H. LLOYD MOGENSEN, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Botany B.S., Utah State University; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University; NAU.. 1965- CHARLES G. MOORE, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Mathematics B S. in Ed., M.S. in Ed., Central Missouri State College; MA, Ph.D., Universitr of Michigan; NAU., 1960- CLAY MOORE, JR., Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S.. M.A.. Ph.D., University of Houston; NAU., 1968- FRANCES C. MOORE, MA...... Assistant Professor of Social Science B.A., M.A., Southern Illinois University; N.A.U., 1968- GEORGE S. MORRISON, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D.. Georgetown University; NAU., 1960- LYLE L. MULLENS, Ed.D Professor of School Administration Chairman, Department of School Administration B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College; MA., Colorado State College of Education; Ed.D., University of Nebraska; NAU., 1960- PATRICIA MURRAY, B.S Assistant Instructor in Women's Physical Education B.S., Southeast Missouri State College; N.A.U., 1968- JOSEPH M. MUTTER, M.A Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Indiana State College; MA, University of Illinois; NAU., 1961-

LEE M. NASH, Ph.D Associate Professor of Histor-yy A.B., Cascade College; MA, University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Oregoni; N.A.U., 1967-

MARGARET ANN NATION, M.S.L Mead of Cataloging B.A., Mississippi State College for Women; M.A., Florida State University; N.A.U., 1967-

WILLIAM F. NIETMANN, PhD... Assistant Professor of Philosophyy AS.. University of the Pacific; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; NAU., 1966-

KATHARINE F. NUTT, Ph.D... Professor of HistoryY B.A. in Ed., Mary Washington College; M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico; N.A.U., 1962-1963, 1964-

KENNETH D. O'DELL, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Physicst B.S.. Central Missouri State; MS., PhD.. University of Missouri; NAU, 1967- FLORENCE N. ODLE, M.Ed....Assistant Professor of Elementary Education BA in Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.S. in Ed., M.Ed.. University of Southern California; NAU., 1966- TIMOTHY G. CKEEFE, M.S...... Assistant Professor of Wood Technology B.S., M.F., New York Scare University ar Syracuse; NAU., 1967- ROBERT A. OROSZ...... Assistant Professor of linguistics BA, MA, Ohio State Universitr, NAU.. 1969-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 298 THE CURRICULA

FRANCIS C. OSBORN, M.A Professor of Industrial Arts and Industrial Education, Emeritus BS Teachers College, Columbia University; M.S., Colorado College of Education; N.A.U.. 1923- JOHN M. OSTHEIMER, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Yale University; N.A.U., 1967- HELEN A. OSWALT, M.S Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., M.S., University of Arkansas; N.A.U., 1954-

SANDRA K. OVEREEN, M.M. Instructor in Voice and Music Education B.A., Southwestern State College; M.M., University of Oklahoma, Norman; N-A.U., 1968-

JOHN F. OVREBO, M.S Instructor in Mathematics B.S., Valley City State, North Dakota; M.S., North Dakota State University; N-A.U., 1968-

ROBERT W. PACKARD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Bowdoin College; M.S., Lehigh University; M.A., Ph.D., Dartmouth College; N.A.U., 1968- JANIS PAGE, B.S Instructor in Nursing B.S., Teas Christian; N.A.U., 1968-

RICHARD PALLAS, B.S Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1968-

JOHN C PALUMBO, M.A. Assistant Professor of Humanities B.A., M_A., St. Johns University, New York; N.A.U., 1968- BETTY J. PATE, MS.. Assistant Professor of Nursing Director, Nursing Program Diploma, J. C. Proctor Hospital School of Nursing; B.S.N., University of Illinois; M.S., Boston University; N-A.U., 1968-

KEITH L. PEARSON, PhD...... Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.A., Augustana College; Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1968-

JOHN N. PEDERSON, HS.D Professor of Physical Education Ski Coach 1^J,,.E?-i.Ja Crase State Teachers College; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Director of Physical Education Degree. Indiana University; N.A.U., 1950-

DONALD E. PEHLKE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Education Psychology B.S., Oregon State University. M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Utah; N.A.U., 1968-

LAWRENCE M. PERKO, PhD Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., M.S., University of Colorado; Ph.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1968-

CHRISTIAN L. PETERSEN, JR., ECLS...... Director, Teacher Corps B.S., M.A., Ed.S., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1967-

E. F. PFANNER, M.D...... University Physician

B.S., Denison University; M.D., Yale School of Medicine; N.A.U., 1968-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 299

CHARLES D. PHILLIPS, Ph.D Professor of Management A.B., DePauw University; MA., Ph.D., University of Iowa; NA.U., 1964-

MARGARET M. PIPES, Ed.D Associate Professor of Home Economics B.S., Northern Arizona University; MA., University of Sweden, Uppsala; Colorado State College, Fort Collins; Ed.S., Ed.D., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1949-

LAVERNE R. PITCHER, MBA. (C.P.A.) Business Manager B.BA, M.BA., University of Michigan; C.P.A., Michigan and Arizona; NA.U., 1959- MONTE M. POEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of American History AA., San Jose Ciry College; B.A., San Jose State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1966- DONALD E. PONT, MA Fifth Grade Supervisor B.A., Knox College; MA., Northern Arizona University; NAU., 1966- GERALD M. POPS, J.D Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; J.D., University of California, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1968-

ALTA V. PRESSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Home Economics B.S., Murray State College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Purdue University; N.A.U., 1960- WiLLIAM O. PRESSON, Ed.D Associate Professor of Physical Education B.S., Michigan Sate University; M.S., Murray State College; Ed.D., University of Southern California; NA.U., 1960- ElLEEN PRITCHARD, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Botany A.B., Chico State College; Ph.D, University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1967- ALTHEA IRENE RAGSDALE, M.A...... Periodicals Librarian B.A., Howard Payne College; B.S. in library Science, University of Denver; MA., University of Colorado; NA.U., 1939- JOHN F. RAMBEAU, Ed.D...... Professor of Education B.A., San Jose State College; MA., Ed.D., Stanford University; NA.U., 1966- BENJAMIN MICHAEL RAMSEY, M.Ed. Assistant to the Graduate Dean B.S.. M.Ed., Ohio University; N.A.U., 1968- STANLEY A. RASMUSSEN, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Colorado State College; M.S., University of New Mexico; PbX)., University of Oregon; N.A.U.. 1968- RICHARD R. RAWSON, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Geology B.S., MS., Brigham Young University; PhJD., University of Wisconsin; NA.U., 1967- WlLLlAM W. RAY, M.S...... Assistant Professor of Geography B.A, Kent State University; M.S, University of Tennessee; NAU., 1968- T. J. RAYNOR, M.Crim...... Instructor in Sociology and Police Science B.S., Manhattan College; M. Crim., University of California, Berkeley; NAU., 1968- JAMES E. REA, B.A...... Assistant Professor of Philosophy BA, San Diego State College; NA.U., 1966-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 300 THE CURRICULA

JAMES REVARD, M.A Assistant Professor of Humanities A.B., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., University of Pacific, NA.U., 1968- G. H. REYNOLDS, M.F.A Assistant Professor of Drama B.A., Texas Western College; M.F.A., University of Texas; N.A.U., 1965- BERNARD E. RICHARDSON, B.I.S Director of Library Services B.L.S., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1968- SUE RILEY, M.A Instructor in Home Economics B.S., Ohio University; MA., Wayne State University; NAU., 1968- LEONARD G. RITT, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., M.A.. University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Tennessee; N.A.U., 1967-

ROSA RIVERO, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., Institute de Gaines; Ph.D., University of Havana, Cuba; N.A.U., 1966- WlLLIAM J. ROACH, M.A Assistant Professor of English B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College; M.A., University of Wyoming; N.A.U., 1963-

MANUEL C. RODRIGUEZ, M.A Instructor in Spanish A.A., Palo Verde Junior College; B.S. Ed., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Uni­ versity of Iowa; N.A.U., 1968-

JOSEPH C. ROLLE, Ed.S Dean of Student Services A.B., M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ed.S., Columbia University; N.A.U. 1947-

JAMES M. ROMINGER, Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Botany B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M.S., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1963- WILLIAM J. ROOSEN, Ph.D Assistant Professor of History B.A., Illinois College; Ph.D., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1967-

MINNIE ROSEBERRY, EcLD Associate Professor of Education, Emeritus B.S., Kansas State Teachers College at Pittsburgh; M.S., Columbia University; Ed.D., University of Maryland; N.A.U., 1931- WILLIAM ROSENTHAL, M.F.A Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Chicago; M.F.A., University of Iowa; N.A.U., 1965-

FRANCES T. ROURKE, M.S Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., M.S., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1961-

WILLIAM A. ROYAL, JR., BS Assistant Instructor in Piano B.S. in Ed.. Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1968-

WESLEY J. ROZEMA, M.S Assistant Professor of Mathematics AS., Calvin College; M.S., Northern Arizona University; N-A.U., 1963- PHILIP REED RULON, Ed.D Assistant Professor of History B.A. Washburn University; M.A., Kansas State Teachers College; Ed.D Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1967- RICHARD W. RUSH, Ph.D Associate Professor of Geology and Physical Science

B.A., Sate University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1963-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 301

EDDIE D. SAGE,. Ed.D...... Professor of Education B.A., M.A., Sate College of Iowa; Ed.D., Wayne Sate University; N.A.U., 1966- JOHN R. SALTER, M.F..A Assistant Professor of Art, Emeritus

TOMMY M. SANDERS, M.A Instructor in Physical Education B.A., University of Texas; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1967-

SCOTT M. SAVAGE, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Brigham Young University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1963-

ESTHER K. SCHARPENBERG, M.A Assistant Professor of Home Economics Ed.B., University of California, Los Angeles; M-A.. Teachers College, Colombia Uni­ versity; N.A.U., 1952-

MILTON D. SCHROEDER, Ph.D Dean of Admissions and Records B.S., Lewis and Clark College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Denver; N.A.U., 1966-

A. JAY SCHULTZ, MP. Assistant Professor of Forest Recreation B.S., Oklahoma State University; M.F., Duke University; N.A.U., 1967-

WILLIAM C. SCHULZ, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Harvard; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1968-

GEORGE M. SCHURR, Ph.D Professor of Philosophy B.A., University of Redlands; B.D., Garrett Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Yale Univer­ sity; N.A.U.. 1967-

P. DAVID SEAMAN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Linguistics A.B., Asbury College; M.A., University of Kentucky; Ph.D., Indiana University; N.A.U. 1967-

TERRY R. SEAMONS, M.S Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., M.S., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1966-

DIANE M. SEAWARD, M.S. Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., M.S., University of Maine; N.A.U., 1967-

CLARENCE S. SHAW, M.A Assistant Professor of Orchestral Strings Director of Orchestra B.A., Arizona State University; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

BRYAN C. SHORT, M.A...... Assistant Professor of English B.A., Yale University: M-A., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U., 1967- MICHAEL SHOTT, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Music B.Mus., Westers Michigan University; M.Mus., Ph-D., Indiana University; N.A.U., 1961- SYBIL SHOTT, M.A...... Instructor in English B.A-. Sam Houston State College; M-A., North Texas State University; NA.U.. 1964-

DAROLD L SHUTT, Ed.D...... Professor of Education and Psychology Chairman, Department of Psychology A3., M.A., Ed.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U., 1963

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 302 THE CURRICULA

PHYLLIS RANDELL SHUTT, M.A Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1965-

CRAIG STOLES, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Cornell College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa, Iowa City; N.A.U., 1968- WAYNE G. SJOBERG, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Kansas State University; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U. 1967-

CLYDE GEORGE SMALLWOOD, Ph.D Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A., Abilene Christian College; M.A., University of Oklahoma; M.A., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Denver University; N.A.U., 1962-

JAMES ARTHUR SMITH, B.A Assistant Instructor in Music and Voice B.A., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1968-

ROBERT SMITH, Ed.D Associate Professor of Humanities L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, London; M.M.E., Ed.D., Florida Sate University; N.A.U.. 1968-

RONALD W. SMITH, M.A Instructor in Sociology B.S. in Ed., Southeast Missouri State College; M.A., Northern Illinois University; N.A.U., 1967-

WYLIE CARL SMITH, MA Public Information Staff Writer A.A., Trinidad State Junior College; B.A., Colorado State College, Greeley; M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

DEFORREST SMOUSE, Ph.D Associate Professor of Geology B.S., Ph.D., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1965-

HERBERT W. SOMMER, Ph.D Associate Professor of German B.D., Colgate-Rochester Divinity School; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; N.A.U., 1967-

JAMES SPITZER, M.F.A Instructor in Drawing and Painting M.A., M.F.A., University of Wisconsin; N.A.U., 1966-

CHARLES L. STAHL, M.A. Acting Acquisitions librarian B.S., Universiry of Arizona: M.A., Northern Arizona University; N.A.U., 1966-

ARNOLD R. STEFFENSON, Ed.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Colorado State College; M.S., Colorado State University; Ed.D., Colorado State College; N.A.U., 1968- ROBERT LOWELL STEVENS, Ph.D Professor of English Chairman of the Honors Council A.B., Arizona State University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Illinois; N.A.U.. 1956- J. HOWARD STTTT, Ed.D...... Associate Professor of Education B.A., University of California, Berkeley; B.D., Puller Theological Seminary, Pasadena; M.A., San Jose State College; Ed.D., University of California, tos Angeles; N.A.U.,

AVA L STONE, B.A...... Junior Cataloger B.A.. Colorado State University, Ft. Collins; N.A.U., 1968-

RALPH EDWARD STOUT, Ed.D...... Associate Professor of Education BS., M.A., East Tennessee University; Ed.D., University of Tennessee; N.A.U., 1964-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 303

WILLIAM L. STRAUSS, PhD Professor of Political Science A.B., Baylor University: A.M., University of Texas: A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University; N.A.U., 1956- WILMA D. STRICKLIN, D.B.A Associate Professor of Management B.A., M.A., San Jose State College; D.BA., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1967.

VIRGIL E STRIMPLE, JR., M.A Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Baylor University; N.A.U., 1967- JESS N. SWANSON, Ed.D...... Associate Professor of Public Administration B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1967- JOHN SYMANK, B.S Mead Football Coach A.A., Arlington State College; B.S.B.A., University of Florida; N-A.U., 1969- JAMES TAMTE, Ph.D Dean of Student Affairs A.S., Virginia Junior College; BA., University of Minnesota; B.D., North Park Theological Seminary, Chicago; MA., Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Denver; N.A.U., 1967-

WALTER M. TAYLOR, M.D University Physician B.S., Montana State University; M.D., University of Michigan; NA.U., 1968- IAN W. TERVET, Ph.D Professor of Science and General Biology B.S., University of Glasgow; Ph.D., University of Minnesota; NAU., 1963- RUTH WlNGFIELD TEWARI, Ph.D Professor of Art BA., MA., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School; N.A.U.. 1960- NORMAN THOMAS, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.A.. M.A., University of New Mexico; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1968- PHILLIS J. THOMPSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of English A3., King College; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina; N.A.U., 1965-

WILLIAM P. THOMPSON, D.F Associate Professor of Forestry B.A.. M.F., Yale University; D.F.. Duke University; NA.U., 1961-

THOMAS THORPE, Ed.D„ Associate Professor of Physics Education B.A., M.A., Ed.D„ Arizona State University; N.A.U., 1968-

ROGER C THWEATT, Ph.D-...... -Professor of Psychology B.A., University of Denver; M.A., University of Montana; Ph.D., Michigan Sate Univer­ sity; N-A.U., 1963-

Ross TOWNSEND, JR., M.A. University Center Manager AA., Riverside City College; B.S.,Ed., MAJEd., University of Redlands; NA.U., 1966-

MARILYN TRIGG, M.A ...... Instructor in Dance B.A.. M.A., Sam Houston State College; NAU, 1968-

PRISCILLA TROWBRIDGE, M.A...... Assistant Professor of English B.A., Keuka College, Keuka Park, N.Y.; MA.. University of Michigan; NAU, 1964-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 304 THE CURRICULA

JOE TROXLER, Ph.D Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S.M.E., University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.S.M.E., Louisiana State University Ph.D., University of Texas A at M; N.A.U., 1968- IVERNIA MAY TYSON, Ph.D Associate Professor of Education B.A., Colorado State College of Education; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; N.A.U.,

TERRY A. VAUGHN, Ph.D Associate Professor of Zoology B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1967- ALBERT R. VOGELER, M.A.. Assistant Professor of History B.A., M.A.. Columbia University; N.A.U., 1966- GLENN VOORHIES, F.E Associate Professor of Forestry B.S.F., M.S., F.E., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1961-

MARY D. VOSBURGH, M.P.H...... Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S.Ed., Wayne University; M.A., San Jose State College; M.P.H., University of Cali­ fornia, Berkeley; N.A.U., 1967-

DENNIS W. WAKELING, MM. Instructor in Music and Opera Director of Opera B.M., M.M., University of Southern California; N.A.U., 1968-

JOHN H. WALDER, M.A. Instructor in Philosophy B.A., M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; NAU., 1968-

EDWARD E. WALDRON, MA. Instructor in English B.S., M.A.. Southern Illinois University; N.A.U., 1967-

DOUGLAS J. WALL, L.L.B Lecturer—Business B.S., LL.B., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1965-

ANDREW WALLACE, Ph.D„ Assistant Professor of History B.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona; N.A.U., 1968-

EVERETT L. WALTER, Ph.D Professor of Mathematics B.S., Arizona State University; M.S., Ph.D., New Mexico State University; N.A.U., 1962-

MARVIN B. WAMPLER, Ed.D Executive Director of Finance and Facilities B.A., College of Idaho; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University; N.A.U., 1966- WLRT C. WARD, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physics B.S., Purdue University; M-A., Ph.D., Universiry of Missouri; N.A.U.. 1965-

CHARLES S. WARREN, PhD...... Associate Professor of Music B.S., M.Ed., University of Missouri; Ph.D., Brigham Young University; N.A.U., 1955-

MIRON E. WEBSTER, M.F.A...... Instructor in Ceramics and Jewelry B.A.Ed.. M.A.Ed., Arizona State University; M.F.A, Ceramics, Universiry of Southern California; N.A.U, 1966-

LETA WEITZENKAMP, MA...... Instructor in Mathematics

B.S..M.A., University of Nebraska; N.A.U.. 1967-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF THE CURRICULA 305

THOMAS E. WENSTRAND, Ph.D Associate Professor of Social Studies and Humanities B.A.. University ot Northern Iowa; M.M., Northwestern University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia University; N.A.U., 1960-

JOHN F. WETTAW, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Southern Illinois University; PhD., Michigan State University; N.A.U., 1967-

CLIFFORD E. WHITE, PhD Associate Professor of Speech Chairman, Department of Speech, Drama, Radio and Television B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Wayne State University; N.A.U., 1968-

LYNN C. WHITE, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Sociology B.S., Utah State University; M.A., Ph.D., Washington State University; N.A.U., 1968- JAMES R. WICK, Ph.D _ Professor of Zoology Chairman, Department of Biological Science B.S.. Iowa Wesleyan College; M.S., Kansas Sate University; PhJ>., Iowa State Uni­ versity; N.A.U., 1959- BARBARA WILEY, M_A ....Instructor in English B.A., Texas Technological College; M.A., Northern Arizona University; NA.U., 1968-

STANLEY N. WILKES, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Zoology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University; N.A.U., 1966-

LILLIE E. WILLIAMS, MA Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., Oklahoma College for Women; M.A., Arizona State University: NA.U., 1968-

WINTHROP WILLIAMS, JR., M.F.A.. Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Kansas; N.A.U., 1961-

WILLIAM R. WILLIS, Ph.D...... Professor of Physics Chairman, Department of Physics B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan College; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University; N.A.U., 1967-

JAMES D. WINDES, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Arizona Sure University; M-A, PhD., University of Arizona; N.AU., 1966-

DONALD E. WINSTON, M.A Instructor in Journalism B S. in Jlsm., Bowling Green State University; M.A. in Jlsm., University of Oklahoma; N.A.U., 1966-

WILLIAM WINTER, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of History BA Dartmouth College; M.A., Johns Hopkins University; PU>, University of Colorado; N.A.U., 1968-

DONALD L. WOLF, M.A...... Assistant Professor of Music Director of Bands B.S. in Ed.. Miami Universiry; MA. in Mas., Ohio Sate University; N.A.U.,1961-

DONALD E WOMMACK, Ph.D...... Associate Professor of Forestry B.S.. Purdue University; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon Stare University; NA.U, 1966- JOHN J. WOOD, Ph.D...... Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.A., M.A. Ph.D., Universiry of Colorado; NA.U. 1966-

INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF 306 THE CURRICULA

BURTON M. WOODWARD, Ph.D Associate Professor of Business Administration B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D, University of Florida; NAU, 1968-

ROBERT E. WOOLDRIDGE, Ed.D...... Associate Professor of Industrial Education B.S., Northeastern (Okla.) State College; M.S., Oklahoma State University; Ed.D., University of Missouri; N.A.U., 1967-

JOHN C WRIGHT, Ph.D Dean, College of Arts and Science B.S., Wesleyan College; Ph.D., University of Illinois; NA.U., 1966- MlCHAEL. R. WUNCH, Ed.D.. Assistant Professor of Business Education B.S., Wisconsin State University at Whitewater; M.S., Syracuse University; Ed.D., University of California at Los Angeles; N.A.U., 1969-

THEODORE WYCKOFF, Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Science INDEX

— A — Business Administration, Academic Aflfairs 61-74 College of .'189-204 Academic Recognition 71 Business Education, Professional Courses for Teachers ! 202 Academic Regulations 69 Business Services, Bureau of 203 y^ccounting 192,194-195 Accreditation ...,...^..'..5 — C — Administration 3-4 Calendar f. 2 Admissions Freshman Standing 64 Campus Center, New 8 Advanced Standing .156 Certification for Teaching ."241 Children of Deceased Veterans ....67 Cliemistry 136-14& Foreign Students 68 Choir 224-225 Non-Residents 43 Classification of Courses 77 Veterans ,.67 Coaching 261 Admission Procedures Flyleaf Collegies and Schools Add Courses r...;- 69 • Applied, Science and Adult Evening Classes 26 Technology 85-117 Alumni Association 26 Arts and Science .>.....119-185 Anthropology ;124-128 Business Administration.^ 187-203 Apartments For Families 37 Creative Arts 4.'. ,.205.-236 Apartments for Married Students ....48 Ed^ication ,r. ^37-267 Applied Music ;227-22^ Forestry v-. ^69-278 Applied Science 91 Commercial Art „ 212 Applied Science and Technology, Communications Services ....32,217-220 School of 85-117 230-236 Architecture ....94 Consultation Service 26 Art 207-215 Correspondence Courses ; 26 Arts and Science, College of ....f21-18^ Counseling Service Associate of Science in Technology ...!93' Course Load 70 Astronomy 128 Crafts 213 Athletics and Physical Creative Arts, College of 206-236 Educatioii 261-267 Curricula 5,75-305 Athletics and Physical Education (Facilities) 16 — D — Attendance, clasi .». 70 Data Processing 192,195-196 Auditing Classes 69 Degrees, Graduate 77 Authority 5, 7.5 begrees. Undergraduate 75-77 Automobiles 39 Authority , 5,75 Awards 50 Associate in Science 75 Bachelor of Arts 75 Bachelor of-Fine Arts 75 — B— . Bachelor of Music 76 Band ...... v:..224 Bachelor of Music Education 76 Biological Sciences 128-136 Bachelor of Science 76 Board t)f Regents ^ .>...3 Bachelor of Science in Bookstore, University ...; 3i9 Applied Science 76 Botany 129 Bachelor of Science-in Buildings 13-17 Education 76 II»fDEX.

Bachelor of Science in. Graduate Record Examination 47 Engineering 76 Graduation * 47 Bachelor of Science in Health Center 45 Forestry 77 Laboratory 45 pental Science 122 Late Registration 45 Dining Rooms 15,40,48 Meals ...... 48 Directories Music 45,229 Administration 3-4, Music Lesson 45 Faculty 2.79, Non-Resident 43 Regents 3 Part-Time Studetjt .i .46 Refund of 46 Dormitories Residence Halls 46 Drop-Add Procedures 69, Resident 43 .Special 44 _E— Teacher'Education Examination ....45 Earth Science I4l Testing and Counseling 45 Economics 19296-1^7 'Transcripts .."45 Education Courses^ 248 Finance 192, 198 Education, College of • 239-267 Financial Aid 49, Educational and "Scenic Setting 19 Flagstaff 5 food Service .40,48 Educational J'lant •. .V.^...)13 Forestry, School of 269-278 Educational Psychology 254 Elementary School, Campus ..a 22 Foreword 5-9 Employment (Placement Bufeair) <>...26 Fraternities and Sororities 32* Em^iloyment, Smdenp' .>..''...26,57 French 16^ Engineering and Technology 88 — G — Engineering Technology 92 Gepgrjiphy .147-149 English ...... 141-147 Geology ._. 149-152 Evening Classes 26 ^neral Business 192,198-199 Examinations, Exemption 70 Geophysics 153 Expenses 43-48 German 165 Extended Services (Courses) 25 Govertmient ._...178-181 £xtensian Classes ^.'...25 Grades, Incomplete 70 Grade Repotting i 70 -F_ Grading System <.x 69 Facilities ..11-17 Graduate Program .; 77 Faculty •- 279 Graduation Regulations 74 Fees and ^penses 41-48 Auditor's —.44 — H — Automobile ,45 Health, Physical Education and Binding Fee (Thesis or, Recreation 261-267 Practicum) 47 Health Services 38 Cap and Gown 47 History ..: 153-158 Change of Program -.45 Histoty of University 7 Correspondence (purses .-.45 Home Economics' 102-108 Deposit for Breakage, .'.....43 Honors Program .78-82 Expense Summary 48 Housing 32 Extension 45 Humanities 215-217 INDEX (Continued)

— O — Industrial Education 108-117 Occupations and Vocations Instructional Staff 281 Accounting 192,194-195 Interior Design 103 Architecture 94 Image of NAU Fly Leaf Art 207-215 Business 189-204 — J — Coaching 261 Journalism 217-220 Communications ....217-220, 230-236 Data Processing 195-196 Dentistry 122 Land Management, Forest 272 Engineering 88-102 Languages, Modern 163-168 Forestry 269-278 Law 122 Home Economics 102-108 Law Enforcement >175-178 Interior Design 103 Liberal Smdies Program 82-84 Journalism 217-220 Library 13 Law Enforcement 175-178 Library Courses 260 Librarianship 260 Linguistics 158-159,166 Manual Arts Therapy Ill Loan Funds 58 Mathematics 159-163 Location of University 5 Medical Technology 123 Lowell Observatory 22 Music 220-230 —-M — Nursing 168-169 Mail Service 39 Pre-Law 122 Management 192,199-200 Pre-Medicine 122 Manual Arts Therapy Ill Range Management 272 Marketing 192,200-201 Secretarial Work 194-201 Mathematics 159-163 Teaching 237-267 Meals 15,40,48 Veterinary Medicine 122 Medical Science 122 Office Administration 192,201-202 Medical Technology 123 Organizations 32 Memberships 5 Sororities and Fraternities 32 Modern Languages 163-168 Motor Vehicles 39 — P — Museum of Northern Arizona 21, 73 Parking 40 Music 220-230 Personnel Services 29-40 Music Fees 229 Philosophy 169-171 Physical Education .<261-267 — N — Physical Education Facilities 16 National Council for Accreditation Physical Science 172 of Teacher Education 5 Physics 173-175 National Parks and Monuments 19 Placement, Advanced 70 National Resources Management ....272 Placement Bureau 26 Navajo 166 Plagiarism 71 Non-Resident 43 Police Science and North Central Association of Administration 175-178 Colleges and Secondary Schools 5 Political Science 178-181 Nursing 168-169 Pre-Law 122 1]^DEX (Continued')

Pj!e-Medidne 122 Sororities 32 Probation 71 Spanisji >. ..166-16^ Progressive Retention Policy ... 70 Speech and Theatre 230-236 Psychology 256 Student Affairs ; 31 Public^Schools, Flagstaff _.24 Student Financial Aid .^. 49-60 J^ublications 32 Awards 49 Purpo'se, Statement of 6 Educational Opportunity Grant 58 Employment 57 — R — Loan Funds '58 Range 'Management 272 Scholarships 50 Recreation Land Management ..123, 273 Student Government 31 Regents, Board of •; 3 Summer Session 25 Registration >.! 68 Suspension 71 iResidence. Halls 32-38 Contracts .•....! 48 _T— Teacher Education 237-267 Facilities .^.....35 Admission 240 Men's .'..35 Certification ^ .241 Women's 34 Room Reservation and Deposit 46 Curricula, 242-247 Russian - 166 Courses 248-267 / Degrees 242-246 Laboratories 242 — S — lajjrary Courses 260 Scholarships 50 "¥dst Degree Curricula 246 Scholastic Regulations .s 63-73 Psychology 257-259 Admissipns 63 Teachers of Business Advanced Standing 66 Education 202-203 Advanced Placement 70 technology .'.....95-102 Change of Program y..r. Theatre 234-236 Class Attendance 70 Traffic Regulations 40 Classification of Students 69 brranscripts 45,66 Credits and Grades 7Q Transfer of Credit 6^ Course Load ! 70 Foreign Students 68 — U — Grading Systems 69 V-S. Geological Survey 22 Incomplete Grades 70 U.S. Naval Observatory 22 Probation s 71 University ^ ' Readmission .*. 67 History -...^ 1.7 Repeat Courses 69 Location Residence Requirements ,.,74 Purpose 6 Retention Policy ^ , 71 Special Students 65 — V — n * • ^ ^ Suspension ^ 71 Veterans, Admission 67 Transfer Smdents 66 yeterinary Sciences 122 Veterails .'67 Vocational-Industrial Sculpture ..; 2li ' Teacher Education '. 109 Secretarial 1 194,-201 ' a ». ^ Semester Hours (Defined) ....'..•.>..:....>..69 — W— f. Services, University i 32 •Wood Industry Management 274 SttciarScience •....:. ftl8I-182 Social Work ri23 — Z — Sociology 182-185 ^ology 129, IJO